Handbook Metrode

Metrode Products Limited
Technical Handbook
August 2009
Metrode Products Limited
Hanworth Lane
Chertsey
Surrey
KT16 9LL
UK
TECHNICAL HANDBOOK CONTENTS
Section Subject Page
Introduction to Metrode * 2
Data Sheets: Introduction and explanatory notes 4
A. Low alloy steels 6
 CrMo creep resisting consumables
 MnMo low alloy steels
 High toughness Ni bearing low alloy steels
 High strength low alloy steels
B. Stainless steels 85
 Martensitic stainless steels
 Austenitic stainless steels
 309L and 309Mo and stainless steels
 Superaustenitic, lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steels
C. High temperature alloys 198
 High carbon 300 series stainless steels
 High temperature 309 and 310 stainless steels
 High carbon austenitic alloys (including 330, 800, HP40)
D. Nickel base alloys 248
 182 type alloys
 625 type alloys
 Alloy C types
 Specialist nickel base alloys
 Nickel based non-ferrous alloys
E. Repair and maintenance 290
 Cast iron
 Dissimilar welding
 Copper alloy consumables
 Hardfacing
 Special mild steel
F. Submerged arc welding fluxes 337
 Fluxes for use with low alloy CrMo, stainless steel and nickel base wires
G. Other useful information 346
 Abbreviations, element symbols, welding positions
 Schaeffler and WRC diagrams
 Conversions
 Packaging and storage
Index 1 Product designations 355
Index 2 Consumable specifications 358
Index 3 Materials to be welded 364
* Metrode Products Ltd is the registered Company Name but this is simplified to Metrode throughout this publication.
1
Introduction to Metrode
Scope
This handbook is designed to provide information on the company, its products and services and guidance on the
correct choice of welding consumables.
This 2009 edition of the Technical Handbook (revision 10) contains about 100 data sheets covering nearly 275 arc
welding consumables. About half of these are flux covered manual metal arc electrodes. These are
complemented by a wide range of solid wires, tubular flux cored and metal cored wires for the other popular arc
welding processes. The range has applications for all industrially significant steels and alloy systems except for
titanium, magnesium, aluminium and rarer metals. Particular emphasis is currently being devoted to developing
a strategy with consumables for the power generation industries, offshore oil and gas industries, high
temperature materials in the chemical and petrochemical industries and a diverse range of nickel based alloys.
Data sheets for some fringe products are not included in this handbook, but are available on request.
Mission statement
Metrode aims to be a world class designer, manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables.
The company
Metrode was founded in 1963 as a privately owned company. In the subsequent years it has grown to become the
UK's leading manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables. It is particularly strong in those
industries which require the highest integrity from their welding consumables, such as power generation,
chemical and petrochemical, offshore oil and gas, LNG and nuclear. In the last decade the export market has
been vigorously developed and Metrode has sales offices in France and China. It also has an extensive overseas
network of distributors and agents as well as a distribution network covering the whole of the UK. The most
recent step in Metrode’s development occurred in November 2006 when Metrode joined the Lincoln Electric
Company as a business unit within Lincoln Electric Europe.
The products
Metrode offers one of the largest ranges of alloyed welding consumables available from a single source. The
products range from those suitable for low alloy steels, through numerous diverse stainless steels, to those
matching the performance of nickel-base alloys.
All the major arc welding processes are catered for and the range covers Manual Metal Arc Electrodes
(MMA/SMAW), Solid and Cored Wires for Gas Shielded Welding (MIG/MAG/GMAW and FCAW), Solid Wires for TIG
Welding (TIG/GTAW) and wire/flux combinations for Submerged Arc Welding (SAW).
The products are listed in the index at the back and more detailed information and guidance notes on selection
are given in the individual data sheets.
Availability and special services
Metrode is uniquely geared for rapid delivery from our very large stocks and through a flexible development and
manufacturing system.
Standard product range
All the standard products listed in this document are available either ex stock or on short lead times in the most
commonly used sizes.
Special product range
The special product range covers a wider range of the less common products and non-standard sizes. These items
may be subject to minimum order value/quantity requirements and to longer lead times. Further information on
the Product Range is available from our Customer Care Department.
Special services
Metrode's unique know-how is always available to meet individual requirements and a number of tailor-made
formulations are developed to suit special or proprietary technical requirements.
Rev 04 06/09 Introduction (pg 1 of 4)
2
Development
Metrode maintains a close awareness of future consumable needs to support new alloys and changing technical
requirements through its links with: the International Institute of Welding (IIW), the European Welding Association
(EWA), The Welding Institute (TWI), the American Welding Society (AWS) and a number of universities and
research organisations both in the UK and worldwide. The Company has its own development team with the
necessary resources to design new products and improve existing ones to meet the needs of the fabrication
industry.
Technical support
Technical support staff are available to help with any aspect of consumable choice, applications or procedural
guidance.
Field based staff can advise on procedural aspects and factors needed to achieve optimum performance.
Facilities are available at Metrode for demonstration, training and evaluation for all the major welding processes
which utilise Metrode consumables.
Quality assurance
Metrode's historic reputation for quality is sustained by the active and continuous implementation of a stringent
quality assurance programme recognised by international authorities.
Approval and surveillance of Metrode's Quality Management Systems for design, development and manufacturing
is certified by:
Lloyds Register QA to BS EN ISO 9001:2008 certificate 840131.
TÜV to KTA 1408 nuclear specification, certificate 07-202-1410-wp-0874/7/001.
Specifications and certification
Metrode consumables are manufactured to conform with the current issues of BS EN, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME
standards where applicable. Where relevant data sheets still make reference to BS and DIN standards that have
been withdrawn. When incompatible variations exist between different specifications for equivalent types, these
are indicated on the data sheet. Where a product does not strictly conform to a standard the specification is
shown in brackets for guidance only.
Every batch is certified at least with chemical analysis to BS EN 10204: 3.1, with a few exceptions amongst some
hardfacing/maintenance types certified to BS EN 10204: 2.2.
Special requirements for batch testing or analysis variants are frequently satisfied with prior agreement.
Health and safety
Welding produces fumes and gases which can be dangerous to your health. Arc rays can injure eyes and burn
skin. Electric shock can kill.
It is important to take suitable precautions when welding, and to follow safe working practices. These should be
based upon information available from the Welding Manufacturers' Association leaflet and Metrode's Health and
Safety booklet which may be obtained from Metrode or our distributors. Some details may vary with specific
legislation outside the UK.
Welding fume data for hazard assessment (COSHH in the UK) is included on each data sheet.
3
Data Sheets: Introduction and Explanatory Notes
The individual data sheets collect all of the processes (MMA, TIG, MIG, SAW and FCAW) onto a single data sheet,
allowing all products for any alloy type – eg 316L – to be seen at a glance. The front page of each data sheet
provides the generic information on that particular alloy – alloy type, materials to be welded, applications,
microstructure, welding guidelines, PWHT, additional information and products available. The data specific to
the individual products – product description, specifications, analysis, mechanical properties etc – are then given
on subsequent pages.
There are seven main sections comprising:
A. Low alloy steels
B. Stainless steels
C. High temperature alloys
D. Nickel base alloys
E. Repair and maintenance – including cast iron, hardfacing, dissimilar, copper and its alloys, and some
specialist mild steel consumables
F. Fluxes for submerged arc welding
G. Other useful information.
There are three comprehensive indices at the back of the Handbook – by product designation, by consumable
specification and by base material – to aid navigation around the Handbook.
GENERAL EXPLANATORY NOTES

Each data sheet is headed with a unique number for easy reference. The same number also appears at the
bottom right hand corner of each page of the data sheet.
Data sheet revision status is given at the foot of the page.
The Metrode designation in bold type should be used when ordering. It is printed on each electrode, stamped on
many TIG wires and identifies all package labels.
Each data sheet is sub-divided under self-explanatory headings, some of which are briefly outlined below.
Materials to be welded
Examples are given of typical base materials for which the consumable may be used. It should not be assumed
that this is a guarantee of suitability, and should be used with caution.
Reference is made to proprietary alloy names for many base materials and we acknowledge the use of registered
trade names from Haynes International Inc, Special Metals, VDM and RA Materials Ltd.
Applications
Information is given for general guidance and in good faith, but the user should ascertain that the product is
suitable for the specific and intended purpose.
Welding guidelines
Brief guidelines on preheat, PWHT and any particular procedural requirements are given for each alloy. The user
is responsible for establishing a satisfactory welding procedure.
Additional information
Useful background information, procedural notes, precautions and published references are given where
appropriate. Technical profiles are also available for a number of products.
4
Specifications, approvals
See specification notes above. For some products which do not strictly conform to a particular specification, the
nearest specification is shown in brackets for guidance. If a required approval is not shown, contact Metrode.
Composition
Composition limits are declared for almost every product in addition to typical values.
Where it is possible to meet BS EN, BS EN ISO and AWS-ASME compositions with one product, this is often
reflected in tighter data sheet limits than the individual specifications. Whilst in rare cases a batch may not
satisfy all these constraints, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME are normally the default specifications unless agreed
otherwise. See also specification notes on previous introductory page.
Note that flux covered MMA electrodes and tubular cored wires are defined by all-weld deposit analysis and solid
wires by wire analysis.
All-weld mechanical properties
Minimum and typical tensile and impact properties are given where applicable to satisfy national specifications or
material requirements. Caution is generally advised in translating these all-weld (longitudinal) values to joint
(transverse) test values.
Operating parameters
Current ranges are based on satisfactory fusion and arc stability. Optimum conditions are influenced by variables
such as welding position, base material thickness, and heat input considerations, etc.
Most electrodes operate smoothly on DC+ (positive electrode) and for those suitable for AC a minimum OCV (open
circuit voltage) is given.
Welding positions for electrodes are shown pictographically. Where vertical and overhead are indicated this
usually applies to 3.2mm and smaller sizes, with 4mm practicable with skilled operators and joints with sufficient
room for manipulation. Where vertical down is indicated, this applies to 2.5mm or 3.2 with skilled operators.
Packaging data
For electrodes, the length, weight per carton (3 tins) and approximate number of pieces per carton are given, but
may be subject to change without notice. For TIG, MIG, SAW and FCW, tube and spool weights are also provided.
Contact Metrode for latest information if required.
Note that Metrode electrodes are supplied in hermetically sealed tins with ring-pull opening. The integrity of this
packaging is regularly assessed according to the ASME SFA5.5 procedure. Tins provide a convenient and economic
alternative to smaller units of vacuum-packed electrodes in 'site packs' which can be supplied to order.
Redrying (rebaking or conditioning), handling and storage recommendations are given. Redrying should ensure
that the unpacked electrodes reach the recommended temperature-time conditions.
The majority of electrodes and TIG wires are marked individually with both the designation or classification
number and batch number.
Fume data
To assist health and safety hazard assessment, welding fume composition is given for each product. Fume itself
comprises oxides, silicates or other complex compounds of the elements listed.
An occupational exposure limit or standard (OES) is calculated in milligrams per cubic metre breathing zone
concentration. This control value is 5mg/m3 maximum, or much lower for many alloyed consumables. For
example, a significant proportion of the chromium in fume generated by stainless covered electrodes and flux
cored wire is present in hexavalent form with a limit of 0.05mg/m3, which reduces total fume OES to around
1mg/m3. In fume generated by solid stainless MIG wires, practically all chromium is trivalent and the total fume
OES is higher.
TIG and submerged arc processes generate too little fume for assessment on this basis.
In the UK, COSHH guidance relevant to welding is found in HMSO publications, EH40, EH54 and EH55.
Website
Inevitably a printed Technical Handbook is out of date soon after it has been printed. The Metrode website
(www.metrode.com) overcomes this problem because the data sheets for the most common products are all on
the website and are updated as soon as the data sheet is revised.
5
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical
SECTION A
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com LOW ALLOY STEELS
Internet: http//www.metrode.com
Low alloy steels including the CrMo creep resisting consumables

This section includes electrodes suitable for welding general engineering and structural steels, from medium tensile
grain-refined CMn and semi-cryogenic steels (approximately –75°C) to specialised heat and creep-resistant CrMo
types reaching the threshold of stainlessness at 12%Cr.
Flux coverings of all electrodes are of all-positional basic low-hydrogen type and employ binders giving high
resistance to moisture absorption. All flux cored wires are rutile all-positional types also with low hydrogen
potential. With increasing weld and base metal strength and hardenability (or carbon equivalent), a hydrogen
potential below 5ml/100g weld metal is often an essential procedural parameter, coupled with preheat where
necessary to moderate HAZ hardening or raise safety margins in thicker sections:
Carbon equivalent (CE) = C + Mn + Cr+Mo+V + Cu+Ni
6 5 15
For guidance, preheat up to 50°C for CE < 0.40, 100°C for < 0.55, 150°C for < 0.70, 200°C for < 0.80, 250°C for 0.90
or above. However, note that some cases require restricted preheat-interpass and also heat input control to
maintain optimum strength and toughness. High joint restraint may require higher preheats.
A full discussion of this subject is given in the following publication: N. Bailey, F.R. Coe et al: ‘Welding steels
without hydrogen cracking’, Abington Publishing, Cambridge, 1993.
The necessity for Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) varies with base and weld metal type. PWHT is normally
essential to temper the HAZ below 248HV/22HRC required by NACE for H2S service, for which electrodes giving
mandatory < 1%Ni with strength and toughness are available. Most nickel-bearing electrodes also give excellent as-
welded properties at low temperatures. PWHT is essential for creep-resisting Cr-Mo types, although the leaner low
carbon variants are sometimes stress-relieved in service when used for repairs under local preheat.
Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS BS EN / BS EN ISO
Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry
MMA Mo.B E7018-A1 E Mo B
A-10 ½Mo
TIG/MIG CMo ER70S-A1 MoSi
-- ½Cr1Mo MMA 11CM E8016-B5 --
Chromet 1 E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
MMA Chromet 1L E7015-B2L E CrMo1L B
Chromet 1X E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
A-12 1¼Cr½Mo 1CrMo -- CrMo1Si
TIG/MIG
ER80S-B2 ER80S-B2 --
SAW SA 1CrMo EB2 CrMo1
FCW Cormet 1 E81T1-B2 T55T1-1C/M-1CM
Chromet 2 E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
MMA Chromet 2L E8015-B3L E CrMo2L B
Chromet 2X E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
2CrMo -- CrMo2Si
A-13 2¼Cr1Mo TIG/MIG
ER90S-B3 ER90S-B3 --
SAW SA 2CrMo EB3 CrMo2
Cormet 2 E91T1-B3 T62T1-1C/M-2CM
FCW
Cormet 2L E91T1-B3L T62T1-1C/M-2CML
Chromet 1V -- ECrMoV1 B
MMA
A-14 CrMoV 13CMV -- (ECrMoV1 B)
FCW Cormet 1V -- --
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-01 (pg 1 of 2)

6
Data Specifications
Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry – (continued)
MMA Chromet 5 E8015-B6 E CrMo5 B
A-15 5CrMo TIG/MIG 5CrMo ER80S-B6 CrMo5Si
FCW Cormet 5 E81T1-B6 T55T1-1C/M-5CM
MMA Chromet 9 E8015-B8 E CrMo9 B
A-16 9CrMo TIG/MIG 9CrMo ER80S-B8 CrMo9Si
FCW Cormet 9 E81T1-B8 T55T1-1C/M-9C1M
Chromet 9MV-N E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
Chromet 9MVN+ E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
MMA
Chromet 9-B9 E9016-B9 E CrMo91 B
Chromet 91VNB E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
A-17 P91
TIG 9CrMoV-N ER90S-B9 W CrMo91
MCW Cormet M91 E90C-B9 T69T15-0M-9C1MV
SAW 9CrMoV-N EB9 (S CrMo91)
FCW Supercore F91 E91T1-B9 T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV
MMA Chromet 10MW -- --
A-18 E911
FCW Cormet 10MW -- --
MMA Chromet 12MV -- E CrMoWV 12 1 B
A-19 12CrMoV
TIG 12CrMoV -- W CrMoWV12 1
MMA Chromet 92 -- --
A-20 P92 TIG/SAW 9CrWV -- --
FCW Supercore F92 -- --
MMA Chromet 23L -- --
A-21 T23
TIG 2CrWV -- --
A-22 T24 TIG/SAW 24CrMoV -- --
MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --
A-23 WB36 TIG MnMo ER80S-D2 --
SAW SA1NiMo EF3 S3Ni1Mo
A-25 W B2 / 921 MMA Chromet WB2 -- --
High toughness 1-3%Ni consumables for applications from –40°C down to about –75°C
MMA Tufmet 1Ni.B E8018-C3 E 46 6 1Ni B 42
A-40 1Ni TIG/MIG 1Ni ER80S-Ni1 (3Ni1)
FCW Metcore DWA 55E E71T-5 T 42 4 PM1 H5
MMA Tufmet 2Ni.B E8018-C1 E 46 6 2Ni B 42
A-41 2Ni
TIG/MIG 2Ni ER80S-Ni2 (2Ni2)
A-42 3Ni MMA Tufmet 3Ni.B E8018-C2 E 46 6 3Ni B 42
Consumables for high strength low alloy steels requiring tensile strengths from 620MPa up to 825MPa
E9018-D1 E9018-D1 BS: MnMo.BH
MMA
A-50 MnMo E10018-D2 E10018-D2 E 624 Mn1NiMo B
TIG/MIG MnMo ER80S-D2 4Mo
Tufmet 1NiMo E9016-G --
MMA E11018-M E11018-M --
A-60 NiMo
Tufmet 3NiMo E12016-G --
TIG/MIG ER110S-G ER110S-G Mn3Ni1CrMo
A-61 NiMo MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --
Consumables for copper containing weathering steels eg. Corten

MMA 1NiCu.B E8018-W2 E 55 18-NCC1 A
A-70 Corten
TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W ER80S-G (Mn3Ni1Cu)
Electrode for the joining of rail steels using a slag-over-slag technique

A-80 Rail MMA Railrod -- --
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-01 (pg 2 of 2)

7
DATA SHEET A-10
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
0.5%Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type Favourable mechanical properties of both as-welded

and stress-relieved weld metal are also useful in welding
Ferritic creep resisting 0.5%Mo steels for elevated
structural and general engineering steels for ambient or
temperature service.
sub-zero temperature service. In this respect these
Materials to be welded consumables are related to the higher strength
manganese-molybdenum alloyed steel consumables.
pipe/tube:
ASTM A335 grade P1
Microstructure
A209 & A 250 grade T1
BS 3059 grade 243 In the stress-relieved condition the microstructure
3606 grades 243, 245, 261 consists of acicular ferrite with some tempered bainite.
forged:
ASTM
Welding guidelines
A336 grade F1
A204 grades A, B, C Preheat and interpass temperatures are normally in the
BS EN 10028-2 grade 16Mo3 (1.5415) range 100-250C depending upon thickness being
DIN 15Mo3 (1.5415) welded and restraint.
16Mo5 (1.5423)
10MnMo 4 5 (1.5424)
Related alloy groups
11MnMo 4 5 (1.5425)
For high strength structural welding applications the
cast:
MnMo alloys (A-50) are related.
ASTM A217 grade WC1
A352 grade LC1
BS 1504 grade 245 PWHT
3100 grade B1 PWHT to temper the weldment varies according to the
DIN GS-22Mo 4 (1.5419) code; the extremes range from 550°C up to 720°C but
the most common range is 630-670°C. For material up
to 20mm thick some codes allow the PWHT to be
Applications
omitted.
Nominal 0.5% Mo alloying results in improved elevated
temperature performance over that of CMn steels. Used
for the fabrication of vessels and associated pipework Products available
demanding creep rupture strength and ductility at Process Product Specification
temperatures up to about 450ºC.
MMA Mo.B AWS E7018-A1
The Mo content also enhances resistance to hydrogen TIG/MIG CMo AWS ER70S-A1
attack in chemical process plant operation.
Rev 02 08/08 DS: A-10 (pg 1 of 3)

8
Mo.B Molybdenum alloyed MMA electrode for elevated temperature service
Product description Basic flux, metal powder type coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very
low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E7018-A1

BS EN ISO 3580-A E Mo B 3 2
BS 2493 MoBH
DIN 8575 E Mo B 26
BS and AWS Mn ranges overlap, but required specification should be stated on order.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 2
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.75 -- -- -- -- -- 0.40 --
max 0.10 1.20 0.60 0.025 0.030 0.20 -- 0.65 --
typ 0.05 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.015 0.05 0.05 0.55 0.05
* BS2493 Mn:Si ≥2:1, AWS A5.5 Mn 0.90% max.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 600-650ºC/h * min typical As-welded typical

properties Tensile strength MPa 510 550-610 590
0.2% Proof stress MPa 400 460-525 480
Elongation on 4d % 22 27-32 27
Elongation on 5d % 22 23-29 23
Reduction of area % -- 65-72 68
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 130 100
- 30ºC J -- 115 --
Hardness HV -- 200 200
* BS and DIN: 600ºC/1h; AWS: 620ºC/1h.
Satisfactory properties are also obtained in the as-welded condition.
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 16.5 16.5
pieces/carton 552 390 237 153
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C,
3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 17 5
Rev 02 08/08 DS: A-10 (pg 2 of 3)

9
CMo 0.5%Mo solid TIG and MIG wire for creep resisting steels
Product description Copper coated solid wire for TIG and MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER70S-A1 (Previous classification was ER70S-G)

BS EN ISO 21952-A Mo Si
BS 2901: Pt1 A30
DIN 8575 SG Mo
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu V
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.90 0.50 -- -- -- -- 0.45 -- --
max 0.12 1.30 0.70 0.020 0.020 0.2 0.20 0.60 0.3 0.03
typ 0.1 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.02 0.5 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical Properties as-welded (AW) or PWHT: min. * typical: TIG MAG: Ar + 5% CO2
properties AW 620ºC/1h AW 620ºC/1h
Tensile strength MPa 515 662 640 650 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 400 540 520 530 505
Elongation on 4d % 19 29 25 29 25
Elongation on 5d % 22 26 24 25 24
Impact energy - 30°C J -- 52 170 42 96
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 210/245 205/230 215/235 200/220
* Minimum values are after PWHT 620ºC/1h (AWS) or 595ºC/0.5h (DIN) and as-welded for BS EN.
MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) will have lower strength than shown.
Typical operating TIG MIG

parameters Argon + 2-20%CO2
Shielding Argon
Argon + 1.5% O2 or proprietary
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

55 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 02 08/08 DS: A-10 (pg 3 of 3)

10
DATA SHEET A-12
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
1¼Cr-½Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL Email: info@metrode.com
hardsurfacing to resist metal-to-metal wear and heavy

Alloy type
impact.
1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated
Microstructure
After PWHT, the microstructure consists of tempered
bainite.
ASTM BS EN & DIN Welding guidelines
A387 Gr 11 & 12 13CrMo 4-5 (1.7355) Preheat and interpass temperature 200°C minimum, up
A182 F11 & F12 13CrMo 4-4 (1.7335) to 300°C for thick sections. Maintain throughout
A217 WC6 & WC11 16CrMo 4-4 (1.7337) welding cycle and some time after completion of
A234 WP11 & WP12 11CrMo 5-5 (1.7339) welding.
A199 T11 GS-25CrMo 4 (1.7128)
A200 T11 GS-17CrMo 5-5 (1.7357) PWHT
A213 T11 & T12 Apart from some special applications, PWHT will
A335 P11 & P12 BS always be required. PWHT temperature is typically
1501 Gr 620 & 621 690°C with time being dependent on section thickness.
1502 Gr 620
1503 Gr 620 & 621 Additional information
1504 Gr 621
There are Technical Profiles available which cover
3100 Gr B2
some of the consumables on this data sheet. Additional
3604 Gr 620/440 & 621
information is available on Chromet 1X and Cormet 1.
3059 Gr 620/460
Applications Products available
These consumables are designed for prolonged elevated Process Product Specification
temperature service up to 550°C. Main areas of MMA Chromet 1 AWS E8018-B2
application are associated with steam generating
Chromet 1L AWS E7015-B2L
power plant, eg piping, turbine castings, steam
chests, valve bodies and boiler superheaters. Some of Chromet 1X * AWS E8018-B2
the consumables will also find service in refineries TIG/MIG 1CrMo BS EN CrMo1Si
where they are used for corrosion resistance to sulphur ER80S-B2 AWS ER80S-B2
bearing crude oil at 250-450°C. Some of the
SAW SA 1CrMo AWS EB2
consumables will also find applications in the chemical
and petro-chemical industries where they are used for LA436 BS EN SA AB 1
resistance to hydrogen attack in the fabrication of FCW Cormet 1 AWS E81T1-B2
hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3
pressure vessels operating at up to 450°C. In the as- * Chromet 1X is the temper embrittlement resistant (TER)
version of Chromet 1.
welded condition the consumables also provide a useful
source of 300HV hardness weld deposit for build-up or


Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 1 of 7)

11
General Data for all 1¼Cr-½Mo Electrodes
Description Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115%
with respect to the core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low
metal hydrogen levels.
hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

min A 70 80 100 140 200
max A 110 140 180 240 300

Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5
CHROMET 1 1¼Cr-½Mo MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-B2

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B 3 2
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5516-1CM
BS 2493 (1CrMo B H)
DIN 8575 ECrMo 1 B 2 6
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 --
max 0.10 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.025 1.40 0.65 0.15
typ 0.07 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 1.25 0.55 < 0.10
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.
All-weld mechanical
properties PWHT 690°C/1h min typical
Tensile strength MPa 550 650
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 570
Elongation on 4d % 19 25
Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 160
-10°C J -- 100
Hardness (AW) HV -- 250
(PWHT) HV -- 210
Preheat 150 – 250°C (BS EN), 200 – 300°C (BS), 160 – 190°C (AWS), 200 – 350°C (DIN).
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

length mm 350 380 450 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 16.8 17.4 17.4
pieces/carton 627 372 243 159 111
Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 2 of 7)

12
CHROMET 1L Low carbon 1¼Cr-½Mo MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode – 1¼Cr-½Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses for
resistance to sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet 'sour' environments. Also suitable for thin
section joints which are to be left in the as-welded condition.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E7015-B2L

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1L B 3 2
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5216-1CML
BS 2493 (1CrMo L B H)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 --
max 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.025 1.40 0.65 0.15
typ 0.04 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 1.25 0.55 <0.10
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical

properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 180
-10°C J -- 120
Hardness (AW) HV -- 220
(PWHT) HV -- 200

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 17.7 18.0
CHROMET 1X 1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed MMA electrode for temper embrittlement resistance
Product description MMA electrode – 1¼Cr-½Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement
resistance with prolonged service at 400-600°C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to ensure
low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B
BS 2493 1CrMo B H
Composition C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb

(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.45 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 1.40 0.65 0.15 0.005 0.010 0.005
typ 0.06 0.7 0.25 0.012 0.009 1.25 0.55 <0.05 0.002 0.003 <0.002
* Mn+Si < 1.10%
Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm) = 15 max
100
Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x(P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max
Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 3 of 7)

13
CHROMET 1X (continued)
All-weld mechanical 690°C/5h 690°C/5h + SC
properties PWHT 690°C/1h (1) (SC = step cooled) min typical typical typical
Tensile strength MPa 550 610 610 595
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 525 515 490
Elongation on 4d % 19 25 29 29
Reduction of area % -- 70 70 70
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 (2) 160 200 200
- 30°C J -- 100 160 140
Hardness (AW) HV -- 300-320 -- --
(PWHT) HV -- 200-210 220 190
(1)
BS & AWS PWHT 690°C/1h, DIN 690°C/>30min, BS EN 720°C/1h.
(2)
DIN & BS EN minimum average.

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 16.8 17.4
1CrMo Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.

Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 1¼Cr-½Mo steels, conforming to European specifications.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-G

BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo1Si (W = TIG, G = MIG)
BS 2901: Pt1 (A32)
DIN 8575 (SG CrMo 1)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.80 0.50 -- -- 0.90 -- 0.45 --
max 0.14 1.20 0.80 0.020 0.020 1.30 -- 0.65 0.4
typ 0.1 1 0.6 0.010 0.015 1.2 <0.1 0.5 0.1
All-weld mechanical typical

properties PWHT 690°C/4h (AWS=1h) min TIG MIG
Tensile strength MPa 550 635 590
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 520 480
Elongation on 4d % 19 25 26
Impact energy -10°C J -- > 200 > 115
Hardness HV(HB) -- 220(215) 195(190)

parameters Shielding Argon Ar-5%CO2
Current DC- DC+

0.8 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --

55 5 0.4 < 0.1 < 0.5 1.2 5
Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 4 of 7)

14
ER80S-B2 Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.
Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 1¼Cr-½Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the AWS/ASME
specification.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-B2

BS EN ISO 21952-B 1CM
BS 2901: Pt1 (A32)
DIN 8575 --
(wire wt %) min 0.07 0.40 0.40 -- -- 1.20 -- 0.40 --
max 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.020 0.020 1.50 0.20 0.65 0.35
typ 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.010 0.015 1.3 <0.1 0.5 0.1

Hardness HV(HB) -- 220(215) 195(190)
Impact energy - 10°C J -- > 200 > 115

parameters Shielding Argon Ar - 5% CO2
Current DC - DC+

0.8 -- 15kg reel
0.9 -- 15kg reel
1.0 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --

55 5 0.4 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 5 of 7)

15
SA1CrMo Solid welding wire for SAW.
Product description Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 1¼Cr-½Mo steels.
Specifications AWS A5.23 EB2

BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
(typical) SA1CrMo wire 0.10 0.8 0.15 0.010 0.012 1.3 0.55
Deposit with LA436 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5
properties (LA436 flux) Tensile strength MPa 550 620
Impact energy +20°C J 47 >47
Typical operating Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred

parameters For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel
Packaging data ø mm SAW

2.4 25kg coil
Fume data SAW fume negligible
LA436 Sub-arc flux

Product description LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese
pick-up of ~0.4%.
Specifications AWS A5.23 F8 P0-EB2 B2

BS EN 760 SA AB 1 67 AC H5
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --
(typical) SA 1CrMo wire 0.10 0.8 0.15 0.010 0.012 1.3 0.55
Deposit with LA436 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT

properties with 690-720°C/1-2h
SA 1CrMo wire Tensile strength MPa 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 535
Elongation on 4d % 25
Impact energy +20°C J >47

parameters 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel speed
Packaging data Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be
redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.
Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 6 of 7)

16
CORMET 1 All-positional flux cored wire
Product description Cormet 1 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity steel
sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.29 E81T1-B2C/M

BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-1CM
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 1.00 0.40 --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 1.50 0.65 0.30
typ 0.06 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.01 1.3 0.55 0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1-2h min typical

Impact energy + 20°C J -- > 40
Hardness HV -- 220
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-2V
higher.)
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
1.6 220 – 350A, 26-32V 260A, 28V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any
possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
20 8 < 0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5
Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 7 of 7)

17
DATA SHEET A-13
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
2¼Cr-1Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type Microstructure

2¼Cr-1Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated After PWHT, the microstructure consists of tempered
temperature service. bainite.
Materials to be welded Welding guidelines
ASTM BS EN & DIN

Preheat and interpass temperature 250°C minimum, up
to 300°C for thick sections. Maintain throughout
A387 Gr 21 & 22 11CrMo9-10 (1.7383) welding cycle and some time after completion of
A182 F22 10CrMo 9-10 (1.7380) welding.
A217 WC9 GS-18CrMo 9 10 (1.7379)
A234 WP22 GS-12CrMo 9 10 (1.7380) PWHT
A199 T21, T22 6CrMo 9 10 (1.7385) Apart from some special applications, PWHT will
A200 T21, T22 12CrMo 9 10 (1.7375) always be required. PWHT temperature is typically
A213 T22 690°C with time being dependent on section thickness.
A335 P22
A234 WP22 BS Additional information
1501 Gr 622
There are Technical Profiles available which cover
Also Cr-Mo-V steels 1503 Gr 622
some of the consumables on this data sheet. Additional
BS 1503 Gr 660 1504 Gr 622
information is available on Chromet 2X and Cormet 2.
BS 1504 Gr 660 3100 Gr B3
BS 3100 Gr B7 3604 Gr 622
Products available
BS 3604 Gr 660 3059 Gr 622/640 & 622/490
Process Product Specification
Applications
MMA Chromet 2 AWS E9018-B3
These consumables are designed for prolonged elevated
Chromet 2L AWS E8015-B3L
temperature service up to 600°C. Main areas of
application are associated with steam generating Chromet 2X * AWS E9018-B3
power plant, eg piping, turbine castings, steam TIG/MIG 2CrMo BS EN CrMo2Si
chests, valve bodies and boiler superheaters. Some of ER90S-B3 AWS ER90S-B3
the consumables will also find service in refineries
SAW SA 2CrMo AWS EB3
where they are used for corrosion resistance to sulphur
bearing crude oil at 250-450°C. Some of the LA436 BS EN SA AB 1
consumables will also find applications in the chemical FCW Cormet 2 AWS E91T1-B3
and petro-chemical industries where they are used for Cormet 2L AWS E91T1-B3L
resistance to hydrogen attack in the fabrication of
hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3 * Chromet 2X is the temper embrittlement resistant (TER)
pressure vessels operating at up to 450°C. In the as- version of Chromet 2.
welded condition the consumables also provide a useful
source of 300HV hardness weld deposit for build-up or
hardsurfacing to resist metal-to-metal wear, heavy
impact and the repair of P20 mould steel.
Rev 09 05/09 DS: A-13 (pg 1 of 7)

18
General Data for all 2¼Cr-1Mo Electrodes
Description Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115%
with respect to the core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low
weld metal hydrogen levels.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

min A 70 80 100 140 200
max A 110 140 180 240 300

15 5 1 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5
CHROMET 2 2¼Cr-1Mo MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.

BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M
BS 2493 (2CrMo B H)
NATIONAL POWER Conforms to specification requirements.
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 -- -- --
max 0.10 0.90 0.80 0.015 0.020 2.50 1.20 0.15 0.010 0.035
typ 0.07 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 2.25 1.05 < 0.10 <0.006 <0.010

-10°C J -- 80
Hardness (AW) HV -- 300-320
(PWHT) HV -- 220-250
Preheat 200 – 300°C (BS & BS EN), 160 – 190°C (AWS), 200 – 350°C (DIN).

length mm 350 380 450 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 16.2 17.1 16.2
pieces/carton 621 396 228 156 105
Rev 09 05/09 DS: A-13 (pg 2 of 7)

19
CHROMET 2L Low carbon 2¼Cr-1Mo MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode – 2¼Cr-1Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses
for resistance to sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet 'sour' environments. The lower
hardness of Chromet 2L can also be beneficial for welds that cannot be subsequently PWHT.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8015-B3L

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2L B 3 2
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5516-2C1ML
BS 2493 (2CrMo L B H)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --
max 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.015 0.020 2.50 1.20 0.15
typ 0.04 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 2.25 1.05 <0.10

-10°C J -- 90
Hardness (AW) HV -- 250-260
(PWHT) HV -- 210-220
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 17.4
pieces/carton 621 396 228
CHROMET 2X 2¼Cr-1Mo alloyed MMA electrode for temper embrittlement resistance
Product description MMA electrode – 2¼Cr-1Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement
resistance after prolonged service at 400-600°C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to ensure
low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.

BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M
BS 2493 2CrMo B H
Composition C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb

(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 2.00 0.90 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 2.50 1.20 0.15 0.005 0.010 0.005
typ 0.06 0.7 0.25 0.012 0.010 2.25 1.05 <0.05 0.002 0.003 <0.002
* Mn+Si < 1.10%
Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm) = 15 max
100
Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x (P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max
Rev 09 05/09 DS: A-13 (pg 3 of 7)

20
CHROMET 2X (continued)
All-weld mechanical 690°C/5h 690°C/5h + SC
properties PWHT 690°C/1h (1) (SC = step cooled) min typical typical typical
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 570 560 550
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 (2) 140 170 170
- 30°C J -- 80 140 110
Hardness (AW) HV -- 300-320 -- --
(PWHT) HV -- 220-250 195 205
(1)
BS & AWS PWHT 690°C/1h, DIN 690°C/>30min, BS EN 720°C/1h.
(2)
DIN & BS EN minimum average.

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 13.8 18.0 17.1
2CrMo Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.

Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 2¼Cr-1Mo steels, conforming to European specifications.

BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo2Si (W = TIG, G = MIG)
BS 2901: Pt1 A33
DIN 8575 (SG CrMo 2)
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.80 0.50 -- -- 2.30 -- 0.90 --
max 0.12 1.20 0.80 0.020 0.020 2.70 -- 1.10 0.4
typ 0.1 1 0.6 0.010 0.015 2.4 <0.1 1 0.15

Impact energy -10°C J -- > 150 > 95
Hardness HV(HB) -- 225(220) 220(215)

parameters Shielding Argon Ar-5%CO2
Current DC- DC+

0.8 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --

55 5 1.3 < 0.1 < 0.5 1.2 5
Rev 09 05/09 DS: A-13 (pg 4 of 7)

21
ER90S-B3 Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.
Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 2¼Cr-1Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the AWS/ASME
specification.

BS EN ISO 21952-B 2C1M
BS 2901: Pt1 (A33)
DIN 8575 --
(wire wt %) min 0.07 0.40 0.40 -- -- 2.30 -- 0.90 --
max 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.020 0.020 2.70 0.20 1.20 0.35
typ 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.010 0.015 2.4 <0.1 1 0.1
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/4h (AWS=1h) min typical
properties TIG MIG
Hardness HV(HB) -- 225 (220) 220(215)
Impact energy - 10°C J -- > 150 > 95

parameters Shielding Argon Ar - 5% CO2
Current DC - DC+

0.8 -- 15kg reel
0.9 -- 15kg reel
1.0 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --

55 5 1.3 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 09 05/09 DS: A-13 (pg 5 of 7)

22
SA2CrMo Solid welding wire for SAW.
Product description Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 2¼Cr-1Mo steels, conforming to European specifications.
Specifications AWS A5.23 EB3

BS EN 12070 SCrMo2
Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 1.0
Properties (LA436 flux) Tensile strength MPa 620 640
Impact energy +20°C J 47 >47


2.4 25kg coil
3.2 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (SAW fume negligible)

55 5 1.3 < 0.1 < 0.5 1.2 5
LA436 Sub-arc flux

Product description LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese
pick-up of ~0.4%.
Specifications AWS A5.23 F9 P0-EB3 B3

BS EN 760 SA AB 1 67 AC H5
Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 1.0
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT

properties 690-720°C/1-2h
Tensile strength MPa 640
Impact energy +20°C J >47

Packaging data Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
Rev 09 05/09 DS: A-13 (pg 6 of 7)

23
CORMET 2 / 2L All-positional flux cored wires
Cormet 2L, which is the low carbon version, is available to order; this wire finds applications for as-welded
repairs in power generation plant and the lower hardness may provide some benefits in some petrochemical
applications.
Specifications Cormet 2 Cormet 2L

AWS A5.29 E91T1-B3C/M E91T1-B3LC/M
BS EN ISO 17634-B T62T1-1C/M-2C1M T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML
Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.50 1.20 0.30
typ 0.06 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.3 1.0 0.05
* Cormet 2L C  0.05%, typical 0.04%
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1-2h min Cormet 2 Cormet 2L

properties typical typical (as-welded)
Tensile strength MPa 620 725 --
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 625 --
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 --
Impact energy + 20°C J -- > 70 50
higher.)
1.0 120 – 220A, 22 - 30V 150A, 25V 15 – 25mm
1.2 160 – 260A, 24 - 30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
1.6 220 – 350A, 26 – 32V 260A, 28V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data 15kg spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton.

20 8 < 0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5
Rev 09 05/09 DS: A-13 (pg 7 of 7)

24
DATA SHEET A-14
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type
Typical applications for the cast materials include valve
1¼Cr-1Mo-¼V creep resisting alloy for elevated
casings and steam turbines, general use for boilers,
pressure vessels in the power generation and
Materials to be welded petrochemical industries.
ASTM A389 grade C24 (cast). Microstructure

A356 grade 9 (cast).
DIN 21CrMoV 5 11 (1.8070). After PWHT the microstructure consists of tempered
15CrMoV 5 10 (1.7745). bainite.
GS-17CrMoV 5 11 (1.7706) (cast).
EN
Products available
G17CrMoV5-10 (1.7706)
GE B50A224 Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet 1V BS EN ECrMoV1B
Applications
13CMV --
CrMoV base materials provide good creep rupture
FCW Cormet 1V --
properties up to about 580°C, with a reasonable degree
of corrosion resistance in superheated steam.
General Data For MMA Electrodes

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

15 5 <0.1 <0.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 5
Rev 04 08/08 DS: A-14 (pg 1 of 3)

25
CHROMET 1V Basic coated MMA electrode for CrMoV creep resisting steels
Product description MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture
resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications DIN 8575 ECrMoV1 B 20

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoV1 B 3 2
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.70 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.10
max 0.15 1.50 0.50 0.025 0.025 1.30 1.30 0.35
typ 0.08 0.85 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.2 1.10 0.20
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT 700°C/1h Room Temperature High Temperature

properties min typical +350°C +400°C +450°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 435 745 675 650 620
Elongation on 4d % -- 20 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 15 16 -- -- --
Impact energy + 20°C J 24 60 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 275 -- -- --

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.8 15.0 16.8 17.4
13CMV Basic coated MMA electrode for CrMoV creep resisting steels
Product description MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture
resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
The 13CMV electrode is manufactured to order and is of a similar composition to the Chromet 1V although the
carbon (at ~0.13%) and vanadium (at ~0.25%) are typically higher. The 13CMV can also be manufactured by
prior agreement to the GE specification B50A273.
Specifications DIN 8575 (ECrMoV1 B 20)

BS EN 1599 (ECrMoV1 B 32)
GE B50A273 By prior agreement only.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V* Ni
(weld metal wt %) min 0.10 0.3 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.20 --
max 0.15 1.0 0.50 0.020 0.030 1.50 1.30 0.30 0.4
typ 0.13 0.6 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.2 1.10 0.25 0.05
* In the GE specification V = 0.40-0.55%.

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.5
Rev 04 08/08 DS: A-14 (pg 2 of 3)

26
CORMET 1V All-positional rutile flux cored wire for CrMoV creep resisting steels
Product description Cormet 1V (available to order) is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made
using high purity steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications There are no relevant national standards.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.10
max 0.15 1.50 0.50 0.025 0.025 1.50 1.30 0.35
typ 0.06 1 0.4 0.01 0.01 1.3 1.1 0.2
All-weld mechanical PWHT 720°C/3h typical

properties Tensile strength MPa 650
Impact energy + 20°C J 50
Hardness HV 230
The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (when using 100%CO2 increase voltage by about 2V):
1.2 160-260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15-25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
20 8 <0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5
Rev 04 08/08 DS: A-14 (pg 3 of 3)

27
DATA SHEET A-15
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
5CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE Email: info@metrode.com

5%Cr-½%Mo steel for elevated temperature service up In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
to 600C. tempered bainite.

plates: Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 400HV) and
ASTM A387 grade 5 the relatively poor fracture resistance of the 5CrMo
pipe/tube:
bainitic microstructure, a preheat and minimum
interpass temperature of 200°C should be applied to
ASTM A335 grades P5, P5b ensure freedom from hydrogen induced cold cracking.
A234 grade WP5 (fittings) Properly controlled and handled electrodes will provide
A199 grade T5 weld metal with hydrogen <5ml/100g. For TIG root
A213 grades T5, T5b runs or all-TIG welds, a lower preheat of 150°C may be
BS 3604 grades HFS 625, CFS 625 acceptable, though it should be recognised that faster
DIN 12CrMo 19 5 (1.7362) cooling rates may lead to partially martensitc and harder
X7CrMo 6 1 (1.7373) deposits.
X11CrMo 6 1 (1.7374)
forgings: Full transformation of 5CrMo during welding will be
completed within a 200-350°C working range, so direct
ASTM A182 grade F5, F5a transfer (at >150°C) to PWHT is permissible, followed
A336 grade F5 by NDE. If PWHT will be applied after complete cool
BS 1503 grade 625 out and NDE, the preheat temperature should be
1501 grade 625 (section & bar) maintained for some time after welding, according to
cast: thickness, to promote hydrogen dispersal. The latter
precaution is less significant for the TIG and solid wire
ASTM A217 grade C5
MAG processes.
BS 1504 grade 625
3100 grade B5 PWHT
DIN GS-12CrMo 19 5 (1.7353, 1.7363) PWHT to temper the weldment would normally be in
Applications the range 705-760C (eg. BS2633 & PD5500 710-
750C, ASME B31.3 705-760C). Minimum holding
For elevated temperature service up to 600ºC, with
time recommended is two hours. For castings the
corrosion resistance in superheated steam, hot hydrogen
minimum suggested PWHT temperature is lower, with
gas and high sulphur crude oils.
temperatures as low as 670C being specified.
Used primarily for boiler superheaters, heat
exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil Products available
refineries. Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet 5 AWS E8015-B6
This weld metal has also been used successfully for
subsequent nitriding, for example in the repair of 3Cr- TIG/MIG 5CrMo AWS ER80S-B6
1Mo-V and 2Cr-Mo-1A1 (BS En40C, En41) steels used FCW Cormet 5 AWS E81T1-B6
for moulds for injection-moulding of plastics.
Rev 07 05/09 DS: A-15 (pg 1 of 4)

28
CHROMET 5 5%Cr-0.5%Mo MMA electrode
Product description Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low

AWS A5.4 E502-15 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo5 B 3 2 H5
BS 2493 (5CrMoBH)
DIN 8575 ECrMo5 B26
Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 4.0 -- 0.45 --
max 0.10 1.00 0.80 0.025 0.025 6.0 0.40 0.65 0.3
typ 0.06 0.8 0.40 0.01 0.015 5 0.2 0.55 0.05
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B6 (<0.05% for E8015-B6L made to order).
All-weld mechanical Typical properties after PWHT * 745C/1h ** 740C/2h 745C/3h

properties min. typical typical typical
Tensile strength MPa 550 *** 610 610 540
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 500 480 360
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 150 130 140
- 10C J -- 80 50 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 210/205 210/200 205/160
* AWS A5.4 requires a PWHT of 840-870C/2h, (this PWHT is never applied in practice so is not shown).
** This is the AWS A5.5 PWHT (732-760C/1h). BS is 725-745C/2h, BS EN & DIN is 730-760C/1h.
*** BS EN and DIN minimum is 590MPa. There are no base material grades requiring such a high tensile
strength ASTM is 414-552MPa dependent on grade.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 14.4 17.1 16.8
hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.

15 5 <0.1 1.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 3
Rev 07 05/09 DS: A-15 (pg 2 of 4)

29
5CrMo Solid TIG and MIG wire for 5%Cr-0.5%Mo creep resisting steels
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG, alloyed with 5%Cr-0.5%Mo.

AWS A5.9 ER502 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.9
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo5Si
BS 2901: Pt2 A34
DIN 8575 SG CrMo5 (1.7373)
(wire wt %) min 0.03 0.40 0.30 -- -- 5.5 -- 0.50 --- --
max 0.10 0.70 0.50 0.020 0.020 6.0 0.3 0.65 0.3 0.03
typ 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.01 5.7 0.1 0.55 0.2 0.02
All-weld mechanical Typical values after PWHT: min. * TIG 745ºC/1h TIG 740ºC/2h
properties Tensile strength MPa 590 640 570
Reduction of area % -- 72 78
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 240 --
Hardness cap/mid HV10 -- 195/215 --
* Minimum values after PWHT 745ºC (730-760ºC) for 1h according to AWS A5.28 for ER80S-B6 and BS EN
12070.

parameters Shielding Argon * Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
Current DC- DC+
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --

50 5 3 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 07 05/09 DS: A-15 (pg 3 of 4)

30
Specifications AWS A5.29 E81T1-B6C/M Concurrent specifications – E502T1-4 will be

AWS A5.22 E502T1-1/4 withdrawn at the next revision of AWS A5.22
BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-5CM
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Ni
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 4.00 0.45 -- --
max 0.10 1.20 0.50 0.030 0.030 6.00 0.65 0.3 0.40
typ 0.06 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 5 0.5 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical PWHT 745°C/2h * min typical

* BS EN ISO requires 1 hour PWHT. AWS requires 2 hour PWHT.
higher.)
1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 1.2mm diameter 15kg

20 8 < 0.5 1.5 1.5 <1 8 3.3
Rev 07 05/09 DS: A-15 (pg 4 of 4)

31
DATA SHEET A-16
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
9CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type Welding guidelines

9%Cr-1%Mo martensitic alloy for elevated temperature Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 450HV) and
service. the relatively poor fracture resistance of the martensitic
9CrMo microstructure, a preheat and minimum
Materials to be welded interpass temperature of 200°C shall be applied to
plates: ensure freedom from hydrogen induced cracking.
Properly controlled and handled electrodes will provide
ASTM A387 grade 9
weld metal with hydrogen <5ml/100g. For TIG root
pipe/tube: runs or all-TIG welds, a lower preheat of 150°C may be
ASTM A335 grade 9 acceptable.
A234 grade WP9 (fittings)
A199 grade T9 During welding, full transformation may not be
A213 grades T9 complete within a working range of 200-350°C, so
BS 3604 grades CFS & HFS 629-470, CFS partial cooling to around 150°C is advised before direct
& HFS 629-590 transfer to PWHT, followed by NDE. If PWHT will be
DIN X12CrMo 9 1 (1.7386) applied after complete cool out and NDE, the preheat
X7CrMo 9 1 (1.7388) temperature should be maintained for some time,
according to thickness, to promote hydrogen dispersal.
forgings: The latter precaution is less significant for the TIG and
ASTM A182 grade F9 solid wire MAG processes.
A336 grade F9
PWHT
cast:
PWHT to temper the weldment would normally be in
ASTM A217 grade C12 the range 705-780C (eg. BS2633 710-750C, PD5500
BS 1504 grade 629 740-780C, ASME B31.3 705-760C). Minimum
3100 grade B6 holding time recommended is two hours. For castings
DIN GS-12CrMo 10 1 (1.7389) the minimum suggested PWHT temperature is lower,
with temperatures as low as 670C being specified.
Applications
For elevated temperature service up to 600ºC, with Products available
reasonable degree of corrosion resistance in superheated
steam, hot hydrogen gas and high sulphur crude oils,
where higher performance than 5%Cr-0.5%Mo steels is MMA Chromet 9 AWS E8015-B8
required. TIG/MIG 9CrMo AWS ER80S-B8
FCW Cormet 9 AWS E81T1-B8
Used primarily for boiler superheater tubing, heat
exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil
refineries and power plants.
Microstructure
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
tempered martensitic bainite.
Rev 07 05/09 DS: A-16 (pg 1 of 4)

32
CHROMET 9 9%Cr-1%Mo MMA electrode
Product description Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low

AWS A5.4 E505-15 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo9 B 3 2 H5
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1M
BS 2493 9CrMoBH
DIN 8575 ECrMo9 B26
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.90 --
max 0.10 1.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 10.0 0.40 1.20 0.3
typ 0.06 0.75 0.35 0.012 0.015 9 0.2 1 <0.05
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B8 (<0.05% for E8015-B8L, made to order).
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT min * 740°C/2h 746°/3h

properties typical typical
Impact energy + 20°C J 34 90 130
0ºC J -- 50 --
-10ºC J -- 25 90
AWS PWHT is 732-760°C /1 hour. BS EN PWHT is 740-780°C/2 hours. See front page under PWHT for
normal fabrication practice.
* ASTM base material minimum varies in the range 414-586MPa depending on grade.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 11.7 15.0 17.4 16.5

15 5 <0.1 2.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 2
Rev 07 05/09 DS: A-16 (pg 2 of 4)

33
9CrMo TIG and MIG copper coated wire for 9%Cr-1%Mo
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

AWS A5.9 ER505 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.9
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo9
BS 2901: Pt1 A35
DIN 8575 SG CrMo9 (1.7388)
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.40 0.30 -- -- 8.5 -- 0.80 --
max 0.10 0.60 0.50 0.020 0.020 10.0 0.5 1.20 0.35
typ 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 9 0.1 0.9 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values after 745°C/1h: min TIG

Hardness cap/mid HV -- 225/230

parameters Shielding Argon * Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
Current DC- DC+

1.2 -- To order
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 To order --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):

50 4 6 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 07 05/09 DS: A-16 (pg 3 of 4)

34
Specifications AWS A5.29 E81T1-B8C/M Concurrent AWS specifications – E505T1-4 will be

AWS A5.22 E505T1-1/4 withdrawn at the next revision of A5.22.
BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-9C1M
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Ni
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 8.0 0.85 -- --
max 0.12 1.25 1.00 0.030 0.030 10.5 1.20 0.5 0.4
typ 0.06 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 9 1.0 0.05 0.3
All-weld mechanical PWHT 745°C/2h * min typical

* BS EN ISO-B requires 1 hour PWHT. AWS Requires 2 hour PWHT.
higher.)
1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 1.2mm diameter 15kg

20 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
Rev 07 05/09 DS: A-16 (pg 4 of 4)

35
DATA SHEET A-17
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
P91 - MODIFIED 9CrMo Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type interpass range of 200 – 300°C is normal. To ensure full

martensite transformation, welds should be cooled to
Modified 9CrMo for high temperature creep resistance. ~100°C prior to PWHT.
Materials to be welded ASME base material codes and AWS consumable
classifications allow PWHT down to 730°C, whilst BS EN
ASTM consumable classifications specify 750°C. Optimum
A 213 T91 (seamless tubes) properties are obtained with a tempering parameter (P) of
A 335 P91 (seamless pipes) around 21 or above, where P = °C+273 (log t + 20) x 10–3.
A 387 Gr 91 (plates) Maximum PWHT temperature varies, AWS consumable
A 182 / A336 F91 (forgings) specifications are 760°C, BS EN 770°C; BS 1503 allows
A 217 C12A (castings) up to 790°C for base material forgings.
A 234 WP91 When compared with directly matching weld metal, the
A 369 FP91 addition of some nickel and reduction of niobium provides
DIN / BS EN a useful improvement in toughness after conveniently short
1.4903 (X10CrMoVNb 9 1) PWHT at 750 – 760°C. PWHT above 765°C is not
BS generally recommended for Ni-containing consumables,
1503 Gr91 because some re-hardening could occur due to the
3059-2 Gr91 proximity of Ac1. Some authorities specify weld metal Ni +
AFNOR Mn < 1.5% to keep Ac1 high enough to allow higher
NF A-49213/A-49219 Gr TU Z 10 CDVNb 09-01 PWHT temperature if required.
Applications
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent ‘type
91’ 9CrMo steels modified with small additions of More detailed information on the products and properties
niobium, vanadium and nitrogen to give improved long of P91 are available in the Technical Profile – "Welding
term creep properties. Consumables for P91 Steels for the Power Generation
Industry" – available from the Technical Department.
These consumables are specifically intended for high
integrity structural service at elevated temperature so the
Products available
minor alloy additions responsible for its creep strength are
kept above the minimum considered necessary to ensure Process Product Specification
satisfactory performance. In this case, weldments will be
MMA Chromet 9MV-N AWS E9015-B9
weakest in the softened (intercritical) HAZ region of parent
material, as indicated by so-called ‘type IV’ failure in Chromet 9MVN+ AWS E9015-B9
transverse weld creep tests. Chromet 9-B9 AWS E9015-B9
Modified 9CrMo steels are now widely used for AWS E9015-B9
Chromet 91VNB
components such as headers, main steam piping and
turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating TIG 9CrMoV-N AWS ER90S-B9
plants. They may also find future use in oil refineries and MIG (MCW) Cormet M91 AWS E90C-G
coal liquefaction and gasification plants.
SAW 9CrMoV-N (wire) AWS EB9
Microstructure LA491 (flux) BS EN SA FB 2
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of LA492 (flux) BS EN SA CS 1

tempered martensite with alloy carbides. L2N (flux) BS EN SF CS 2
FCW Supercore F91 AWS E91T1-B9
PWHT
Minimum preheat temperature 150°C with maximum
interpass temperature of 300°C; in practice a preheat-
Rev 14 05/09 DS: A-17 (pg 1 of 7)

36
General Data for all Modified 9CrMo (P91) Electrodes
Description Basic metal powder types made on high purity steel core wire.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Operating parameters DC +ve. AC (OCV 70V min)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will
give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
CHROMET 9MV-N MMA electrode to AWS/BS EN with high Ni to maximise toughness

Product description MMA electrode – with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved toughness, conforming to BS EN ISO 3580-
A

ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 5B group 2, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Sn Ni+Mn

(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.4 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- -- --
max 0.12 1.20 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 <0.008 1.5
typ 0.1 0.6 0.25 0.008 0.01 9 0.7 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.003 1.3
* Low Ni variant is available, Chromet 9-B9.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical 550°C 600°C 650°C

properties Tensile strength MPa 620 770 >450 >375 >285
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 640 >360 >255 >175
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 15 19 >15 >17 >21
Reduction of area % -- 60 >68 >75 >80
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 65 -- -- --
Lateral expansion + 20°C mm -- 1.00 -- -- --
Hardness after PWHT HV -- 250 -- -- --
Hardness as-welded HV -- 450 -- -- --
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 15.0 17.4 16.5
Rev 14 05/09 DS: A-17 (pg 2 of 7)

37
CHROMET 9MVN+ MMA electrode to AWS/BS EN with high Ni to maximise toughness
Product description MMA electrode – made on matching core wire with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved toughness,
conforming to BS EN ISO and AWS specifications.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Sn Ni+Mn
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.4 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- -- --
max 0.12 1.20 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 <0.008 1.5
typ 0.1 0.7 0.25 0.008 0.01 9 0.7 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.003 1.3
* Low Ni variant is available, Chromet 9-B9.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical
Hardness after PWHT HV -- 250
(1)
length mm 250 350 350 450
kg/carton 10.2 13.5 14.1 16.5
CHROMET 9-B9 MMA electrode meeting AWS/ASME

Product description MMA electrode – manufactured to the requirements of AWS A5.5 E9015-B9
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1MV
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 0.2 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
max 0.12 0.75 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.4 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
typ 0.1 0.55 0.25 0.008 0.008 9 0.3 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 <0.01
* Ni + Mn ≤ 1. 0%. Nickel is below 0.4% (as parent material) although AWS allows up to 1.0%Ni. See
Chromet 9MV-N or Chromet 9MVN+ for variant with 0.4 – 1.0%Ni conforming to BS EN ISO
specification.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical 550°C 600°C 650°C

properties Tensile strength MPa 620 710 >450 >375 >285
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 590 >360 >255 >175
Elongation on 4d % 17 22.5 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 15 19 >15 >17 >21
Reduction of area % -- 63 >68 >75 >80
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 75 -- -- --
Lateral expansion + 20°C mm -- 1.10 -- -- --
Hardness after PWHT HV -- 240 -- -- --
Hardness as-welded HV -- 450 -- -- --
(1)
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0* 5.0

length mm 350 380 380/450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15 15/17.1 16.5
pieces/carton 657 378 264/249 150
* 450mm is standard length for 4.0mm, 380mm produced to order.
Rev 14 05/09 DS: A-17 (pg 3 of 7)

38
CHROMET 91VNB MMA electrode for root welding
Product description Basic coated MMA electrode for root welding applications made on high purity steel core wire. Recovery is
approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coatings
giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.4 -- -- -- 8.0 0.4 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
max 0.12 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 9.5 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
typ 0.1 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.008 8.5 0.5 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical

(1)
Operating parameters DC +ve, DC –ve or AC (OCV 70V min)
ø mm 2.5
min A 60
max A 110
Packaging data ø mm 2.5

length mm 350
kg/carton 13.5
pieces/carton 678
9CrMoV-N Solid wire for TIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG and SAW
Specifications TIG SAW

AWS A5.23 -- EB9
AWS A5.28 ER90S-B9 --
BS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMo91 --
BS EN ISO 24598-A -- (S CrMo91)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.40 0.15 -- -- 8.5 0.40 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
max 0.13 0.80 0.50 0.010 0.010 9.5 0.80 1.10 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.10 0.04
typ 0.1 0.5 0.25 0.006 0.008 8.7 0.6 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.03 <0.01
All-weld mechanical PWHT 750 – 760°C / 2 – 3h min TIG SAW typical SAW typical
properties typical LA491 flux L2N flux
0.2% Proof stress MPa 415 675 630 630
Impact energy + 20°C J -- * 220 45 35
Hardness HV (mid) -- 265 250 250
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO is 47 J.
Rev 14 05/09 DS: A-17 (pg 4 of 7)

39
9CrMoV-N (continued)
Parameters TIG SAW MIG
LA492, LA491 or L2N 9CrMoV-N not recommended
Shielding Argon
flux for MIG, Cormet M91 or
Current DC- DC+ Supercore F91 should be
Typical parameters 2.4mm ø 100A, 12V 450A, 30V, 450mm/min used.
Packaging data ø mm TIG SAW MIG

0.8/0.9 Spool to order --
1.2 -- -- Not recommended - see
1.6 5kg tube -- Supercore F91 or Cormet
2.4 5kg tube 25kg coil M91.
3.2 5kg tube 25kg coil
Fume data Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

50 4 < 0.4 6 0.5 < 0.5 5
CORMET M91 Metal cored wire for MIG welding

Product description Metal cored wire for MIG welding. High purity steel sheath with 96% metal recovery with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.28 E90C-B9

BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T15-0M-9C1MV
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al

(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.03 0.18 0.03 -- --
max 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04
typ 0.1 1 0.3 0.01 0.01 9 0.3 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.03
* Ni + Mn ≤1.50
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min typical

properties Ar-2½%CO2 80/20 Ar-He-CO2
0.2% Proof stress MPa 565 650 650 650
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 30 25 35
Lateral expansion + 20°C mm -- 0.30 0.28 0.45
Hardness HV -- 260 260 260
Parameters Operability is influenced by the type of shielding gas; higher CO2 levels, up to 20%, give
better arc characteristics but lower CO2 and O2 levels produce better impact properties. The
best compromise is considered to be obtained from Ar-2½%CO2 although if impact
properties are not a major concern, higher CO2 levels can be used to obtain optimum arc
characteristics.
ø mm Gas flow Optimum Stickout
1.2 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 260A 28V 10 – 20mm
1.6 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 330A 29V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. 15kg
spools.

60 5 < 0.5 5 <0.1 <0.1 5
Rev 14 05/09 DS: A-17 (pg 5 of 7)

40
SUPERCORE F91 All-positional flux cored wire
Product description All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent modified 9CrMo steels (P91). Rutile flux system
with an alloyed strip producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.
Specifications AWS A5.29 E91T1-B9C/M

BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -
Composition Ni+
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
Mn
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.02 0.15 0.02 -- -- --
max 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04 1.5
typ 0.1 0.8 0.3 0.010 0.016 9 0.5 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01 1.3
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min typical High Temperature

properties +566°C +600°C +650°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 565 660 360 288 245
Elongation on 4d % 16 20 21 27 29
Elongation on 5d % 14 18 20 25 26
Reduction of area % -- 55 73 81 85
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 25 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 260 -- -- --
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
ø welding position amp-volt range * typical stickout
1.2mm (0.045in) Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:

18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
Rev 14 05/09 DS: A-17 (pg 6 of 7)

41
LA492, LA491, L2N Sub-arc fluxes for use with 9CrMoV-N solid wire
Product description LA491 is an agglomerated fluoride-basic submerged arc welding flux. LA492 is an agglomerated calcium
silicate flux for submerged arc welding. L2N is a fused calcium silicate flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications LA491 LA492 L2N

BS EN 760 (flux) SA FB 255 AC SA CS 155 DC SF CS 2 DC
AWS A5.23 (flux wire combination) (F62PZ-EB9-B9) (F62PZ-EB9-B9) (F62PZ-EB9-B9)
Composition LA491 LA492 L2N

(flux wt %) SiO2 + Ti O2 15% 20% 30%
CaO + Mg O 40% 40% 35%
AlO3 + MnO 20% 20% 5%
CaF2 25% 20% 20%
Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~2.7 ~2.2 ~1.3
Analysis deposit C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N
(typical) 9CrMoV-N Wire 0.10 0.6 0.30 0.005 0.005 8.8 0.6 1 0.06 0.20 0.05
Deposit with
LA491
0.08 0.6 0.35 0.005 0.010 8.5 0.6 1 0.05 0.17 0.05
Deposit with
LA492
0.08 0.5 0.30 0.005 0.012 8.3 0.6 1 0.05 0.16 0.05
Deposit with L2N 0.09 0.5 0.6 0.005 0.012 8.3 0.6 1 0.04 0.16 0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 750–760°C / 2–3h min SAW typical SAW typical SAW typical
properties LA491 flux LA492 flux L2N flux
0.2% Proof stress MPa 415 630 610 630
Impact energy + 20°C J --* 40 45 35
Hardness HV (mid) -- 250 230 250
* Minimum impact required by BS EN 12070: SCrMo91 is 47 J.
Parameters LA491, LA492 L2N

AC or DC+ 800A maximum AC or DC+ 900A maximum
Packaging data LA491 LA492 L2N

25kg sealed drums 22.5kg sealed drums Packaging: 20kg sealed drums
Preferred storage <60%RH, > 18°C. Preferred storage <60%RH, > 18°C.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300–350°C/ 1– If flux becomes damp, rebake at 150-250°C/1–
2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical 2hours to restore to as-packed condition.
work, it is recommended to redry to ensure <5ml
H2/100g.
Rev 14 05/09 DS: A-17 (pg 7 of 7)

42
DATA SHEET A-18
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CONSUMABLES FOR E911 CrMo STEEL Email: info@metrode.com

Modified 9CrMo type generically called E911, with a In the PWHT condition consists of tempered martensite.
nominal composition of 9%Cr-1%Mo-1%W+NbVN.
Welding guidelines
Preheat-interpass range for E911 is 200-300°C. Before
PWHT it is preferable to cool to 100°C or lower to
EN/DIN 1.4905 X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1 ensure full martensite transformation.
1.4906 G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 (cast)
ASTM A182/A336 F911 (forgings)
PWHT
A213 T911 (seamless tube)
A234 WP911 (fittings) PWHT requirements are essentially the same as for P91,
A335 P911 (seamless pipe) which requires PWHT in the range 730-780°C.
A369 FP911 (forged pipe) Castings are often PWHT at temperatures towards the
A387 Grade 911 (plate) bottom of this range but the time is proportionally
increased to ensure sufficient tempering. As a general
rule the tempering parameter (P), should be 21, or
Applications
higher, to achieve adequate tempering.
Electrodes for the new European creep-resistant steel
E911, which is essentially the ASTM P91 type with P = °C+273(20+logt) x 10-3 (t = time in hours)
1%W added to increase creep strength for service up to
at least 600°C. Suggested conditions are 12h at 730°C or 3h at 760°C.

These consumables are mainly intended for castings,
which have a slightly higher Cr level. Castings also This alloy is closely related to the P91 alloy (data sheet
have up to 1%Ni to suppress retained ferrite; in wrought A-17) and P92 alloy (data sheet A-20). The 9CrWV
products nickel is limited to 0.4%. For microstructural TIG wire (A-20) can be used in conjunction with
control and to optimise toughness after PWHT, the weld Chromet 10MW. Also see alloy 921 (data sheet A-25).
metal has about 0.6%Ni added.
Products available
Applications for E911 steels include components such Process Product Specification
as headers, main steam piping, boiler tubes, turbine MMA Chromet 10MW --
casings and steam valves in fossil fuelled power
FCW Cormet 10MW --
generating plants. It may also find future use in oil
refineries and coal liquefaction and gasification
plants.
Rev 08 05/09 DS: A-18 (pg 1 of 3)

43
CHROMET 10MW MMA electrode for E911 creep-resisting steel
Product description MMA electrode with a basic low hydrogen flux system made on high purity steel core wire. Electrode is all-
positional with a moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-G (E9015-B9 modified)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.50 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.85 0.85 0.04 0.18 0.03 --
max 0.14 1.20 0.30 0.01 0.02 10.5 0.80 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.02
typ 0.11 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.010 9.5 0.5 1 1 0.05 0.22 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical Typical after PWHT: 730°C/12h

properties typical
Reduction of area % 62
Hardness HV 250
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

length mm 380 450 450
kg/carton 14.4 16.5 16.8

15 5 <0.2 <3 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7
Rev 08 05/09 DS: A-18 (pg 2 of 3)

44
Cormet 10MW Metal cored wire for E911 creep-resisting steel
Product description Metal cored wire designed to weld equivalent E911 steels. Metal powder core with an alloyed strip producing
weld metal recovery of about 96%.
Specifications AWS A5.29 No current national standards.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.9 0.9 0.04 0.18 0.03 -- -- --
0.13 1.20 0.4 0.01 0.02 10. 0.8 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.2 0.07 0.001 0.04 0.1
max
0 5 0 5 5 5
Typ 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9.5 0.6 1.0 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.0005 0.01 0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 755°C / 3h typical

properties Tensile strength 770
0.2% Proof stress 650
Elongation on 4d 11
Elongation on 5d 9
Reduction of area 20
Impact energy + 20°C 14
Hardness 260
Operating parameters Shielding gas: Ar + 2.5-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min (operability is improved at higher CO2 contents but impact
properties are better with lower CO2 contents).
ø amp-volt range stickout
1.2mm
(0.045in)
260A, 28V 15-25mm
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Pb OES (mg/m3)

60 5 < 0.5 5 < 0.1 < 0.1 5.0
Rev 08 05/09 DS: A-18 (pg 3 of 3)

45
DATA SHEET A-19
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
12CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type conditions. Preheat of 400ºC with maximum interpass

temperature of 500ºC is specified by DIN 8575. These
12%Cr creep resisting steel also with nominally 1%Mo-
temperatures are above the austenite-martensite
0.5%W-0.3%V. The matching base material is
transformation range (Ms-Mf about 350-150ºC) and
generically called X20.
more recent procedures have benefited from welding in
the 200-350ºC preheat range to reduce grain-coarsening
Materials to be welded and promote some tempering of partially transformed
AISI Type 422. multipass weld metal.
DIN X20CrMoV 12 1 (1.4935)
G-X22CrMoV 12 1 (1.4931) cast. After welding, the joint must be cooled slowly to 120C
BS 3604 grade 762. (100-150ºC) and held for 1-2 hours, to allow
transformation before post-weld heat treatment. If
immediate heat treatment is not possible, the
Applications transformation step must be followed by a post-heat of
Chromet 12MV deposits high strength martensitic weld about 350ºC for 1-4 hours for hydrogen release, before
metal of nominally 0.2%C-12%Cr-1%Mo modified cooling below 60ºC is allowed. In this condition, the
with vanadium and tungsten. The alloying is balanced hard weld zone is potentially sensitive to stress
with a small addition of nickel to ensure a fully corrosion cracking (SCC) and must be kept dry, with
martensitic microstructure. minimum delay before PWHT.
12%CrMoV steels are used for critical heat and creep PWHT
resisting service up to at least 550ºC. The high
chromium level confers superior steam and fireside For production welds typical PWHT is in the
corrosion performance compared with 2-9%CrMo temperature range 730-770°C. Normally this would be
creep-resisting steels. required for a minimum of three hours but will vary
according to thickness, see appropriate application code
Used in cast and wrought form for high pressure steam for details.
piping and headers, heat exchangers and turbine
components, particularly in the power generation Related alloy groups
industry and sometimes in petrochemical applications.
The newer P91 materials have replaced many of the
original applications for this alloy (data sheet A-17).
Microstructure
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of Products available
tempered martensite.
MMA Chromet 12MV BS EN E CrMoWV 12 B
Welding guidelines
TIG 12CrMoV BS EN W CrMoWV 12 Si
The room temperature hardness of as-deposited weld
metal exceeds 500HV over a wide range of cooling
Rev 02 05/09 DS: A-19 (pg 1 of 3)

46
CHROMET 12MV Basic all-positional MMA electrode for 12%Cr creep resisting steel
Product description Basic low hydrogen metal powder type made on high purity core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low
Specifications BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoWV12 B 3 2

DIN 8575 E CrMoWV 12 B 26
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V
(weld metal wt %) min 0.15 0.40 -- -- -- 10.0 -- 0.80 0.40 0.20
max 0.22 1.30 0.80 0.025 0.025 12.0 0.8 1.20 0.60 0.40
typ 0.20 0.8 0.25 0.010 0.017 11 0.5 1 0.5 0.3
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760ºC / 3 hrs Room Elevated temperature

properties temperature 350°C 400°C 450°C
min * typical min typ min typ min typ
Tensile strength MPa 690 750 -- 590 -- 560 -- 520
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 550 370 450 355 420 325 410
Elongation on 4d % -- 24 -- 18 -- 20 -- 17
Elongation on 5d % 15 21 -- 16 -- 16 -- 14
Reduction of area % -- 55 -- 50 -- 48 -- 48
Impact energy + 20°C J 34 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
0ºC -- 33 -- -- -- -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 235 -- -- -- -- -- --
* Minimum requirements after PWHT of 740-780°C/2 hours.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.8 16.8 16.8
hydrogen <5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2<10ml/100g, 300 - 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2<5ml/100g. Maximum 420° C,

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 4 0.1 3 <0.2 0.1 0.1 16 1.7
Rev 02 05/09 DS: A-19 (pg 2 of 3)

47
12CrMoV Solid TIG wire for 12%Cr creep resisting steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG.
Specifications BS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMoWV 12 Si

DIN 8575 SG CrMoWV12
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V W
(wire wt %) min 0.17 0.40 0.20 -- -- 10.5 -- 0.80 0.20 0.35
max 0.24 1.00 0.60 0.020 0.025 12.0 0.80 1.20 0.40 0.80
typ 0.2 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.01 11 0.6 1 0.3 0.5
All-weld mechanical Typical values after PWHT 760ºC/2h: min typical

Operating parameters TIG

Shielding Argon *
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4
Voltage 100A, 12V
Packaging data ø mm TIG

2.4 5kg tube
Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

55 4 8 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 5
Rev 02 05/09 DS: A-19 (pg 3 of 3)

48
DATA SHEET A-20
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
P92 CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type PWHT

9%Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and N for high Minimum preheat temperature 200°C with maximum
temperature creep resistance. interpass temperature of 350°C; in practice a preheat-
interpass range of 200 – 300°C is normal. To ensure full
Materials to be welded martensite transformation welds should be cooled to ~100°C
prior to PWHT; up to 50mm wall thickness can be cooled to
ASTM room temperature whilst thick wall forgings or castings
A 213 T92 (seamless tubes) should not be cooled below ~80°C prior to PWHT.
A 335 P92 (seamless pipes)
A 387 Gr 92 (plates) ASME base material codes allow PWHT down to 730°C but
A 182 F92 (forgings) for weld metals PWHT is normally carried out in the range
A 369 FP92 (forged & bored pipe) 750-770°C. Optimum properties are obtained with PWHT at
760°C for 4 hours.
EN
X10CrWMoVNb 9-2 When compared with directly matching weld metal, the
addition of some nickel and reduction of niobium provides a
Applications useful improvement in toughness after PWHT.
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent ‘type 92’
9%Cr steels modified with tungsten, vanadium, niobium, Additional information
nitrogen and a small addition boron to give improved long D Richardot, J C Vaillant, A Arbab, W Bendick: “The
term creep properties. T92/P92 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann Tubes, 2000.
They are specifically intended for high integrity structural
Products available
service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy additions
responsible for its creep strength are kept above the minimum Process Product Specification
considered necessary to ensure satisfactory performance. In
MMA Chromet 92 --
practice, weldments will be weakest in the softened
(intercritical) HAZ region of parent material, as indicated by TIG 9CrWV --
so-called ‘type IV’ failure in transverse weld creep tests. SAW 9CrWV (wire) --
The rupture strength of P92 is up to 30% greater than P91, LA491 (flux) BS EN SA FB 255AC
and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for LA492 (flux) BS EN SA CS 155DC
components such as headers, main steam piping and
FCW Supercore F92 --
turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.
Microstructure
tempered martensite.
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-20 (pg 1 of 4)

49
CHROMET 92 MMA all-positional electrode for joining P92 creep resisting steel
Product description Basic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld
metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications None applicable.
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 5B group 2, QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max 0.13 1.00 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
typ 0.11 0.6 0.25 0.01 0.01 9 0.6 0.45 1.7 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2-4h min typical ----- High Temperature -----
properties +550°C +600°C +650°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 440 630 419 320 229
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 15 19.5 19.5
Elongation on 5d % 16 19 14 18 18
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 60 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 230-260 -- -- --

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12 14.1 13.5 16.5
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-20 (pg 2 of 4)

50
9CrWV Solid wire for TIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG and SAW welding.
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max 0.13 1.00 0.40 0.015 0.015 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
Typ 0.11 0.7 0.30 0.01 0.01 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.06 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2 – 4h min TIG ----- High Temperature TIG -----
properties typical +550°C +600°C +650°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 440 700 374 282 200
Elongation on 4d % 16 22 24.5 20.5 28
Elongation on 5d % -- 19 22.5 19 25.5
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 220 -- -- --
Hardness HV (mid) -- 265 -- -- --
Parameters TIG SAW MIG

Shielding Argon LA491/LA492 flux 9CrWV is not recommended
Diameter, mm 2.4 2.4 for MIG welding.
Current DC- DC+ Supercore F92 should be used.
Typical parameters 100A, 12V 450A, 30V, 450mm/min
Packaging data ø mm TIG SAW

Fume data Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 < 0.4 6 0.5 < 0.5 5
LA491 & LA492 Flux Sub-arc fluxes for use with 9CrWV solid wire
Product description Agglomerated basic submerged arc welding fluxes
Specifications LA491 BS EN 760 SA FB 255 AC

LA492 BS EN 760 SA CS 155 DC H5
Composition LA491: LA492:

(weld metal wt %) 15% SiO2 + Ti O2 20% SiO2
40% CaO + Mg O 40% MgO + CaO
20% AlO3 + MnO 20% Al2O3 + K2O
25% CaF2 20% CaF2
Basicity index ~2.7 (Boniszewski) Basicity index ~2.25 (Boniszewski)
Analysis deposit C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B
(typical) 9CrWV Wire 0.11 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 9.0 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.06 0.19 0.05 0.003
LA491 dep. 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.5 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.04 0.16 0.04 0.001
LA492 dep. 0.08 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.4 0.4 0.4 1.6 0.04 0.14 0.04 0.001
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-20 (pg 3 of 4)

51
LA491 & LA492 Flux (continued) Sub-arc fluxes for use with 9CrWV solid wire
All-weld mechanical SAW & LA491 SAW & LA492
properties PWHT 760°C / 2 – 4h min typical typical
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 35 45
Hardness HV (mid) -- 250 225
Parameters AC or DC+ 800A maximum
Packaging data LA491: 25kg sealed drums LA492: 22.5kg sealed drums
Preferred storage <60%RH, > 18°C.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300 – 350°C / 1 – 2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical work, it
is recommended to redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.
SUPERCORE F92 All-positional flux cored wire
Product description All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent P92 steels. Rutile flux system with an alloyed strip
producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.
Specifications AWS A5.29 No current national standards.
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.5 0.30 0.30 1.5 0.03 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max 0.13 1.20 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
Typ 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.04 0.2 0.04 0.003 <0.01 <0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 4-6h typical --------------- High Temperature ------------
properties +550°C +600°C +650°C +700°C
Tensile strength 775 471 400 308 215
0.2% Proof stress 650 385 294 194 125
Elongation on 4d 21 18.5 25 26.5 25.5
Elongation on 5d 18 17 22.5 24.5 23.5
Reduction of area 50 68 77 81 86
Impact energy + 20°C 25 -- -- -- --
Hardness 260 -- -- -- --
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
ø welding position amp-volt range * typical stickout
1.2mm
(0.045in)
Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-20 (pg 4 of 4)

52
DATA SHEET A-21
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
T23 CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

2¼%Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and B for high In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube can be
temperature creep resistance. welded without preheat; if preferred, and for thicker wall
sections, a preheat of 150-200°C can be applied. Maximum
Materials to be welded interpass temperature should be kept to 350°C.
ASTM For many current applications T23 tube is put into service in
A 213 T23 (seamless tubes) the as-welded condition. During production of the tube the
A 335 P23 (pipe) typical tempering cycle applied is 760°C/30 minutes; the
ASME code case specifies a minimum tempering temperature
BS EN of 730°C for base material. When it has been applied PWHT
10216 X7CrWVMoNb9-6 (proposed) in the range 715-740˚C has been applied.
Applications Additional information

These consumables are designed to weld equivalent ‘type 23’ J C Vaillant, B Vandenberghe, C Zakine, J Gabrel, W
2¼%Cr steels modified with tungsten, vanadium, niobium, Bendick: “The T23/P23 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann
and a small boron addition to give improved long term creep Tubes, 2006.
properties. The Chromet 23L electrode is specifically
designed for as-welded applications but can also be subject to Products available
PWHT; the flux cored wire will typically be used on thicker
wall pipe where it is envisaged that PWHT will be applied. Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet 23L --
The consumables are intended for high integrity service at
elevated temperature so the minor alloy additions responsible TIG 2CrWV --
for creep strength are kept within the parent material range. SAW 2CrWV (wire) --
The rupture strength of T23 can be up to twice that of T22 LA491 (flux) --
and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for
components such as waterwalls in ultra-super-critical
boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of
bainite.
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-21 (pg 1 of 3)
53
CHROMET 23L MMA all-positional electrode for joining T23 creep resisting steel
Product description Basic coated MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very low
weld metal hydrogen levels. Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole
electrode.
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.10 -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 -- 0.0005 -- --
max 0.10 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.80 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.03 0.0060 0.03 0.15
typ 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.01 0.01 2.2 0.6 0.2 1.6 0.03 0.23 0.02 0.001 <0.01 <0.05
All-weld mechanical typical typical

properties as-welded 715°C/1
Reduction of area % 50 60
Hardness HV 290-350 220-260
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 16.2
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
2CrWV Solid T23 wire for TIG welding
Product description Solid wire, copper coated, for TIG welding.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V B Al Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.04 -- -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 0.0005 -- --
max 0.10 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.8 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.0060 0.03 0.25
Typ 0.06 0.6 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.4 0.5 0.2 1.6 0.05 0.25 0.003 <0.01 0.15
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-21 (pg 2 of 3)
54
2CrWV (continued)
All-weld mechanical typical typical typical
properties as-welded 715°C/30min 740°C/2h
Reduction of area % 55 70 80
Impact energy + 20°C J 50 190 >250
Hardness HV (mid) 325 255 220
Parameters TIG
Shielding Argon
Diameter, mm 2.4
Current DC-
Typical parameters 100A, 12V

2.4 5kg tube
Fume data Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 1.3 <0.5 <0.5 1.2 5
LA491 FLUX Sub-arc flux

Product description Agglomerated fluoride-basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications DIN 32522 B FB 6 55455 AC 8

BS EN 760 SA FB 255 AC
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V Cu B
(typical wt%) 2CrWV wire 0.06 0.6 0.30 <0.01 0.01 2.4 0.5 0.2 1.6 0.05 0.25 0.1 0.003
Deposit 0.05 0.6 0.35 <0.01 0.01 2.3 0.5 0.2 1.5 0.04 0.22 0.1 0.002
All-weld mechanical 740°C/2h

properties with Tensile strength MPa 645
2CrWV wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 570
Impact energy +20°C J 175
Hardness HV (mid) 245
Operating parameters Current: DC +ve ranges as below:

2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode LA491 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions
for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it
should be redried in the range 3000-350°C/1-3h.
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-21 (pg 3 of 3)
55
DATA SHEET A-22
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
T24 CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

2¼%Cr steel alloyed with Mo, V, Nb, and B for high In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube can
temperature creep resistance. be welded without preheat; if preferred, and for thicker
wall sections, a preheat of 150-200°C can be applied.
Maximum interpass temperature should be kept to
350°C.
BS EN 10216-2 X7CrMoVTiB10-10
ASTM A213 T24 For many current applications T24 tube is put into
service in the as-welded condition. During production
Applications of the tube the typical tempering cycle applied is
750°C/30 minutes; the ASTM standard specifies a
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent minimum tempering temperature of 730°C for base
‘type 24’ 2¼%Cr steels modified with molybdenum, material.
vanadium, niobium, and a small boron addition to give
improved long term creep properties.
The consumables are intended for high integrity service J Arndt, K Haarmann, G Kottmann, J C Vaillant: “The
at elevated temperature so the minor alloy additions T23/T24 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann Tubes,
responsible for creep strength are kept close to the 1998.
parent material range. One exception is Ti/Nb; the T24
base material is alloyed with Ti but because of the
Products available
difficulties in achieving consistent transfer of Ti in weld
metals this is replaced with Nb. Process Product Specification
TIG 24CrMoV --
The rupture strength of T24 can be up to twice that of
T22 and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for SAW 24CrMoV (wire) --
components such as waterwalls in ultra-super-critical LA424 (flux) BS EN 760: S A AR
boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.
Microstructure
bainite.
Rev 00 06/09 DS: A-22 (pg 1 of 2)

56
24CrMoV Solid T24 low alloyed wire for TIG and SAW
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and SAW.
Specifications None applicable
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 2.20 -- 0.80 0.02 0.20 --
max 0.11 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 2.60 0.40 1.10 0.08 0.30 0.25
typ 0.09 0.6 0.2 0.005 0.01 2.4 0.2 1.0 0.06 0.25 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values PWHT 760°C/2h TIG

Impact energy +20°C J 250
Impact energy -20°C J 200
Hardness cap/mid HV 220/215
Typical operating TIG SAW

parameters Shielding Argon LA424
Current DC- DC+
Parameters 120A, 14V *
Main application would be for high speed fillet welds on waterwall, contact Technical Department for
*
information.

2.0 5kg tube 25kg/300kg
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)
55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
LA424 and L2N Sub-arc flux for high speed fillet welding
Product description LA424 is an agglomerated submerged arc welding flux. It is optimised for high speed single pass welding and
produces a good bead shape and wetting at high travel speeds. LA424 is suitable for AC/DC welding with
maximum current of 800A.
Specifications BS EN 760 (flux) S A AB1 76 AC H5 1-16

S A AR1 76 AC H5 1-16
Composition SiO2 + Ti O2 CaO + Mg O AlO3 + MnO CaF2

(flux wt %) 35% 5% 55% 5%
Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~0.4
Packaging data Metrode LA424 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions
for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it
should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.
Rev 00 06/09 DS: A-22 (pg 2 of 2)

57
DATA SHEET A-23
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CONSUMABLES FOR WB36 Email: info@metrode.com

WB36 is a NiMo base material with Cu and Nb The actual preheat and PWHT requirements will
additions with good hot strength. Although depend on the thickness of the base material being
consumables of matching composition are not used welded. Normally preheat/interpass temperatures will
compatible alternatives have been found to provide the be in the range 100-250°C depending on wall thickness.
required properties.
PWHT
WB36 is tempered during manufacture in the
The consumables listed on this data sheet can be used temperature range 580-680°C, depending on
for a wide variety of applications (see also data sheets specifications and requirements and following welding
A-50, A-61 and A-64) but this data sheet concentrates PWHT is required for WB36. The PWHT requirements
on the welding of: will depend on a number of factors but will normally be
about 590±30°C.
DIN 15NiCuMoNb5
1.6368
BS EN 10216-2 15NiCuMoNb5-6-4
1.6368 There is a Technical Profile P36 and the related welding
BS 3604 Grade 591 consumables.
ASTM Code Case 2353
A182 F36, A213 T36 & A335 P36 For offshore oil well-head process pipework and
Proprietary WB36 (V+M) fittings, after PWHT these low nickel consumables
satisfy NACE MR0175 requirements (<1%Ni &
<22HRC) intended to ensure resistance to sulphide-
Applications induced stress corrosion cracking in sour service,
combined with good sub-zero toughness.
WB36 is a high temperature construction steel for
service up to 450°C; typical applications are below
Also find applications for the repair of medium strength
400°C designed on the basis of tensile rather than creep
low alloy steel castings where a stress-relief only (rather
properties. It is mainly used for feedwater piping
than N+T) is to be applied.
systems in place of standard carbon steels (eg.A106
grade C) in conventional and nuclear power stations.
WB36 also finds applications for headers, manifolds Products available
and fittings in power stations.
MMA 1NiMo.B AWS E9018-G
Microstructure
TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2
In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
SAW SA1NiMo (wire) AWS EF3
consists of tempered ferrite/bainite.
LA436 (flux) BS EN SA AB 167
Rev 03 06/09 DS: A-23 (pg 1 of 4)

58
1NiMo.B All-positional NiMo low alloy steel MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides
very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E9018-G

BS EN 757 E 55 4 1NiMo B 32
Approvals TÜV, DNV
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 -- --
max 0.07 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10 0.03
typ 0.06 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical PWHT 590-620°C/1-2h: min typical High Temperature

properties 250°C 350°C 450°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 645 505 445 432
Elongation on 4d % 17 26 22 28 24
Elongation on 5d % -- 23 -- -- --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 18 5
Rev 03 06/09 DS: A-23 (pg 2 of 4)

59
MnMo Solid MnMo low alloyed wire for TIG and MIG
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2

BS EN 440 (G4Mo)
BS 2901: Pt1 A31
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --
max 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4
typ 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values PWHT min * TIG MIG High Temperature (TIG)
properties 590-620°C/1-2h Ar + Ar + 250°C 350°C 450°C
5%CO2 20%CO2
Tensile strength MPa 550 640 725 605 650 665 585
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 530 625 490 525 490 460
Elongation on 4d % 17 32 28 25 24 27 25
Impact energy - 30°C J 27 200 >100 >100 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 235/210 235/220 220/205 -- -- --
* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas
(higher CO2 + O2) have lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2 which is
seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures.

parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 *
Current DC- DC+
Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas
*
mixtures also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --

55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 03 06/09 DS: A-23 (pg 3 of 4)

60
SA1NiMo Solid NiMo alloyed wire for SAW
Product description Solid copper coated wire for submerged arc welding. Nominal composition of 1%Ni-0.5%Mo capable of achieving
90ksi (620MPa) tensile strength. Supplied to NACE MR0175 1.0%Ni maximum on request.
Specifications AWS A5.23 EF3

BS EN 756 S3Ni1Mo
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 10 (Nearest)
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni * Mo Cr Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.08 1.30 0.05 -- -- 0.8 0.45 -- --
max 0.15 2.40 0.25 0.020 0.020 1.2 0.65 0.20 0.30
typ 0.10 1.75 0.2 0.005 0.01 0.9 0.55 0.05 0.1
* Ni supplied to 1.0% maximum (NACE MR0175) on request.
All-weld mechanical Typical values as-welded & PWHT AW 590°C/2h

Impact energy +20°C J 90 140
Typical operating SAW

parameters Shielding LA436 flux
Current DC+
Diameter 2.4mm
Parameters 450A, 30V, 450mm/min

1.6 25kg coil
2.4 25kg coil
3.2 25kg coil To order
4.0 25kg coil
Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (SAW fume negligible)

50 10 <0.5 <0.5 <1.5 1.2 5
Rev 03 06/09 DS: A-23 (pg 4 of 4)

61
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical DATA SHEET A-25
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com
CHROMET WB2
Product description preferably 760°C/~4h.
MMA electrode depositing advanced 9CrMoV alloy Related alloy groups
with nominal composition 0.12%C-9.5%Cr-1.5%Mo-
Equivalent solid wire is not currently available; nearest
1%Co-0.25%V-0.05%Nb+B. Low hydrogen moisture-
for compatible properties is 9CrWV (P92), see data
resistant flux covering on high purity steel core wire.
sheet A-20.
Metal recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire,
65% with respect to the whole electrode. Parameters
Specifications DC+ve or AC (OCV: 70V)
No national specifications. ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

min A 80 100 140 200
max A 140 180 240 300
For advanced creep resistant steel B2 developed in the
European COST programme in forged (FB2) or cast Packaging data
(CB2) forms, such as GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9-2-1. ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0
length mm 380 450 450 450
Applications kg/carton 14.4 16.5 16.5 16.5
COST alloy B2 was originally developed as a turbine
rotor material and its outstanding creep performance Storage
(above P91 and E911) has been confirmed with further
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
optimisation. The weld metal deposited by Chromet
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen
WB2 is designed to match the base material <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
composition quite closely for fabricating thick wall For electrodes that have been exposed:
components used in the construction of power plants Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 –
operating with advanced steam parameters up to at least 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles,
10h total.
600°C. Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or
Microstructure 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
After PWHT: tempered martensite with finely dispersed
precipitates. Fume data
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Welding guidelines Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 <3 0.1 <0.1 18 1.7
Preheat-interpass range 200-300°C. Welding heat input
should be kept below ~3kJ/mm. Cooling to ~100°C
before PWHT is advisable to ensure full transformation
to martensite. PWHT (for >27J): 730°C/16-24h or

PWHT 760°C/4h or equivalent min Typical, 760°C/4h Typical, 740°C/10h
Impact energy + 20°C J 27 40 40
Composition (weld metal wt %)

C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Nb N B Co
min 0.10 0.40 0.15 - - 9.0 0.40 1.4 0.20 0.04 0.010 0.005 0.80
max 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.5 0.80 1.7 0.30 0.07 0.035 0.015 1.20
typ 0.12 0.6 0.3 0.009 0.010 9.5 0.6 1.5 0.25 0.05 0.02 0.008 1.0
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-25 (pg 1 of 1)

62
DATA SHEET A-40
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
1%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type Also recommended where design requirements specify

Low alloy steel alloyed with nominally 1%Ni for toughness testing of higher strength low alloy steel
improved toughness. Actual Ni content is kept below welds down to –50°C eg. offshore construction,
1% to ensure conformance with NACE MR0175. pipelines and pressure vessels.
Materials to be welded Microstructure
CMn steels with yield stress of 450MPa or where good In the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic
toughness is required down to –50°C, such as: with a component of acicular ferrite for optimum
toughness.
ASTM A333 & A334 Grade 6.
A350 Grades LF2 & LF5.
A352 Grades LCB & LCC (cast). Welding guidelines
API 5L X65. Preheat will dependent on the grade and thickness of the
BS 4360 Grades 43E, 50E, 55C, 55EE, 55F. base material.
Applications Related alloy groups

For welding higher strength steel structures where The 2%Ni (data sheet A-41) and 3%Ni (data sheet A-
PWHT is impracticable so that welds must possess an 42) are also designed for applications requiring low
appropriate degree of toughness and crack resistance. temperature toughness.
The addition of about 1%Ni promotes microstructural

refinement, with improved tolerance to procedural Products available
variations compared to plain CMn weld metal. Nickel Process Product Specification
also increases atmospheric weathering resistance and
MMA Tufmet 1Ni.B AWS E8018-C3
improves electrochemical balance between weld and
base metal, thus minimising preferential weld area TIG/MIG 1Ni AWS ER80S-Ni1
corrosion in marine environments. For offshore oilfield FCW Metcore DWA55E AWS E71T-5
sour service, a maximum of 1.0%Ni is commonly
required (NACE MR0175).
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-40 (pg 1 of 4)

63
TUFMET 1Ni.B 1%Ni MMA electrode for good low temperature toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder, type flux on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant
coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-C3

BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 1Ni B 42
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N2 A U
BS 2493 (1Ni.BH)
DIN 8529 EY 4675 1NiB
Conforms with NACE MR0175
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Nb Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.80 0.20 -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 1.20 0.50 0.030 0.030 0.15 1.00* 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.3
typ 0.05 1 0.3 0.015 0.015 0.05 0.9 0.1 0.01 <0.05 0.05
* BS and AWS 1.10%Ni max.
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical

properties Tensile strength MPa 550-680 610
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470-550 520
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 150
- 40°C J 47 120
- 50°C J -- 80
- 60°C J -- 65
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 16.8 16.2
hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during working shift of 8h.
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420° C,
14 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-40 (pg 2 of 4)

64
1Ni 1%Ni wire for improved toughness
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-Ni1

BS EN 440 & BS EN ISO 636-A (G3Ni1 – MIG; W3Ni1 – TIG)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu V
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.80 0.40 -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.015 0.020 0.15 1.00 0.35 0.35 0.05
typ 0.10 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 0.05 0.9 0.02 0.2 0.01
* Most wire has a typical Mo of 0.02% but some batches will have typically 0.3% Mo.
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min * TIG MAG Ar + 5%CO2

properties Tensile strength MPa 550 550-650 571
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 460-510 475
Yield strength MPa -- 472 498
Impact energy - 50°C J 27 > 120 > 130
- 75°C J -- > 110 > 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 195/240 190/205
* Minimum as-welded properties according to AWS. All-weld tests show actual proof stress values close to
minimum or slightly lower, depending on process, shielding gas and Mo content (higher Mo wires produce the
higher typical strengths reported). However, note that yield point is typically 10-20MPa above the 0.2% proof
stress, and in either case, exceeds 450MPa (65ksi).

Current DC- DC+
Voltage 120A, 14V 280A, 26V
* Ar + 1-5%O2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.

1.0 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 to order --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.0 (not 3.2) 5kg tube --

55 6 < 0.1 0.5 < 0.1 1.2 5
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-40 (pg 3 of 4)

65
METCORE DWA 55E Ni alloyed all-positional flux cored wire
Product description Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding
positions. The wire is alloyed with about 0.4%Ni and provides good as-welded ed toughness down to –40°C. Low
moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g.
Metal recovery 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.20 E71T-5 (MJ )*

BS EN ISO 17632-A T42 4 P M 1 H5
BS EN ISO 17632-B T494T12-1MAP-H5
BS 7084 T541 GPH
* Meets suffix M (Ar+20%CO2) and J (27J at –40°C) requirements. Note that the new classification E71T-9MJ
introduced in AWS A5.20-95 is strictly more appropriate.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.30 -- --
max 0.08 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08
typ 0.05 1.1 0.5 0.01 0.02 < 0.1 0.35 < 0.1 0.02

properties As welded (PWHT with caution) min * as-welded 600°C/4h **
Impact energy - 40°C J 27 115 >27
* As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-5MJ as-welded.
** PWHT has a detrimental effect on impact energy but all batches are impact tested after PWHT of 600°C/4h.

1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm
Packaging data Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg

33 12 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.5 2 5
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-40 (pg 4 of 4)

66
DATA SHEET A-41
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
2%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type characteristics of weathering steels, and is an alternative

to using matching consumables (data sheet A-70).
Nominally 2.5%Ni low alloy steels.
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic
CMn and low alloy steel plate, pipe, forgings and
with a component of acicular ferrite for optimum
castings used extensively for service at low temperature
toughness.
eg. LT50.
ASTM A203 Grade A & B plate. Welding guidelines

A333 Grade 6 pipe.
Preheat according to base material and thickness.
A350 Grade LF1 & LF2 forgings.
Although AWS consumable specifications require
A352 Grade LC2 casting.
PWHT many fabrications will be left as-welded. The
BS 1501-224 Grade 490B plate.
need for PWHT will generally be determined by
applicable design codes.
Also proprietary medium tensile steels eg. Hyplus 29
(Corus) and Corten weathering steel (Corus, US Steels).
Applications The 1%Ni low alloy consumables (data sheet A-40) and
3%Ni types (data sheet A-42) are also designed for
Fabrication of storage tanks, process plant and
applications requiring low temperature toughness.
associated pipework where good fracture toughness
from as-welded joints is demanded down to
temperatures in the region of -60ºC. Products available
The addition of about 2.5%Ni improves microstructural
refinement and tolerance to procedural variations MMA Tufmet 2Ni.B AWS E8018-C1
compared to plain CMn weld metal. It also promotes the TIG/MIG 2Ni AWS ER80S-Ni2
formation of a stable patina as required for matching the
Rev 03 05/09 DS: A-41 (pg 1 of 3)

67
TUFMET 2Ni.B 2.5%Ni MMA electrode for good low temperature toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating
giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-C1

BS EN ISO 2560-A (E 46 6 2Ni B 42)
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N5 P U
BS 2493 (2Ni.BH)
DIN 8529 (EY 4675 2NiB)
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Mo Cu V Nb
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 -- -- -- -- --
max 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.75 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.05 0.05
typ 0.05 0.75 0.3 0.015 0.010 2.4 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.01 <0.01
All-weld mechanical As welded or PWHT 605ºC/1h * min typical

properties Tensile strength MPa 550-680 ** 600
Impact energy - 60°C J 47 100
- 75ºC J -- *** 65
* BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after PWHT.
** Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
*** Typically >30J as-welded, meeting BS 2Ni.LB/AWS E7018-C1L properties.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 16.8
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g.. Maximum 420°C,
Storage of redried electrodes at 100– 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): <
60% RH, > 18°C.

14 5 <0.5 <0.1 0.2 <0.1 18 5
Rev 03 05/09 DS: A-41 (pg 2 of 3)

68
2Ni Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-Ni2

BS EN 440 and BS EN ISO 636-A (G 2Ni2 - MIG: W 2Ni2 - TIG)
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.8 0.40 -- -- 2.00 --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.025 0.025 2.75 0.35
typ 0.08 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 2.5 0.10
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded (AW) and

PWHT 605ºC/1h: TIG MAG: Ar + 5%CO2 MAG: Ar + 20%C02
properties
min* AW PWHT AW PWHT AW PWHT
Tensile strength MPa 550 580 556 650 585 580 555
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 470 452 540 460 470 425
Elongation on 4d % 24 32 35 28 32 28 32
Impact energy - 60°C J 27 175 200 45 140 40 100
-101ºC J -- -- 34 -- 50 -- 30
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 220/190 185/220 240/230 195/185 220/195 185/175
* Minimum properties after PWHT 620ºC/1h according to AWS. Actual tests show conformance as-welded, as
required for most fabrications. Proof stress values below AWS are found after PWHT at 605ºC/1h (=typical
practice and PWHT for AWS E8018-C1/Tufmet 2Ni.B).
Note that superior as-welded toughness may be obtained with Metrode 1Ni.

Current DC- DC+
* Ar + 1-5%O2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.
Less oxidising shielding gas such as Ar + 5%CO2 produced the best mechanical properties, see above.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 To order --

54 6 <0.1 1.5 <0.1 1.2 5
Rev 03 05/09 DS: A-41 (pg 3 of 3)

69
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
TUFMET 3Ni.B
Product description Composition (weld metal wt %)
3.5%Ni alloyed steel electrode with basic flux, metal powder C Mn Si S P Ni
type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. Recovery is min -- 0.30 -- -- -- 3.00
approximately 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with max 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.020 0.030 3.75
respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating giving typ 0.05 0.5 0.3 0.01 0.015 3.3
very low weld metal hydrogen levels. All-weld mechanical properties
Specifications As welded or PWHT 605°C/1h(1) min typical
AWS A5.5 E8018-C2 Tensile strength MPa 560-680(2) 620
BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 3Ni B 42
Elongation on 4d % 19 > 22
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N7 P Elongation on 5d % 17 25
BS 2493 3NiBH Reduction of area % -- 70
DIN 8529 ESY 4687 3NiB Impact energy -60°C J -- 100
-75°C J 30 > 90
ASME IX Qualification (1)
BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS
QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10. EN ISO-B after PWHT.
(2)
Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
Parameters
3.5%Ni alloyed steels specifically for service at cryogenic
temperatures down to –80°C. DC +ve
Plate BS1501Grade 503 and A203 Grades D,E,F

Forgings BS1503 Grade 503 and ASTM A350 Grade ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
LF3 min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
Castings BS1504 Grade 503 LT60 and ASTM A352
Grade LC3 Packaging data
Pipe ASTM A333 Grade 3
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Applications length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 16.8 17.4
Construction of cryogenic plant and associated pipework pieces/carton 627 393 243 159
eg. petrochemical industry, demanding resistance to weld
brittle fracture when operating at temperatures down to -800C Storage
in the manufacture, storage and distribution of volatile liquids
and liquified gases.
As with Tufmet 2Ni.B, it can be used for welding C-Mn and <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
low alloy steels for critical applications demanding a For electrodes that have been exposed:
combination of strength and reliable toughness down to Rebake 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
temperatures in the region of -600C. 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
For applications specifying impact properties at -1000C, the cycles, 10h total.
use of matching 3.5%Ni weld metal may be unacceptable Storage of rebaked electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven
because of its sensitivity to procedure, heat input etc, which or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6
results in excessive scatter of the impact properties. In this weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage
situation nickel-base filler metals are usually recommended conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH,
eg. Metrode 20.70.Nb TIG root, with Nimrod AKS or >18°C.
182KS fill and cap. For all-TIG applications such as thin- Related alloy groups
wall pipework, Metrode 2Ni TIG root followed by 20.70.Nb
may be used, or 20.70.Nb throughout. There is no matching TIG wire for this electrode, Metrode
2Ni TIG wire is available which is suitable for root runs (data
Microstructure sheet A-41).
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic with Fume data
a component of acicular ferrite for optimum toughness.
Welding guidelines
Preheat and interpass temperature according to base material 14 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
thickness.
Rev 02 09/06 DS: A-42 (pg 1 of 1)

70
DATA SHEET A-50
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
MnMo HIGH STRENGTH STEELS Email: info@metrode.com

Low alloy steel consumables with MnMo additions for In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
welding high strength steels. consists of tempered bainite.

These consumables are used for a variety of ferritic The actual preheat and PWHT requirements will
CMn and low alloy steels. depend on the base material being welded. Normally
preheat/interpass temperatures will be in the range 100-
E9018-D1 is used for materials with a minimum tensile 250°C.
strength requirement of 620MPa (90ksi); eg. AISI 4130
PWHT
(90ksi condition), ASTM A487 grades 2A, B & C
(cast). The PWHT requirements will depend on a number of
factors including, base material, property requirements,
E10018-D2 is used for materials with a minimum need to conform to NACE etc. Temperatures will
tensile strength requirement of 690MPa (100ksi); eg. normally be about 620°C but when welding 4130 using
AISI 4130, 4140, 8630; BS970 grades 709M40 (En19); E10018-D2 temperatures up to about 645°C may be
DIN 42CrMo4 (1.7225), 34CrMo4 (1.7220); ASTM required to temper the HAZ.
A487 grades 4A, 4B, 4D & 6A (cast).
Applications Although MnMo wire is the nearest match to the
E9018-D1/E10018-D2 electrodes in terms of
Fabrication of higher strength steels for use in the stress composition when welding base materials requiring
relieved condition. high temperature or prolonged soak PWHT (eg. 4130) it
may not retain the required strength. In these
For offshore oil well-head process pipework and circumstances the 1CrMo or 2CrMo wires may prove
fittings, these low nickel consumables satisfy NACE useful (data sheets A-12 and A-13). See also alloy
MR0175 requirements intended to ensure resistance to WB36 (data sheet A-23).
sulphide-induced stress corrosion cracking in sour
service, combined with good sub-zero toughness.
Products available
Also finds applications for the repair of medium Process Product Specification
strength low alloy steel castings where a stress-relief
only (rather than N+T) is to be applied. MMA E9018-D1 AWS E9018-D1
E10018-D2 AWS E10018-D2
TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-50 (pg 1 of 4)

71
General Data for all MMA Electrodes

16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 17 5
E9018-D1 All-positional MnMo low alloy steel MMA electrode
Specifications AWS A5.5 E9018-D1

BS 2493 MnMoBH
DIN 8529 (ESY 5564 MnMoB)
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.25 -- -- -- -- -- 0.25 --
max 0.10 1.75 0.80 0.025 0.025 -- -- 0.45 --
typ 0.07 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.15 0.35 0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 620°C/1h: min typical

- 50°C J 30 55
Hardness HV -- 210
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 15.9 16.8
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-50 (pg 2 of 4)

72
E10018-D2 MnMo low alloy steel MMA electrode
Specifications AWS A5.5 E10018-D2

BS 2493 (2MnMoBH)
BS EN 757 (E 624 MnMoB)
DIN 8529 (ESY 6264 MnMoB)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.07 1.65 0.20 -- -- -- -- 0.25 --
max 0.15 2.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 -- 0.9 0.45 --
typ 0.10 1.8 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.6 0.35 0.05
All-weld mechanical typical after PWHT: min 620°C/1h * 645°C/4h **

Impact energy 0°C J -- -- >100
- 40°C J 27 >27 >60
HRC -- -- <22
* PWHT according to AWS.
PWHT typically applied to weldments in alloy 4130 to meet <22HRC in HAZ for oilfield sour service
**
(NACE MR0175).
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

min A 70 80 100 140 200
max A 110 140 180 240 300

length mm 350 380 450 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 12.6 16.8 17.1 16.5
pieces/carton 633 351 243 159 105
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-50 (pg 3 of 4)

73
MnMo Solid MnMo alloyed wire for TIG and MIG
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2

BS EN ISO 16834-B 4M31
BS EN 440 (G4Mo)
BS 2901: Pt1 A31
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --
max 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4
typ 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as-welded TIG MAG MAG

properties (AW) & PWHT Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 20%CO2
min * AW 620°C/1 645°C/4 AW 620°C/1 AW 620°C/1
Tensile strength MPa 550 720 640 610 725 >635 625 605
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 610 530 530 625 >525 510 490
Elongation on 4d % 17 27 32 31 29 >25 28 25
Impact energy - 30°C J 27 >80 >200 -- >100 -- >55 >100
- 45°C J -- >50 >100 >130 >70 >110 -- --
Hardness HV -- 250 220 220 235 220 215 205
* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas
(higher CO2 + O2) have lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2 which is
seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures. Maximum
strength is found with Ar + 5%CO2, an economic procedure to obtain as-welded properties equivalent to AWS
ER100S-G (and the closest approximation to electrode E10018-D2).

Current DC- DC+
Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas
*

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --

55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-50 (pg 4 of 4)

74
DATA SHEET A-60
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
HIGH STRENGTH Ni-Mo LOW ALLOY Email: info@metrode.com

A range of Mn-Ni-Mo low alloy consumables covering The microstructure of all the consumables is
tensile strength requirements from 620MPa (90ksi) up predominantly ferrite; some will contain high
to 825MPa (120ksi). Some are designed for as-welded proportions of acicular ferrite for optimum as-welded
applications whilst others are predominantly used toughness (eg. Tufmet 1NiMo and Tufmet 3NiMo).
following a stress relief PWHT.
Welding guidelines
Preheat according to base material and thickness,
These consumables are used for a variety of high although materials likely to be welded by the higher
strength steels. Depending on strength requirements, strength consumables will normally require 100°C
some examples are: minimum preheat.
Tufmet API 5A L80; BS 4360 grade 55F; With some HSLA steels interpass temperatures above
1NiMo RQT 601 (Corus); HY80; Navy 200°C may result in a reduction of strength and
Q1(N). toughness.
E11018-M Q1(N); HY80; RQT 701 (Corus);
PWHT generally dependent on base material and
QT445; NAXTRA 70; Hystal77.
Tufmet
application, the solid wire ER110S-G is not
HY80 & Q1(N);
3NiMo recommended for applications requiring PWHT.
possibly HY100 & Q2(N).
Further information can be found under each individual
product.
Applications
All the consumables are used for a range of high Related alloy groups
strength low alloy steels. The E11018-M and Tufmet
The 1NiMo.B electrode (data sheet A-61) is used for
3NiMo electrodes in particular are used for military
applications requiring maximum retained strength after
applications by the MoD and US Navy for construction
extended PWHT.
and repair of naval craft and submarines. The
Tufmet 1NiMo was developed for the offshore The MnMo consumables (data sheet A-50) may be
industry where high strength and –50°C toughness is suitable for some of the same applications.
required in the as-welded condition.
Products available
All of the consumables also have applications for
general structural steel fabrications in HSLA steels, Process Product Specification
which may be used for cranes, earth moving MMA Tufmet 1NiMo AWS E9016-G
equipment, and other highly stressed structural E11018-M AWS E11018-M
components.
Tufmet 3NiMo AWS E12016-G
TIG/MIG ER110S-G AWS ER110S-G
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-60 (pg 1 of 5)

75

14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5
TUFMET 1NiMo All-positional MMA electrode with high strength and toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating
ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Provides minimum strength of 620MPa (90ksi) in the as-welded
and stress-relieved condition.

DIN 8529 (EY 5576 Mn1NiMo B)
Approval: Statoil R-SF-163
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Mo
(weld metal wt %) min 0.030 1.30 0.25 -- -- 0.6 --
max 0.075 1.80 0.60 0.02 0.02 1.0 0.3
typ 0.05 1.5 0.35 0.008 0.01 0.85 0.15
All-weld mechanical Typical values as-welded and PWHT min As-welded PWHT 600°C/4-8h
properties Tensile strength MPa 620-730 670 630
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550-660 600 525
Impact energy 0°C J -- -- 130
- 50°C J 60 >100 >100
Operating parameters AC (OCV: 60V min) or DC -ve

Operation on DC+ve is not as favourable as above,
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min A 60 80 100 140
max A 100 140 180 240

length mm 350 450 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.8
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-60 (pg 2 of 5)

76
E11018-M All-positional MMA electrode with high strength and toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic, metal powder type, flux on a high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Conforms to military electrode specification used for Q1(N) and HY80 type steels used in naval construction by
MoD and US Navy. Also suitable for similar high strength steels requiring a minimum strength of 760MPa
(110ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E11018-M

BS 2493 2NiMo.BH
DIN 8529 (EY 6965 Mn2NiCrMo B)
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.30 -- -- -- -- 1.50 0.25 --
max 0.10 1.80 0.60 0.030 0.030 0.40 2.50 0.50 0.05
typ 0.05 1.7 0.35 0.012 0.012 0.2 2.2 0.4 0.02
All-weld mechanical Typical as welded and PWHT min As-welded PWHT 620°C/2h
0.2% Proof stress MPa 680-760 730 760
Reduction of area % -- 65 --
- 50°C J 30 80 40
Lateral expansion - 50°C mm (mils) -- 0.9 (37) --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 16.2 16.8
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-60 (pg 3 of 5)

77
TUFMET 3NiMo All-positional MMA electrode with high strength and toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating
ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
The electrode was specially designed for welding HY80 and Q1(N) castings which are N+T following welding.
Also suitable for other high strength steels requiring minimum tensile strength of about 820MPa (120ksi) in the as-
welded and stress-relieved condition; or yield strength up to about 800MPa in the as-welded condition.

Approvals: MoD NES 769 for Q1(N) in Q+T condition.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
(weld metal wt %) min 0.02 0.8 -- -- -- 0.6 3.5 0.4
max 0.06 1.5 0.5 0.025 0.025 1.0 4.5 0.8
typ 0.045 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.8 4 0.5
All -weld mechanical Q+T

properties Stress relieved 900°C/1-6h WQ +
Typical values: min As-welded 600-620°C/1h 635-650°C/1-6h WQ
Tensile strength MPa 830 950 920 710-770
0.2% Proof stress MPa 740 870 870 590-660
Elongation on 4d % 14 20 22 --
Elongation on 5d % -- 18 20 20-25
Reduction of area % -- 55 58 65-70
Impact energy 0°C J -- 65 -- --
- 50°C J -- 45 30 65-135
CTOD - 5°C mm -- -- -- >0.46
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

length mm 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.8 17.7 16.5
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-60 (pg 4 of 5)

78
ER110S-G High strength solid TIG and MIG wire
Product description Solid copper wire for TIG and MIG welding of Q+T steels requiring as-welded tensile strength up to about
760MPa (110ksi). It is not recommended for applications requiring PWHT.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER110S-G (Classified on the basis of mechanical properties in the as-welded condition)
BS EN ISO 16834-A (Mn3Ni1CrMo)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.05 1.4 0.4 -- -- 0.2 1.2 0.2 0.04 --
max 0.12 1.8 0.8 0.020 0.020 0.4 1.8 0.4 0.13 0.25
typ 0.1 1.6 0.5 0.01 0.01 0.3 1.4 0.3 0.09 0.1
All-weld mechanical MAG MAG

properties Typical values as welded min TIG Ar+5%CO2 Ar+20%CO2
0.2% Proof stress MPa 660 870 740 660
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 120 60 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 300 280 255
* Minimum values for AWS ER110S-G MAG welds are typically obtained with low CO2 content
shielding gases; more oxidising gases give AWS ER100S-G properties, as shown above.

Current DC- DC+
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas

1.0 -- 20kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 20kg spool
2.4 5kg tube --

50 10 1 0.4 <1.5 1.2 5
Rev 04 05/09 DS: A-60 (pg 5 of 5)

79
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
1NiMo.B
MMA electrode with low hydrogen basic flux coating on C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating min 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 --
ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. max 0.07 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10
typ 0.06 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05
Recovery is about 120% with respect to the core wire, 65%
with respect to whole electrode. All-weld mechanical properties
PWHT 610-650°C/1-6h min typical
Specifications Tensile strength MPa 620-780* 640-700
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 ** 540-630
AWS A5.5 E9018-G Elongation on 4d % 17 24-30
BS EN 757 E 55 4 1NiMo B 32 Elongation on 5d % -- 21-26
Approvals TÜV, DNV Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 75-110
- 40°C J -- 60
ASME IX Qualification - 60°C J -- 45
QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10. Hardness HV -- 220
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
Materials to be welded ** Meets 550MPa minimum (DIN) according to yield
point.
ASTM A302 grades C &D.
Parameters
A508 class 1, 1A, 2 & 3.
A533 grades A-D, class 1 & 2. DC +ve or
AISI 4130 and similar alloys. AC (OCV: 70V min)
BS 1501 grades 271 & 281. ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
3604 grades HFS 591 & CFS 591. min A 70 80 100 140
DIN max A 110 140 180 240
15NiCuMoNb5 (1.6368).
Packaging data
Applications
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Designed for welding low alloy steels used for pressure length mm 350 350 450 450
vessels (often thick wall) and other applications where high kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0
strength must be maintained after extended, or multiple, pieces/carton 546 369 240 171
PWHT cycles. These steels may also be used at modest
elevated temperature and tests have shown typically 15% Storage
reduction in tensile strength at +300°C compared to the room
temperature values for 1NiMo.B weld metal. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
It is also used for welding type 4130, and other high strength <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
steels, requiring good sub-zero toughness for oilfield and For electrodes that have been exposed:
well-head equipment. In comparison with the MnMo types Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
(data sheet A-50) 1NiMo.B has improved resistance to 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
softening at high tempering parameters. cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven
or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6
Microstructure
weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH,
tempered high strength ferrite. >18°C.
Fume data
Welding guidelines Fume composition, wt % typical:
Preheat and PWHT requirements dependent on base material. Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 18 5
Rev 01 06/09 DS: A-61 (pg 1 of 1)

80
DATA SHEET A-70
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
LOW ALLOY Ni-Cu CONSUMABLES Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
FOR WEATHERING STEELS Internet: http//www.metrode.com
Alloy type with a high proportion of acicular ferrite for optimum

toughness.
Low alloy steel with Ni-Cu-Cr additions for welding
weathering steels. Welding guidelines
Materials to be welded Preheat according to joint thickness and restraint.
ASTM
Normally left in the as-welded condition so no PWHT
A588 Grades A, B, C, K.
required.
A242 Types 1, 2.
DIN 1.8960, 1.8961, 1.8963.
BS 4360 Grades WR50A, WR50B, WR50C. Additional information
Proprietary Corten A, B1 (Corus and US Steel)
The Chromet 1L electrode (data sheet A-12) may be
preferred for welding vanadium treated Corten B1 steel
Applications intended for non-critical elevated temperature
applications eg. chimney stacks.
Mainly used for weathering steels containing a similar
controlled copper addition and claimed to offer a three-
fold improvement in corrosion resistance and a more Related alloy groups
stable patina compared with plain CMn steel. The 2%Ni consumables (data sheet A-41) provide
comparable weathering resistance and are also
Applications include architectural structures, bridges compatible with the weathering steels.
and exhaust gas flues, chimneys.
This weld metal also resists preferential corrosion in Products available

seawater, particularly in arctic waters high in oxygen Process Product Specification
and salinity, and has applications for welding micro-
MMA 1NiCu.B AWS E8018-W2
alloyed and CMn steels in ice-breaker vessels and off-
shore structures. TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W AWS ER80S-G
SAW flux LA436 BS EN SA AB 1
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic
Rev 03 05/09 DS: A-70 (pg 1 of 3)

81
1NiCu.B MMA electrode for welding Corten type weathering steels
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. Moisture
resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-W2

BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-NCC1 A
DIN 8529 (EY 5043 NiCuB)
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No (not allocated)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.50 0.35 -- -- 0.45 0.40 -- 0.30
max 0.12 1.30 0.80 0.02 0.03 0.70 0.80 -- 0.75
typ 0.06 1 0.6 0.01 0.015 0.6 0.6 0.02 0.5

properties Tensile strength MPa 550-720 * 610
-20ºC J 27 100
-40ºC J -- 70
-60ºC J -- 40
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 16.5
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or 50-150ºC in heated quivers:: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): <
60% RH, > 18°C.
14 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.1 18 5
Rev 03 05/09 DS: A-70 (pg 2 of 3)

82
ER80S-W Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW of Corten weathering steels
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG, MIG and SAW.

BS EN ISO 16834-A (Mn3Ni1Cu)
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No Not allocated
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.5 -- -- -- 0.6 0.2
max 0.12 1.6 1.0 0.025 0.025 0.4 1.2 0.6
typ 0.09 1.4 0.7 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.8 0.4
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min. Ar-20%CO2

Yield stress MPa -- 525
Reduction of Area % -- 62
- 50ºC J -- 75
Hardness mid/cap HV -- 190/245
Typical operating TIG MIG SAW

parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 LA436
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.5mm
Parameters 120A, 14V 280A,26V 350A, 28V
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG SAW

1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 5kg tube -- --
2.4 5kg tube -- --
2.5 -- -- 25kg coil

52 8 0.2 0.5 < 0.5 1.6 5
Rev 03 05/09 DS: A-70 (pg 3 of 3)

83
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
RAILROD
Product description for depositing the root can utilise a copper backing plate
or wire-reinforced window glass. Before and during
MMA electrode for rail welding utilising basic low
welding it is important to use a sufficient preheat-interpass
hydrogen flux coating with low moisture absorption
range, and to retard cooling.
characteristics. Recovery is about 110% with respect to
core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode. Composition (weld metal wt %)
Specifications C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
min 0.06 0.7 0.2 -- -- 2.0 -- --
None strictly applicable, nearest AWS E12016-G and max 0.12 1.5 0.8 0.020 0.025 2.6 0.5 0.5
nearest BS EN E69 Z Z B. typ 0.09 1 0.5 0.008 0.012 2.3 0.2 0.2
ASME IX Qualification All-weld mechanical properties

QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. As welded typical
Materials to be welded 0.2% Proof stress MPa 700
Rail steels with up to 0.8% carbon and nominal tensile Impact energy * + 20°C J 18-48
strength of > 700 MPa. 0°C J 14-43
Hardness HV 280
Applications * For comparison, typical thermit rail weld: 8J @ 20°C, 5J @ 0°C.
This electrode is especially designed for the butt welding Parameters
of rails with square preparation. It can also be used for
welding similar cross-sections such as bars, thick plates, DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
flanges, etc. The electrode is specially designed to enable
good fusion to the side walls to take place without ø mm 3.2 5.0 6.0
min A 100 200 240
excessive slag interference. max A 160 280 360
Weld metal has good resistance to collapse under
compression by rolling loads. Packaging data
Applications include rails for rolling stock and crane ø mm 3.2 * 5.0 6.0 *
rails in dockyards, mines, steelworks and length mm 380 450 450
petrochemical plants. kg/carton 15.0 17.7 18.3 * supplied to order
Note that this technique has not been generally accepted
as an alternative to the thermit process for in-situ welding Storage
of passenger track. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
Microstructure
<5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
Mainly auto-tempered bainitic ferrite. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
Welding guidelines 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
Preheat typically 200°C for >0.5%C rail steel, increasing cycles, 10h total.
to 300°C for >0.7%C rail steel. It is important to maintain
these minimum temperatures during welding. Maximum
suggested interpass temperature 400oC. Slow cool under
conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH,
insulation after welding. >18°C.
This electrode is normally used in the downhand (flat)
position with a slag-over-slag technique. Rail ends are Fume data
square butt welded by setting 15-20mm apart with a Fume composition, wt % typical:
prepared 4-6mm thick steel insert at the weld root, then
copper shims are stacked to form an enclosure for the 15 5 < 0.2 0.8 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
weld pool whilst allowing excess slag to run free.
Good surface profile underneath the weld root area will
maximise fatigue resistance of the joint. Initial support
Rev 00 01/01 DS: A-80 (pg 1 of 1)

84
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical
SECTION B
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com STAINLESS STEELS
Martensitic stainless steel consumables
Stainless steels begin with about 12%Cr, leading to a series of plain chromium steels with up to 28%Cr. At 0.1%C the
leanest alloy type 410 is just martensitic, but transformation hardening is suppressed by increasing chromium in
types 430 and 446, which are essentially ferritic. Unfortunately, chromium also progressively raises the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature and restricts mechanical properties. However, this is controlled by adding some nickel
to form the basis of 12-17%Cr martensitics with greatly improved properties, or 20-26%Cr duplex alloys (eg. data
sheets B-60 to B-63).
This section deals with consumables giving compositions and properties close to those of the more common
martensitic stainless base materials. All are low hydrogen types and most have rutile flux coverings for use in the
flat and H-V positions, since welds are more common in plate, forgings and castings than fixed pipework. Post Weld
Heat Treatment (PWHT) is mandatory, particularly for tempering the weld and HAZ of martensitic types. Procedural
guidelines are given on relevant data sheets.
Excluding specialised proprietary creep-resistant 'super 12%Cr' martensitic stainless steels, the most common types
can be broadly sub-divided into 3 groups: plain chromium (410, 420), chromium-nickel soft-martensitic (CA6NM or
410NiMo), and precipitation hardening (FV520, 17-4PH or 630). Raising carbon in 410 makes a much harder
martensitic cutlery or tool steel type 420. Combining 0.15% carbon with 2% nickel turns ferritic 430 into a much
stronger and tougher hybrid 431. Replacing carbon with more nickel in alloys of up to 17%Cr gives tougher and more
ductile 'soft' martensitic steels with better weldability. The new supermartensitics are an improved extension of
this group, which are currently welded using superduplex consumables.
Further additions of copper and other alloying enables these standard and proprietary alloys to be precipitation
hardened during heat treatment, making them the strongest of all stainless steels with useful ductility and toughness.
Unfortunately, as alloying is raised for strength or corrosion resistance, the as-cooled weld and HAZ may not fully
transform to martensite without special PWHT. Not far beyond this limit lie austenitic stainless steels (data sheets B-
30 to B-35).
Compared with austenitic stainless steels, procedures for martensitics are complicated by the need for hydrogen
cracking control (particularly in thicker sections), and the need for PWHT which is most inconvenient for
precipitation hardening types. To overcome the need for PWHT of precipitation hardening types, two simplified
alternatives are suggested with some compromise in strength: use a leaner type 410NiMo with single PWHT, or
duplex type (data sheet B-60, B-61 or B-62) and no PWHT. If required, the toughness of matching welds in alloy 410
can be improved with a special 13%Cr-1.5%Ni variant, which might also be considered for alloy 431. Again, a
dissimilar type such as 309L (data sheet B-50) could be used without PWHT under some conditions.
Ferritic stainless steels are also produced with 12%Cr by lowering carbon and adding Al (alloy 405) or Ti (409).
Hybrid utility ferritics with controlled martensite (such as Cromweld 3CR12) have emerged more recently; a
dissimilar type 309L with no PWHT is usual for these. A specialised group of high purity 18-26% Cr+Mo superferritics
are ideally welded with matching TIG filler, but rarely encountered. The remaining heat-resistant plain 17-28%Cr
ferritics are welded with matching consumables and preferably given PWHT. Better as-welded properties are
obtained using a 25%Cr-5%Ni electrode, particularly for the bulk of heavier welds.
The lower strength and non-hardenability of ferritics makes them less prone but not immune to hydrogen cracking.
With increasing chromium, ambient sensitivity to brittle cracking increases at notches or stress concentrations, so
preheat is often advised for alloys with 17%Cr or more. Grain growth in the HAZ is also a limiting feature of
weldment properties particularly ductility and toughness. The possibility of hot cracking in these and martensitic
weld metals is poorly documented and in practice does not occur with the low impurity levels typically present.
Rev 04 05/09 DS: B-01 (pg 1 of 6)

85
Data Specifications
13.RMP E410-26 E 13 R
MMA
B-10 410 13.1.BMP (E410-15) DIN: E 13 1 MPB
TIG/MIG 12Cr ER410 13
MMA 13.4.Mo.LR E410NiMo-26 E 13 4 R
B-11 410NiMo TIG/MIG ER410NiMo ER410NiMo 13 4
FCW Supercore 410NiMo E410NiMoT1-1/4 T 13 4 P
FV520-1 -- --
MMA
17.4.Cu.R (E630-16) --
17.4.PH/
B-12 FV520-B -- --
FV520 TIG
17-4PH ER630 --
MCW Metcore FV520 -- --
Standard austenitic stainless steel consumables
The stainless steels in most widespread use are standard austenitic types. They combine general ease of fabrication
with useful properties over a wide range of temperatures. Low carbon and other grades, effectively immune to HAZ
corrosion (once known as weld decay), are produced economically by continuous casting, a process which relies on a
particular solidification mode that also guarantees welds their resistance to hot cracking.
Consumables in this section are intended to match austenitic stainless steels, and some are modified for special
service properties. The majority of electrodes have rutile or acid-rutile flux coverings for ease of use, although
improved basic types are gaining popularity for fixed pipework. Many types have family variants optimised for
particular user requirements: Supermet for downhand and HV welds, Ultramet (rutile) for all-positional welding,
Ultramet P (rutile) and Ultramet B (basic) types for pipewelding, Vertamet for higher speed vertical-down welding,
and Supercore for flux cored wires.
For normal service below about 400°C, it is common to weld low carbon 304L with 308L consumables, and Ti-
stabilised 321 or unstabilised 304 with Nb-stabilised 347, although either is suitable for any combination of these
19%Cr-9%Ni alloys. Similarly, 19%Cr-12%Ni-2.5%Mo type 316L can be used instead of 318 (Nb-stabilised 316) for 316
and 316Ti as well as parent 316L. Above about 400°C 'H' grades are usual, and these high temperature weld metals
with >0.04% carbon for strength and stability are covered in Section C. For cryogenic service, see below.
Austenitics are not thermally hardenable and in practice are annealed by quenching. Hydrogen is soluble in austenite
and does not cause weld cracking. Preheat is not needed or desirable except possibly to eliminate condensation.
Interpass and heat input control is usually more important in thinner sections to minimise distortion, since austenitics
have lower thermal conductivity and higher expansion rates than lower alloy steels. PWHT is rarely applied,
although solution treatment may be specified in procedures for upgrading castings.
Two interrelated issues have generated voluminous literature in connection with welding austenitics: ferrite and hot
cracking. Only a summary is possible here. Fully austenitic weld metal is potentially sensitive to solidification
cracking during deposition as well as microfissuring in reheated beads of multipass welds. Its prevention is helped by
low heat input, controlling impurities and silicon content and raising manganese (low silica rutile or basic fluxes are
more suitable than acid rutile types here). However, when composition balance promotes some weld metal ferrite,
and in particular when ferrite is the leading phase formed during solidification, abrupt resistance to cracking occurs -
even in contaminated welds. The benefit of ferrite in weld deposits (typically 3-10FN in standard types) has been
known for decades and is routinely measured and controlled in electrode production. Alternatively, to predict ferrite
from composition, Schaeffler (later Espy), DeLong and latest WRC diagrams progressively improve in accuracy.
However, the deeper significance of a primary ferritic solidification mode is shown in the Suutala diagram: above a
Cr/Ni equivalent ratio of 1.5, few welds crack. The new WRC diagram shows this boundary. Since the same principle
applies to parent material, the likelihood of cracking in autogenous or diluted welds can be checked - including those
in free-machining grades with high sulphur or selenium.
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-01 (pg 2 of 6)

86
An arbitrary ferrite limit of 8-12FN is common, although ASME III (nuclear code) permits up to 18FN and castings often
exceed it to raise stress-corrosion resistance. However, for service down to –130°C, a maximum of about 8FN is
desirable, or less than 5FN at –196C. Fully austenitic welds are therefore toughest, but 308L and 316L consumables
are available with 2-5FN controlled ferrite (suffix CF on data sheets B-37 & B-38) which meet the usual criterion of
>0.38mm (15 mils) Charpy lateral expansion. Ferrite is also limited for two other service conditions. For high
temperature service (300H products in Section C) control of ferrite, carbon and total alloying minimises formation of
brittle intermetallic phases. To resist nitric acid or the Huey test, molybdenum-bearing weld metal such as 316L
must contain no ferrite (suffix NF), because unlike 308L it is preferentially attacked. Modified fully austenitic 316L
(data sheet B-33) is also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic properties.
The final group of consumables in this section are intended for nuclear power applications. There are two types
firstly those with an N suffix designed to meet the requirements of the French RCC-M Nuclear Construction Code
(data sheets B-80 & B-81). The second group are the Nitric Acid Grade (NAG) 308L consumables designed for fuel
reprocessing applications (data sheet B-88)
Data Specifications
Supermet 308L E308L-17 E 19 9 L R
Ultramet 308L E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
MMA
Ultramet 308LP E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
Ultramet B308L E308L-15 E 19 9 L B
B-30 308L TIG 308S92 ER308L W 19 9 L
MIG Supermig 308LSi ER308LSi G 19 9 L Si
SAW 308S92 ER308L S 19 9 L
Supercore 308L E308LT0-1/4 T 19 9 L R
FCW
Supercore 308LP E308LT1-1/4 T 19 9 L P
Ultramet 347 E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R
MMA
Ultramet B347 E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B
B-31 347
TIG/MIG/SAW 347S96 ER347 19 9 Nb
FCW Supercore 347 E347T0-1/4 T 19 9 Nb R
Supermet 316L E316L-17 E 19 12 3 L R
Ultramet 316L E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R
MMA
Ultramet 316LP E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R
Ultramet B316L E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B
TIG 316S92 ER316L W 19 12 3 L
B-32 316L
MIG Supermig 316LSi ER316LSi G 19 12 3 L Si
SAW 316S92 ER316L S 19 12 3 L
Supercore 316L E316LT0-1/4 T 19 12 3 L R
FCW Supercore 316LP E316LT1-1/4 T 19 12 3 L P
Superoot 316L R316LT1-5 TS316L-R
Ultramet 316NF (E316LMn-16) E 18 15 3 L R
MMA
Ultramet B316NF (E316LMn-15) E 18 15 3 L B
B-33 316NF
TIG/MIG ER316MnNF ER316LMn 20 16 3 Mn L
FCW Supercore 316NF (E316LT0-4) (T 18 16 5 NL R)
MMA Supermet 318 E318-17 E 19 12 3Nb R
B-34 318
TIG/MIG/SAW 318S96 ER318 19 12 3 Nb
MMA Ultramet 317L E317L-16 E 19 13 4NL R
B-35 317L TIG/MIG ER317L ER317L 19 13 4 L
FCW Supercore 317LP E317LT1-1/4 T 19 13 4 N L P
Ultramet 308LCF E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
MMA
Ultramet B308LCF E308L-15 E 19 9 L B
B-37 308LCF
TIG/SAW ER308LCF ER308L 19 9 L
FCW Supercore 308LCF E308LT1-1/4 T 19 9 L P
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-01 (pg 3 of 6)

87
Data Specifications
Ultramet 316LCF E316L-16 --
MMA
Ultramet B316LCF E316L-15 --
B-38 316LCF
TIG/SAW ER316LCF ER316L --
FCW Supercore 316LCF E316LT1-1/4 TS316L-FB1
MMA Ultramet 308L(N) E308L-16 E 19 9 L R 3 2
B-80 308LN
TIG 308S92(N) ER308L W 19 9 L
MMA Ultramet 316L(N) E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
B-81 316LN
TIG 316S92(N) ER316L W 19 12 3 L
MMA NAG 19.9.L.R E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
B-88 NAG
TIG NAG 19.9.L ER308L W 19 9 L
309L and 309Mo consumables for dissimilar welding
There are three basic variants of 23%Cr-12%Ni type 309 consumables: unstabilised, Nb-stabilised and Mo-bearing. All
are typically low carbon (< 0.04%C) with ferrite above 10FN and they are essentially over-alloyed versions of standard
austenitic consumables 308L, 347 and 316L respectively. The original purpose of this over-alloying was to
compensate for the effect of dilution when used as the first buffer layer in welding stainless-clad mild steel, for
which they are still used. Choice of the appropriate variant is logically related to the alloy required for subsequent
and finishing layers.
However, as a consequence of their versatility, types 309L and 309Mo have also become two of the most widely used
consumables for dissimilar metal welds. A 309L type is most appropriate where one side of a joint is a stainless
steel and the other side mild or low alloy steel. The 12%Cr utility ferritics are also usually welded with this type.
Consumables of type 309Mo have considerably greater tolerance to dilution conferred by a higher ferrite content and
for many applications they compete effectively with type 312 (data sheet E-22).
Nb-stabilised type 309Nb should be used more cautiously because the presence of niobium can make this weld metal
more prone to hot cracking than the others if dilution conditions lead to a microstructure without ferrite. As a result
of the embrittlement of ferrite, PWHT is avoided for 309L types unless some reduction of ductility or toughness is
acceptable. In conjunction with higher carbon base materials, PWHT can also intensify carbide precipitation at the
fusion boundary. Again, there are reasons to suspect that the presence of Nb may exaggerate this effect.
For the above and other reasons, 309L types are not used in weldments for service at temperatures above about
300°C, or lower than about –50°C. In these cases, nickel-base weld metal is used (see data sheets D-10 and D-11). A
specially controlled type (suffix CF) is available to match as closely as possible the heat-resisting parent alloy type
309 (data sheet C-21). Also see the 308Mo (armour welding), 307 and 312 types in Section E for general purpose
dissimilar welding applications.
Data Specifications
Supermet 309L E309L-17 E 23 12 L R
Ultramet 309L E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
MMA
Ultramet 309LP E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
Ultramet B309L E309L-15 E 23 12 L B
B-50 309L TIG 309S92 ER309L W 23 12 L
MIG Supermig 309LSi ER309LSi G 23 12 L Si
SAW 309S92 ER309L S 23 12 L
Supercore 309L E309LT0-1/4 T 23 12 L R
FCW
Supercore 309LP E309LT1-1/4 T 23 12 L P
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-01 (pg 4 of 6)

88
Data Specifications
Sheet AWS BS EN /BS EN ISO
Supermet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L R
MMA Ultramet B309Mo E309LMo-15 E 23 12 2 L B
Vertamet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L R
B-51 309Mo
TIG/MIG/SAW ER309Mo (ER309Mo) 23 12 2 L
Supercore 309Mo E309LMoT0-1/4 T 23 12 2 L R
FCW
Supercore 309MoP E309LMoT1-1/4 T 23 12 2 L P
B-53 309Nb MMA Ultramet 309Nb E309Cb-16 BS: 23.12.Nb.R
Superaustenitic stainless steel consumables

Lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steel consumables
Although duplex and superaustenitic stainless steels are distinct alloy groups, they are both designed to resist severe
corrosion and in some cases compete with each other. The duplex types have considerably higher strength. All have
greatly increased resistance to stress-corrosion compared with the standard austenitics. High resistance to general
corrosion and especially pitting in high chloride media is obtained with increased levels of chromium, molybdenum
and nitrogen.
Duplex types are sub-divided into three groups based on their typical pitting resistance equivalent, PRE (%Cr + 3.3%Mo
+ 16%N). Standard duplex types with typically 22%Cr have a PRE of around 35 and superduplex types with typically
25%Cr have a PRE above 40. Parent material composition and processing is designed to give a microstructure
balanced with 50:50 ferrite and austenite. Weld metals have similar composition except that nickel is increased to
control ferrite in the as-welded condition within a desirable range of 25-60% for optimum mechanical and corrosion
properties. Nitrogen additions also play an essential role in promoting austenite re-formation in weld metal and
parent HAZ, as well as raising the pitting resistance.
The third group of duplex alloys, the lean duplex types, have a PRE of about 25 with corrosion performance
comparable to 316L so they are generally not used in highly corrosive environments. The main use has been for
structural applications where the high strength is beneficial. The lean duplex stainless steels are so called because
some of the higher cost alloying, particularly nickel, is reduced to lower the cost. The lean duplex types can be
welded with standard duplex consumables but matching lean duplex consumables are also offered (data sheet B-59).
In welding standard duplex alloys in general fabrication, procedures similar to the standard austenitics are usually
satisfactory. However, these alloys are frequently used for pipework in which root corrosion performance is critical
and this requires more stringent procedural control. Such controls are even more important for the superduplex
alloys. Technical profiles are available which give guidance on these issues.
The superaustenitic stainless steels occupy a region of alloying between the standard austenitics and nickel-base
alloys. (In nickel base alloys, nickel rather than iron forms the major balance of alloying). Since these alloys are
fully austenitic, controlled interpass temperatures and heat input are desirable to minimise any possibility of hot
cracking. Note that although a matching electrode type 20.18.6.Cu.R is available for the most common 6%Mo
superaustenitic type S31254, this is only used when post-weld solution treatment is carried out. Otherwise S31254,
and other superaustenitic alloys, are normally welded with overmatching nickel base types (Section D).
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-01 (pg 5 of 6)

89
Data Specifications
MMA Ultramet 904L E385-16 E 20 25 5 CuNL R
B-40 904L MMA Ultramet B904L E385-15 E 20 25 5 CuNL B
TIG/MIG 20.25.4.Cu ER385 20 25 5 CuNL
MMA E320LR-15 E320LR-15 --
B-41 20
TIG/MIG ER320LR ER320LR --
MMA E825L-15 -- DIN: EL-NiCr28Mo
B-42 825
TIG/MIG 82-50 ERNiFeCr-1 BS: NA41
B-45 310L MMA 25.20.LR -- --
B-46 310MoLN MMA Ultramet B310MoLN -- BS:25.21.2.LMn.B
B-47 Matching 6%Mo MMA 20.18.6.Cu.R -- --
MMA Ultramet 2304 -- --
B-59 Lean duplex
FCW Supercore 2304P -- --
Supermet 2205 -- --
Ultramet 2205 E2209-16 E 22 9 3 N L R
MMA
Supermet 2205AR E2209-17 E 22 9 3 L N R
B-60 Duplex 2205XKS E2209-15 E 22 9 3 N L B
TIG/MIG/SAW ER329N ER2209 22 9 3 N L
Supercore 2205 E2209T0-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L R
FCW
Supercore 2205P E2209T1-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L P
MMA Zeron® 100XKS E2595-15 E 25 9 4 N L B
Zeron® 100
B-61 TIG/MIG/SAW Zeron® 100X ER2594 25 9 4 N L
superduplex
FCW Supercore Z100XP -- --
2507XKS E2594-15 E 25 9 4 N L B
MMA
2507 Ultramet 2507 E2594-16 E 25 9 4 N L R
B-62
superduplex Supercore 2507 -- --
FCW
Supercore 2507P -- --
MMA Supermet 2506Cu E2553-16 E 25 9 4 CuNL R
B-63 2553
FCW Supercore 2507Cu -- --
Matching Supermet 2506 -- BS: 25.6.2.R
-- MMA
composition Supermet 2507Cu -- --
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-01 (pg 6 of 6)

90
DATA SHEET B-10
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
12%Cr MARTENSITIC STAINLESS Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type Typical applications include hydrocrackers, reaction

vessels, distillation plants and associated pipework in
12%Cr (410) martensitic stainless steel; the 13.1.BMP
electrode also has 1.5%Ni. refineries; furnace parts, linings; surfacing run-out
rolls in steel mills; cast valve bodies, turbine parts
Materials to be welded and burner nozzles.
wrought cast Microstructure
ASTM 410, 403 A487 grade CA15
UNS S41000, S40300
tempered martensite with some retained ferrite.
DIN 1.4006 (X10Cr13) 1.4006 (G-X10Cr13)
1.4000, 1.4024 Welding guidelines
BS 410S21 (En56A) 410C21
403S17 Preheat of 150-250C is required for heavier sections.
Following welding, components should be cooled to
The 13.1.BMP with 1.5%Ni is also suitable for ASTM room temperature before PWHT. Weld metal and
A487 CA15M and DIN 1.4008 (G-X8CrNi13). HAZ's have poor ductility and toughness in the as-
welded condition, careful handling is recommended
Applications prior to PWHT to minimise physical shock.
These consumables are designed for welding wrought or PWHT
cast martensitic 12%Cr (type 410) stainless steel.
Fabrication welds of matching composition such as this Plain 410 - A typical industrial PWHT following
must be tempered by appropriate PWHT, owing to high welding for plain 410, consists of slowly cooling to
hardness (~450HV) and low ductility in the as-welded room temperature to allow full transformation to take
condition. Conventional 410 has variable toughness but place (range is Ms-350ºC Mf-100ºC), then temper at
following PWHT the 13.1.BMP electrode with 1.5%Ni 680-760ºC followed by air cool. To ensure <22HRC
has good impact properties down to –10°C or lower (NACE) in the weld area, PWHT at 745ºC is preferred.
depending on the heat treatment schedule. 13.1.BMP – The optimum properties are obtained after
Plain 12%Cr steels are the most simple and economic PWHT at around 700°C, close to the Ac1 temperature
alloys with stainless properties. Variants with Ti (409), for this weld metal, which (due to the added nickel) has
Al (405) or low carbon (410S) are more or less fully a lower Ac1 than plain 410. If needed PWHT time can
ferritic with typically lower strength than type 410. be extended but higher temperatures may cause re-
These types, and the newer "utility ferritics", are hardening with fresh martensite formation on cool-out.
normally welded without PWHT using 309/309L Superior toughness can be achieved with a double
consumables (data sheet B-50). The same applies to temper (cool to ambient between cycles) and this is
type 410 when PWHT is not practicable. recommended to conform to NACE, 22HRC maximum.
Type 410 contains just sufficient carbon to enable air- Products available
hardening transformation to a predominantly martensitic
microstructure. Structural properties below ambient are Process Product Specification
limited by its relatively high ductile-brittle transition MMA 13.RMP AWS E410-26
temperature (particularly weldments), and up to about 13.1.BMP DIN E 13 1 MPB
550ºC by its modest creep resistance. It has useful
TIG/MIG 12Cr AWS ER410
resistance to general corrosion in non-aggressive media,
sulphide-induced SCC in sour crude oil service, and
oxidation up to about 800ºC.
Rev 06 05/09 DS: B-10 (pg 1 of 4)

91
General data for all 410 MMA electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory
for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some
moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.

20 2 <0.5 3 <0.2 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7
13.RMP 13%Cr MMA electrode
Product description Rutile metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very
low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E410-26

BS EN 1600 E 13 R 52
BS 2926 13.RMP
DIN 8556 E13 MPR 26 130
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 -- -- --
max 0.08 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 13.5 0.60 0.5 0.50
typ 0.06 0.5 0.30 0.010 0.015 11.5 0.4 0.2 0.05
All-weld mechanical After PWHT 850C/2h (1) 745C/1h (2)

properties min typical min typical
0.2% Proof stress MPa 250 270 -- 610
Elongation on 4d % -- 36 20 21
Elongation on 5d % 20 34 -- 18
Reduction of area % -- 52 -- 59
(1) BS & BS EN PWHT: 840-870ºC for 2 hours, furnace cool to 595ºC at 55ºC/h. max. Air cool to ambient.
This gives a relatively low strength condition.
(2) AWS PWHT: 730-760ºC for 1 hour, furnace cool to 315ºC at 60ºC/h max., air cool to ambient. This gives
a higher strength tempered condition more representative of normal fabrication welds.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 380 450
kg/carton 12.6 14.1 14.1 16.8
Rev 06 05/09 DS: B-10 (pg 2 of 4)

92
13.1.BMP 13%Cr-1.5%Ni MMA electrode
Product description Basic low hydrogen metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating
giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional
welding.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E410-15)

BS EN 1600 (E 13 B 52) Nearest classifications
BS 2926 (13.BMP)
DIN 8556 E 13 1 MPB 26 130
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.02 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 1.0 0.15 --
max 0.06 1.0 0.50 0.025 0.030 14.0 2.0 0.50 0.5
typ 0.04 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.02 13 1.5 0.3 0.05
* Molybdenum is controlled to satisfy minimum requirements for ASTM A487 CA15M castings (0.15-
1.0% Mo).
All-weld mechanical Typical after PWHT min * 790C/5h + 680C/2h +

properties 700°C/5h 620°C/2h
- 10°C J -- 90 60
Hardness HRC <22 ** 18 19
* Tensile properties based on ASTM CA15 and CA15M castings. Specifications for wrought grades vary in
tensile strength 415-700MPa.
** For conformance to NACE a double temper is mandatory.
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240
Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0 *

length mm 380 450 450
kg/carton 15.0 16.5 16.5
* 5mm made to order.
Rev 06 05/09 DS: B-10 (pg 3 of 4)

93
12Cr 12%Cr solid wire for TIG & MIG welding of 410 stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG & MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER410

BS 2901: Pt2 410S94
BS EN ISO 14343-A 13
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS410
DIN 8556 SG X 8Cr 14 (1.4009) nearest
(wire wt %) min 0.06 -- 0.25 -- -- 12.0 -- -- --
max 0.12 0.6 0.50 0.02 0.03 13.5 0.3 0.3 0.3
typ 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.01 0.02 12.5 0.2 0.03 0.2
* BS 2901: Pt2 requires 0.09-0.15%C.
All-weld mechanical MAG: Ar+20%CO2

properties Typical values after PWHT 740°C/1h (AWS) 740°C/3h
Impact energy + 20°C J <20 20
Hardness cap/mid HV 225/230 215/220
HRC -- 18/21

parameters Ar / 1-3%O2 or
Shielding Argon *
Ar / 3-20%CO2 **
Current DC- DC+
** Most economic gas is Ar-20%CO2. This gas provides the highest resistance to weld metal porosity and
carbon content typically not exceeding 0.12%.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube 15kg spool
2.4 2.5kg tube --

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 4 8 <0.1 <0.5 5
Rev 06 05/09 DS: B-10 (pg 4 of 4)

94
DATA SHEET B-11
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
410NiMo MARTENSITIC STAINLESS Email: info@metrode.com

12%Cr-4.5%Ni-0.5%Mo (410NiMo) soft martensitic In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
alloy. tempered martensite with some retained austenite.
wrought cast
Welding guidelines
ASTM F6NM CA6NM Preheat-interpass range of 100-200°C is recommended
UNS S41500 to allow martensite transformation during welding.
BS EN / DIN 1.4313 G-X5CrNi 13 4 Cool to room temperature before PWHT.
BS -- 425C11 PWHT
AFNOR -- Z6 CND 1304-M
For maximum resistance to sulphide-induced SCC in
Applications sour oil conditions NACE MR0175 specifies a hardness
High strength (>760MPa) martensitic stainless steel of <23HRc. This is often difficult to achieve because
with better resistance to corrosion, hydro-cavitation, weld metal and HAZ are very resistant to softening by
sulphide-induced SCC, and good sub-zero toughness PWHT. A double temper for 5-10h is necessary.
when compared with plain 12%Cr steels (e.g. type Common practice is 675ºC/10h + 605ºC/10h with
410/CA15). intermediate air cool to ambient. Recent work indicates
650ºC + 620ºC is optimum, and that intermediate air
Weld metal of this type greatly overmatches the strength cooling to ambient or lower is essential. Another
of equivalent parent material and is remarkably resistant authority suggests raising the first PWHT cycle for full
to softening during PWHT. These properties can be austenitisation anneal at 770ºC/2h prior to final temper.
exploited for welding martensitic precipitation- Control of distortion may be more critical in this case.
hardening alloys if corrosion conditions are compatible In the case of the Supercore 410NiMo flux cored wire it
with lower alloy weld metal, with the advantage of a has not been possible to reduce the hardness to 23HRC
single PWHT at 450-620ºC for tempering. The irrespective of the PWHT carried out.
410NiMo consumables are also used for overlaying
mild and CMn steels. If 410NiMo consumables are considered for welding
plain 12Cr martensitic stainless steels such as type 410
13%Cr-4%Ni alloys are used in cast or forged form for or CA15, the PWHT should not exceed about 650ºC
hydraulic turbines, valve bodies, pump bowls, unless a second temper at 590-620ºC is applied.
compressor cones, impellers and high pressure pipes
in power generation, offshore oil, chemical and Products available
petrochemical industries.
MMA 13.4.Mo.L.R AWS E410NiMo-26
TIG/MIG ER410NiMo AWS ER410NiMo
FCW Supercore 410NiMo AWS E410NiMoT1-1/4
Rev 07 06/09 DS: B-11 (pg 1 of 4)

95
13.4.Mo.L.R Rutile MMA electrode for 410NiMo
Product description Rutile metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld
metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E410NiMo-26

BS EN 1600 E 13 4 R 52
BS 2926 13.4.MoRMP
DIN 8556 E13 4 MPR 26 130
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.40 --
max 0.06 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.70 0.50
typ 0.03 0.8 0.25 0.01 0.01 12 4.5 0.6 0.05
All-weld mechanical Typical properties min PWHT (1) As-welded (2)

Elongation on 4d % 15 17 4.5
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 45 27
- 40ºC J -- 35 13
- 60ºC J -- 30 8
Hardness HV -- 270-300 350
(1) AWS & BS PWHT: 595-620ºC for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.
(2) This weld metal is not usually recommended for use in the as-welded condition, except for surfacing
applications where a hardness of 330-400HV is useful.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 18.0 16.8
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.

18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 18 1.7
Rev 07 06/09 DS: B-11 (pg 2 of 4)

96
ER410NiMo Solid wire for welding 410NiMo martensitic stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.9 (ER410NiMo) Does not always strictly conform see composition.
BS EN ISO 14343-A 13 4
BS EN ISO 14343-B (SS410NiMo)
DIN 8556 SG X3CrNi 13 4 (1.4351)
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6
Composition C Mn * Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min -- 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 --
max 0.05 1.0 0.60 0.02 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3
typ 0.02 0.8 0.4 0.005 0.015 12.3 4.5 0.5 0.1
* AWS requires 0.6%Mn max and 0.50%Si max.
All-weld mechanical Typical values after PWHT 610ºC/1h: TIG

Impact energy 0°C J 90
-50ºC J 60
Hardness cap/mid HRC 25-30
HV 300

parameters Ar with 1-2%O2
Shielding Argon *
or 1-5%CO2 **
Current DC- DC+
** Proprietary gas mixtures with <5%CO2 are also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

54 5 8 3.2 <0.5 <0.5 5
Rev 07 06/09 DS: B-11 (pg 3 of 4)

97
SUPERCORE 410NiMo Flux cored wire for welding 410NiMo martensitic stainless steel
Product description All-positional rutile flux cored wire made on a high purity stainless steel strip
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E410NiMoT1-1/4

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 13 4 P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS410NiMo-FB1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 -- --
max 0.06 1.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3 0.05
Typ 0.03 0.7 0.4 0.005 0.017 11.8 4.5 0.5 0.03 0.03
All-weld mechanical Typical values: Min 610ºC/1h 610ºC/10h 650ºC/10h

+620ºC/10h
properties Tensile strength MPa 760 940 870 --
0.2% Proof stress MPa 500 850 700 --
Reduction of area % -- 50 55 --
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 45 50 50
- 40°C J -- 30 40 35
Hardness HV -- 330 310 310
HRC -- 31 27 28
AWS PWHT = 593-621°C/1 hour. BS EN PWHT = 580-620°C/2 hours.
Operating parameters Shielding gas Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.

Current DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 1-3V):
ø mm range typical stickout

1.2 150-280A, 25-32V 180A, 29V 15-25mm
1.6 200-350A, 26-34V 260A, 30V 15-25mm
Fume data Fume composition (wt %):
Fe Mn CrVI Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

18 3 2.5 1 0.2 <0.5 2
Rev 07 06/09 DS: B-11 (pg 4 of 4)

98
DATA SHEET B-12
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
MARTENSITIC PRECIPITATION Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
HARDENING STAINLESS STEELS Internet: http//www.metrode.com

High strength martensitic precipitation hardening stainless Preheat not usually necessary for thickness up to 15mm,
steels. for thicker restrained sections, a preheat-interpass
temperature range of 100-200C is recommended.
Temperatures above 200C will suppress martensite
FV520 Types: transformation with consequent microstructural
ASTM A564, A693, A705; Grade XM-25 coarsening.
UNS S45000
PWHT
BS 3146 Grade ANC 20.
‘S’ grades; 2S.143; 3S.144; 3S.145 When matching composition consumables are used for
Proprietary FV520B (Firth Vickers) welding these materials a PWHT must be carried out.
Custom 450 (Carpenter) Normal practice is for the materials to be used in the over-
aged condition. PWHT for over-ageing consists of: 750C
630 / 17.4.PH Types: for 2 hours, air cool to 15C; followed by 550C for 2
ASTM A564; Grade 630 hours and air cool.
A747; CB7Cu-1 (cast) Additional information
UNS S17400
BS EN 10088-2; X5CrNiCuNb 16-4 (1.4542) On cooling the weld metal transforms from austenite to
DIN 1.4548, 1.4549 martensite (Ms) below about 250C, but a significant
Proprietary 17-4PH (Armco Steel) fraction of austenite is still retained at ambient
Custom 630 (Carpenter) temperature. Since sub-zero cooling is impractical, this
austenite is destabilised by annealing at 750-850C.
Applications Carbide precipitation in the austenite raises its Ms
temperature to enable complete transformation when
Used for welding very high strength martensitic stainless
cooled, ensuring more effective tempering and ageing
steels, precipitation hardened by additions of copper.
during the second PWHT cycle. Omission of the
Strength can be up to three times that of standard 300
inconvenient first PWHT cycle may give properties with
series austenitic stainless steels.
greater batch variability. The use of 410NiMo (B-11)
allows a simplified PWHT to be used, and when PWHT is
The FV520/450 type alloys have corrosion resistance
not possible 2205 duplex (B-60) or superduplex (B-61 &
comparable to 304 stainless steel. The 630/17-4PH types,
B-62) consumables may allow PWHT to be avoided
with no Mo and higher carbon, do not have such good
without compromising mechanical properties too much..
resistance to intergranular and pitting corrosion as the
FV520/450 types.
Products available
Applications include pump shafts, impellers, hydraulic Process Product Specification
equipment used in oil and gas industries,
MMA FV520-1 --
petrochemical, marine and nuclear engineering.
17.4.Cu.R (AWS E630-16)
Microstructure TIG FV520B --
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of 17-4PH AWS ER630
precipitation hardened tempered martensite with some MCW Metcore FV520 --
retained austenite.
Rev 05 05/09 DS: B-12 (pg 1 of 4)

99

15 3 0.5 4 0.8 0.2 <0.1 18 1.2
FV520-1 MMA electrode for FV520 base material
Product description Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld
Specifications There are no national specifications for this electrode.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.4 0.2 -- -- 13.0 4.5 1.2 1.2 0.15
max 0.05 1.0 0.5 0.030 0.030 15.5 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5
typ 0.03 0.6 0.3 0.010 0.015 14 5 1.5 1.6 0.3
All-weld mechanical Typical properties PWHT Aged * Over-aged **

Elongation on 4d % -- 16
Hardness HV 420 345
* 850C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 13.5 14.4 17.1
Rev 05 05/09 DS: B-12 (pg 2 of 4)

100
17.4.Cu.R MMA electrode for 17-4PH base material
Product description Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld
Specifications There are no national specifications for this electrode but it is similar to AWS A5.4 E630-26.
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 14.0 3.5 -- 1.5
max 0.10 1.0 0.8 0.030 0.030 16.5 4.5 0.5 2.5
typ 0.02 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.01 15 4 0.2 2
All-weld mechanical Typical properties PWHT Over-aged *

Hardness HV 330
* 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.3 15.0 18.6
FV520B Solid TIG wire for welding FV520 stainless steel
Specifications There are no national specifications for this wire.
(wire wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 13.2 5.0 1.2 1.2 0.15
max 0.07 1.0 0.5 0.03 0.03 14.7 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5
typ 0.05 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.02 14 5.5 1.6 1.7 0.3
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT Aged * Over-aged ** Over-aged *** single cycle
550°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 1345 1100 1025 1200
0.2% Proof stress MPa 1240 1050 760 1000
Reduction of area % 15 50 60 50
Impact energy + 20°C J 7 60 125 125
- 20°C J -- 20 85 75
Hardness mid HV 450 380 315 400
* 850C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.
*** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 620C/2 hours, air cool.
Rev 05 05/09 DS: B-12 (pg 3 of 4)

101
FV520B (continued)
Typical operating TIG
parameters Shielding Argon *
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Parameters 120A, 14V

1.6 5kg tube
2.4 5kg tube

52 4 11 4 <0.5 2.7 4.5
17-4PH Solid TIG wire for welding 17-4PH stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG welding.
(wire wt %) min -- 0.25 -- -- -- 16.00 4.5 -- 3.25 0.15
max 0.05 0.75 0.75 0.03 0.03 16.75 5.0 0.75 4.00 0.30
typ 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.02 16.3 4.8 0.2 3.5 0.2
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT Over-aged *

Elongation % 10
* 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool; or 1040C, air cool + 620C/4 hours.

parameters Shielding Argon *
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube

50 4 13 3.5 <0.5 5.5 3.6
Rev 05 05/09 DS: B-12 (pg 4 of 4)

102
DATA SHEET B-30
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
308L STAINLESS STEELS Email: info@metrode.com

308L austenitic stainless steels for joining 304L base Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in
materials. the range 3-10FN depending on the application.
Welding guidelines
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C; no
ASTM BS EN & DIN PWHT required.
304L 1.4306
304 1.4301 Additional information
304LN 1.4311 There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
CF3 1.4308 welding with 308S92. There is also additional
CF8 1.4541 information available covering the Supercore flux cored
321 1.4543/1.4561/1.4550 wires.
347
BS UNS
308L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and other
304S11 S30403
cryogenic applications, are in data sheet B-37. Stainless
304S15/16/31 S30400
steel consumables for high temperature applications on
304S61 S30453
304H can be found in data sheets C-10 or C-12.
304C12 S32100
304C15 S34700
Products available
321S31
347S31 Process Product Specification
MMA Supermet 308L AWS E308L-17
Applications
Ultramet 308L AWS E308L-16
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels including 301, 302,
Ultramet B308L AWS E308L-15
303, nitrogen bearing 304LN and titanium stabilised
321. Service temperatures are typically –100°C to Ultramet 308LP AWS E308L-16
about 400°C. TIG 308S92 AWS ER308L
MIG Supermig 308LSi AWS ER308LSi
Applications include food, brewery, pharmaceutical
SAW 308S92 AWS ER308L
equipment, architectural and general fabrication,
and nuclear engineering. SS300 BS EN SA AF2
SSB BS EN SA AF2
The 308L consumables covered here are not suitable for L2N BS EN SF CS 2
304/304H in elevated temperature structural
FCW Supercore 308L AWS E308LT0-1/4
applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12. For
cryogenic applications (–196°C) see data sheet B-37. Supercore 308LP AWS E308LT1-1/4
Rev 10 06/09 DS: B-30 (pg 1 of 6)

103

General Data for all 308L MMA Electrodes


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.
SUPERMET 308L General purpose rutile 308L MMA electrode

Product description MMA electrode – rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level.
'Low hydrogen' manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. 'Supermet Technology'
gives acid rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance.
Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the
downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E308L-17

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 LR 32
BS 2926 19.9.L.AR
DIN 8556 E 19 9 LR 23
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10 0.02 0.05 6
All-weld mechanical As-welded min typical

Impact energy * + 20°C J -- 80
ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 25 50 60 75 100 130
max A 45 70 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

length mm 250 300 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 8.7 10.5 11.4 12.0 16.5 16.5
pieces/carton 1350 846 609 333 243 156
Rev 10 06/09 DS: B-30 (pg 2 of 6)

104
ULTRAMET 308L All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 304L
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of
an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish
and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2
BS 2926 19.9.LR
DIN 8556 E 19 9 L R 2 3
Approvals TÜV
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10
typ <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.1 0.1 6
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical 1050°C + WQ

Impact energy -100°C J -- 35 --
-196°C J -- * -- > 60
* See Ultramet 308LCF (data sheet B-37) for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.8
ULTRAMET B308L Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 304L

Product description MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high
purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B308L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead
welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to
adverse wind and drafts.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L B 4 2
BS 2926 19.9.LB
DIN 8556 E 19 9 L B 20+
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 19 10 0.05 <0.1 6
Rev 10 06/09 DS: B-30 (pg 3 of 6)

105
ULTRAMET B308L (continued)
Impact energy +20°C J -- 80-120
-196°C J -- 35-50
Operating parameters DC +ve only.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
ULTRAMET 308LP All-positional pipe welding and root welding electrode

Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 308LP
is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME
5G/6G. The Ultramet 308LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for
a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 11
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 10 0.01 0.1 6

ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2

min A 50 60 75
max A 70 90 120

length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.0 14.1
Rev 10 06/09 DS: B-30 (pg 4 of 6)

106
308S92 and SUPERMIG 308LSi 308L solid wire
Product description Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
Specifications 308S92 (TIG & Sub-arc) Supermig 308LSi (MIG)

AWS A5.9 ER308L ER308L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L G 19 9 L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L SS308L Si
BS 2901: Pt2 308S92 308S93
DIN 8556 SG X2CrNi 19 9 (1.4316) SG X2CrNi 19 9 (1.4316)
Composition C Mn Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 12
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 10
* Supermig 308LSi: Si range is 0.65 – 1.0%, typically 0.8%.
All-weld mechanical As welded typical

properties TIG MIG SAW + SS300
Impact energy -130°C J 110 70 50
-196°C * J 80 30-60 30
Hardness cap/mid HV 200/220 200/220 195/215
* For applications requiring cryogenic toughness see data sheet B-37.

parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2* SS300**
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
**SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.
Packaging data TIG MIG SAW

ø mm 308S92 Supermig 308LSi 308S92
0.8 -- 15kg reel --
1.0 2.5kg tube 15kg reel --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
4.0 -- -- 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
Rev 10 06/09 DS: B-30 (pg 5 of 6)

107
SUPERCORE 308L, 308LP Rutile flux cored wires
Product description Flux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore
308L combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and
HV welding. Supercore 308LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery
is about 90% with respect to the wire.
The Supercore 308L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing – for these
applications, it is recommended that Supercore 308LP is used.
Specifications & Supercore 308L Supercore 308LP

Approvals AWS A5.22 E308LT0-1/4 E308LT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L R C/M 3 T 19 9 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-FB0 TS308L-FB1
Approvals TÜV TÜV
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.5 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.5 11.0 0.3 0.3 12
typ 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.02 0.02 19.5 10 0.1 0.1 8

-110°C J -- 40
Hardness HV -- 200
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm

17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1
Rev 10 06/09 DS: B-30 (pg 6 of 6)

108
DATA SHEET B-31
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
347 STAINLESS STEEL Email: info@metrode.com

347 austenitic stainless steel for joining 321 and 347 Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in
base materials. the range 3-12FN.

ASTM-ASME BS EN & DIN No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250C; no
321 1.4541 PWHT required.
347 1.4543/1.4561/1.4550
CF8C (cast) 1.4552 (cast)
BS UNS There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
321S31 S32100 welding with 347S96. There is also additional
347S31 S34700 information available covering the Supercore flux cored
347C17 (cast) wires.

Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 The 308L consumables cover many of the same base
stainless steel types 321 and 347. Also suitable for materials and applications (B-30). For elevated
unstabilised grades such as 304/304L. Service temperature applications 347H consumables should be
temperatures are typically -100C to about 400C. used (C-11).
Applications are similar to 308L (B-30) and include

Products available
food, brewery, pharmaceutical equipment,
architectural and general fabrication, and nuclear Process Product Specification
engineering. MMA Ultramet 347 AWS E347-16
The 347 consumables covered here are generally not Ultramet B347 AWS E347-15
suitable for service in elevated temperature structural TIG/MIG/SAW 347S96 AWS ER347
applications where 0.04-0.08% carbon is specified for SAW flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2
creep resistance, see data sheets C-11 and C-12.
SSB BS EN SA AF2
For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm (15mils) FCW Supercore 347 AWS E347T0-1/4
charpy lateral expansion at –196C, use unstabilised
weld metal with low carbon and controlled ferrite (B-
30).
Rev 07 06/09 DS: B-31 (pg 1 of 4)

109
General Data for all 347 MMA Electrodes

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
ULTRAMET 347 All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 321/347
Product description MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347 has all the benefits of an
advanced rutile flux design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter
electrodes.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb R32
BS 2926 19.9.Nb.R
DIN 8556 E 19 9 Nb R 23
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
max 0.04 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12
typ 0.02 0.7 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.4 0.07 6

-196°C J -- 20
-196°C J -- 53 (1050°C + WQ)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Rev 07 06/09 DS: B-31 (pg 2 of 4)

110
ULTRAMET B347 Basic pipe-welding electrode for 321/347
Product description MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good moisture
resistance and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding of
fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts under site
conditions. Compared with rutile types, the basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and although the
slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of exceptional appearance and quality.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb B 42
BS 2926 19.9.Nb.B
DIN 8556 E 19 9 Nb B 20+
max 0.06 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.5 0.07 6

Operating parameters DC +ve
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0* 5.0

length mm 300 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5/17.4 17.4
pieces/carton 669 396 258/267 162
* 350mm is the standard length, 450mm is available to order.
347S96 Solid welding wire for TIG, MIG & SAW of 321/347
Product description Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER347 BS 2901: PT2 347S96

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 Nb
DIN 8556 (SG X5CrNiNb 19 9 (1.4551))
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
max 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12
typ < 0.04 1.5 0.4 0.005 0.02 19.5 9.7 0.2 0.6 0.1 8
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG

Impact energy - 50°C J 150
- 196°C J 35
Rev 07 06/09 DS: B-31 (pg 3 of 4)

111
347S96 (continued)
parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 ** SS300 or SSB flux
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2 2.4mm
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
2.0 To order -- --
32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1
SUPERCORE 347 Downhand rutile flux cored wire for 321/347

Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347 combines easy
operability, high deposit quality and good weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Metal recovery is
about 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E347T0-1/4

BS EN ISO 17633-A T19 9 Nb R C/M 3
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB0
max 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12
typ 0.03 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 10.5 0.1 0.5 0.1 8

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%
argon. The wire is suitable for use on CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 2-3V):
1.2 120-280A, 22-34V 180A, 29V 15-20mm
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1
Rev 07 06/09 DS: B-31 (pg 4 of 4)

112
DATA SHEET B-32
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
Alloy type Additional information

316L Mo bearing austenitic stainless. There are Technical Profiles available on Superoot
316L and sub-arc welding with 316S92. There is also
Materials to be welded additional information available covering the Supercore
flux cored wires.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
316L 1.4404/1.4401 Related alloy groups
316 1.4436 316L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and other
316LN 1.4406/1.4429 cryogenic applications, are in data sheet B-38. Stainless
CF3M 1.4408 steel consumables for high temperature applications on
CF8M 1.4437 316H can be found in data sheets C-12 or C-13.
BS UNS Products available

316S11/13 S 31603
316S16/31/33 S 31600 Process Product Specification
316S61 S 31653 MMA Supermet 316L AWS E316L-17
316C12/16/71 Ultramet 316L AWS E316L-16
Ultramet B316L AWS E316L-15
Applications
Ultramet 316LP AWS E316L-16
These consumables are used for Mo bearing austenitic
stainless steels with 1.5 – 3% Mo. They are also TIG 316S92 AWS ER316L
suitable for Ti or Nb stabilised and nitrogen-bearing or MIG Supermig 316LSi AWS ER316LSi
free machining versions of the above alloys. Type SAW 316S92 AWS ER316L
316/316L steels are widely used for their good
SS300 BS EN SA AF2
resistance to pitting, many acids and general corrosion.
SSB BS EN SA AF2
The 316L consumables covered here are not suitable for LA491 BS EN SA FB255
316/316H in elevated temperature structural L2N BS EN SF CS 2
applications, see data sheets C-12 and C-13. For
cryogenic applications (–196°C) see data sheet B-38.
Supercore 316LP AWS E316LT1-1/4
Microstructure Superoot 316L AWS R316LT1-5
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in
the range 2-10FN depending on the application.
Welding guidelines
PWHT required.
Rev 15 06/09 DS: B-32 (pg 1 of 7)

113



8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1


BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 LR 32
BS 2926 19.12.3.L.AR
DIN 8556 E 19 12 3 LR 23
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.
All-weld mechanical As-welded min typical 1050°C + WQ

Impact energy * + 20°C J -- 70 --
-196°C J -- -- 35
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C
ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 25 50 60 75 100 130
max A 45 70 90 120 155 210

length mm 250 300 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 8.7 10.5 11.4 12.6 17.4 16.8
pieces/carton 1344 846 603 339 249 159
Rev 15 06/09 DS: B-32 (pg 2 of 7)

114
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of
an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish
and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework.

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
BS 2926 19.12.3.LR
DIN 8556 E 19 12 3 L R 2 3
Approvals TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd, LRS
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical 1050°C + WQ

Impact energy * + 20°C J -- 70 --
-100°C J -- 40 --
-196°C J -- -- 40
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 12.9 13.5 16.5
ULTRAMET B316L Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 316L


BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
BS 2926 19.12.3.LB
DIN 8556 E 19 12 3 L B 20+
Rev 15 06/09 DS: B-32 (pg 3 of 7)

115
ULTRAMET B316L (continued) 
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6

Impact energy * -50°C J -- 80
-196°C J -- 45
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 0.5
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 16.5
ULTRAMET 316LP All-positional pipe welding and root welding electrode

Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 316LP
is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME
5G/6G. The Ultramet 316LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for
a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L R 11
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6

ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2

min A 50 60 75
max A 70 90 120

length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.3 14.4
Rev 15 06/09 DS: B-32 (pg 4 of 7)

116
316S92 and SUPERMIG 316LSi Solid 316L wire
Specifications 316S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 316LSi (MIG)

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L G 19 12 3 L Si W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW
BS 2901: Pt2 316S92 316S93
DIN 8556 SG X2CrNiMo 19 12 SG X2CrNiMo 19 12
(1.4430) (1.4430)
Approvals TÜV, LRS TÜV, LRS
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
max 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 10
typ 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6
All-weld mechanical min typical

properties As welded TIG MIG SAW + SS300
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 465 435 450
Impact energy * -130°C J -- > 100 > 70 > 45
-196°C J -- > 60 30-60 30
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 200/220 200/220 195/215

parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2* SS300**
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Voltage 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
** SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.

0.8 To order 15kg reel --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
Rev 15 06/09 DS: B-32 (pg 5 of 7)

117
The Supercore 316L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing – for these
applications, it is recommended that Supercore 316LP is used.

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3 T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2
Approvals (1.2 & 1.6mm) TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.3 12
typ 0.03 1.3 0.5 0.02 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 8
* 0.9mm diameter Supercore 316L is typically 2.3%Mo and does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A.

-110°C J -- 40
Operating parameters Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used
but argon should not exceed 85%.
0.9 (Supercore 316L only) 75 – 170A, 20 – 30V 120A, 26V 15 – 20mm
1.2 120 – 280A, 21 – 35V 180A, 28V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm

14 12 2.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2
Rev 15 06/09 DS: B-32 (pg 6 of 7)

118
SUPEROOT 316L Flux cored TIG wire for root welds without back purge
Product description Flux cored TIG wire Superoot 316L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in a
robust moisture resistant wire and rutile flux system. Superoot 316L is designed specifically for situations where it
is impractical to apply back-purge for the TIG root run, or to gain the economic benefit of eliminating back-purge.
For most applications, the use of a 316L root bead is considered compatible with subsequent filling with 308L,
347 or 316L as appropriate.
Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 R316LT1-5

BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-RI1
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 --
max 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.5
typ 0.01 1.6 0.8 0.005 0.020 19.2 12.5 2.2 0.05
Typically 5FN.

Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent filler.

parameters Shielding Argon*
Current DC-
Diameter 2.2mm
Voltage 90A, 12V
* No back-purge is required.
Satisfactory application of Superoot 316L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are
available on request.

2.2 1kg tube

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
30 12 11 15 < 0.5 -- 3.3
Rev 15 06/09 DS: B-32 (pg 7 of 7)

119
DATA SHEET B-33
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
NON-MAGNETIC 316L Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type
Unlike conventional 316L weld metal containing ferrite,
Nil-ferrite, modified 316L alloy for non-magnetic,
which suffers preferential attack in concentrated nitric
cryogenic and nitric acid applications.
acid, the nil-ferrite alloy has excellent resistance and is
suitable for deposition directly onto CMn steel to
Materials to be welded provide corrosion resistant overlays.
For type 316L and similar parent materials where
ferrite-free and non-magnetic weld metal is required; Microstructure
also suitable for 304/304L and 316/316L for cryogenic
service. Fully austenitic.
May be suitable for welding 200 series stainless steels, Welding guidelines
eg. UNS S20910 (XM-19), Nitronic 50 (Armco) and
No preheat required, and maximum interpass
other nitrogen strengthened stainless steels.
temperature 150C.
Applications
The high nickel and nitrogen levels provide a fully
austenitic and non-magnetic weld deposit with ASTM A262 practice C (Huey) corrosion test
maximum magnetic permeability of 1.01. A typical (immersion in boiling, 65%, nitric acid for five 48 hour
tensile strength above 600MPa is also achieved by periods): typical corrosion rates are 0.7–1.2m/48hr
means of the controlled level of nitrogen. A high (0.13-0.22mm/year). Stamicarbon requirement is
manganese content ensures freedom from micro- 3.3m/48hr.
fissuring in the ferrite-free weld metal.
Applications exploiting non-magnetic properties include
welding of 316L fittings for minesweepers and The 310L and 904L alloys may also be useful for low
offshore downhole instrumentation collars. magnetic permeability applications.
The fully austenitic microstructure gives excellent Products available

strength and toughness at cryogenic temperatures for
joining 304L and 316L LPG and LNG storage vessels. Process Product Specification
Useful toughness is also maintained down to liquid MMA Ultramet 316NF BS EN E 1815 3 L R
helium temperatures -269C (4K) for superconducting Ultramet B316NF BS EN E 1815 3 L B
applications. Impact testing procedures at this TIG/MIG ER316MnNF BS EN 20 16 3 Mn L
temperature are complex and expensive, with results of
questionable validity. To qualify the toughness of weld FCW Supercore 316NF (BS EN T 18 16 5 N L R)
metal for service at 4°K, the ASME Code Committee
has proposed >0.53mm (21mils) at –196°C (77°K).
This proposal is based on correlations between fracture
toughness and Charpy data at these temperatures.
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-33 (pg 1 of 5)

120

8 10 1.5 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316NF but this does not affect OES.
ULTRAMET 316NF All-positional rutile MMA electrode
Product description Rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high manganese
content ensures freedom from microfissuring.
Specifications BS EN 1600 E 18 15 3 L R 3 2
BS 2926 18.15.3.LMnR
DIN 8556 E 18 15 3 L R 23
AWS A5.4 (E316LMn-16) Nearest classification
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1
max 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2
typ < 0.03 3.0 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

Impact energy - 196°C * J -- 60
Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm (mils) -- 0.7mm (28mils)
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code
recommendation.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 15.0 16.5
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-33 (pg 2 of 5)

121
ULTRAMET B316NF Basic all-positional MMA pipe welding electrode
Product description Basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high
manganese to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Specifications BS EN 1600 E 18 15 3 L B 4 2
BS 2926 18.15.3.LMnB
DIN 8556 E 18 15 3 L B 20+
AWS A5.4 (E316LMn-15) Nearest classification
(weld metal wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1
max 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2
typ < 0.03 3.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15

Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm (mils) -- 0.6 (24mils)
recommendation.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-33 (pg 3 of 5)

122
ER316MnNF Non-magnetic solid wire for TIG and MIG
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER316LMn

BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 16 3 Mn L
DIN 8556 SG-X2CrNiMnMoN 20 16 (1.4455)
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No - QW442 A-No -
(wire wt %) min -- 6.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 15.0 2.5 -- 0.12
max 0.025 8.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 21.0 18.0 3.5 0.3 0.20
typ 0.02 7 0.5 0.01 0.02 20 16 3 0.15 0.15

Impact energy - 196°C * J 95
Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm (mils) 1.0 (40)
recommendation.

parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2 *
Current DC- DC+
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

1.0 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

26 22 15 13 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-33 (pg 4 of 5)

123
SUPERCORE 316NF Rutile flux cored wire
Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system designed primarily for
downhand welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 (E316LT0-1/4) nearest equivalent

BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 18 16 5 NL R C/M 3) nearest equivalent
Approval TÜV
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 2.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 14.0 2.5 0.08
max 0.04 3.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 19.0 16.0 3.5 0.20
typ 0.03 2.5 0.4 0.01 0.025 18 15 3 0.12

Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm 0.38 (15mils) 0.6
Hardness HV -- 185
recommendation.
The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by ~3V):
1.2 130A-25V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12-20mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 12.5kg

12 18 2 4 4 <1 6 1.2
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-33 (pg 5 of 5)

124
DATA SHEET B-34
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export

Nb stabilised, Mo-bearing stainless steel. No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250C.
Materials to be welded Additional information

wrought cast Supermet 318 is not recommended for cryogenic
ASTM/ASME 316Ti, 316Cb CF10MC applications, nor elevated temperature structural service.
DIN & BS EN 1.4571/1.4573, 1.4579/1.4581
1.4580/1.4583 Related alloy groups
BS 320S31/33 318C17
UNS S31635, S31640 The 316L consumables can be used for many of the
same base materials and applications (data sheet B-32).
For cryogenic applications see controlled ferrite 316L
Applications consumables (data sheet B-32) and for elevated
Use to weld titanium or niobium-stabilised grades of temperature see 316H (C-13) or 16.8.2 (C-12)
molybdenum-bearing austenite stainless steels, or as an consumables.
alternative electrode for unstabilised grades such as
316/316L. It is not recommended for structural service Products available
above about 400ºC.
It is also used for depositing corrosion resistance
MMA Supermet 318 AWS E318-17
overlays and valve seat inlays on medium carbon alloy
steels, and for this reason the electrode is normally TIG/MIG/SAW 318S96 AWS ER318
supplied with a typical ferrite content of 3-14FN. SAW flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2
Microstructure SSB BS EN SA AF2

LA491 BS EN SA FB255
Austenite with 3-14FN (3-12% ferrite), typically 10FN.
Rev 05 03/07 DS: B-34 (pg 1 of 3)

125
SUPERMET 318 Nb stabilised Mo-bearing stainless steel MMA electrode
Product description Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0..025%) typical carbon levels.
Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance, and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the
downhand and H-V welding positions. Smaller sizes up to 3.2mm offer excellent all-positional operability.
Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 Nb R 32
BS 2926 19.12.3Nb.AR
DIN 8556 E 19 12 3 Nb R 23
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 10 x C -- 6
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.50 13
typ 0.025 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 11.5 2.7 0.6 0.1 9

Impact energy + 20C J -- 65
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 14.1 13.2 18.0

Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 7 1 5 0.5 <0.2 16 1
Rev 05 03/07 DS: B-34 (pg 2 of 3)

126
318S96 Solid 318 stainless steel wire for TIG, MIG and SAW

BS 2901: Pt2 318S96
DIN 8556 SG X5CrNiMoNb 19 12 (1.4576)
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 Nb
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 11.0 2.5 10xC -- 3
max 0.07 2.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.3 12
typ 0.035 1.8 0.45 0.01 0.02 19.5 11.5 2.5 0.6 0.2 10


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 ** SS300 ***
Current DC- DC+ DC+
* Also required as a back purge for root runs.
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.
*** SSB, LA491 and L2N also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible):
30 12 15 11 1.5 <0.5 3.3
Rev 05 03/07 DS: B-34 (pg 3 of 3)

127
DATA SHEET B-35
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
317L STAINLESS STEEL Email: info@metrode.com

19%Cr-13%Ni-3.5%Mo (317L) austenitic stainless Austenite with 3-10FN (3-9% ferrite), typically 5FN.
steel.
wrought cast No preheat required, and a maximum interpass of
ASTM/UNS 317/S31700 CG8M 150C is desirable. Normally used in the as-welded
317L/S31703 CG3M condition.
DIN/BS EN 1.4438
BS 317S16 317C16 Additional information
317S12 317C12
The 317LM and 1.4539 alloys, with 4-5%Mo, can be
welded with the overmatching 904L consumables (data
Applications sheet B-40).
Use to weld 317/317L stainless steels in which the
raised Mo level provides improved resistance to pitting
in high chloride environments and to some acids (not
nitric acid). These steels are used in marine, chemical 317L falls between the lower alloyed 316L (data sheet
process, papermaking, and food processing B-32) and the higher alloyed 904L (data sheet B-40)
applications. materials.
Also suitable for 316/316L and their stabilised versions Products available
when the benefits of higher molybdenum weld metal are
required to maximise weld area pitting resistance. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet 317L AWS E317L-16
Not suitable for structural service above about 400ºC, or
TIG/MIG ER317L AWS ER317L
for cryogenic applications.
FCW Supercore 317LP AWS E317LT1-1/4
Rev 06 06/09 DS: B-35 (pg 1 of 4)

128
ULTRAMET 317L All-positional MMA electrode for 317L stainless steel
Product description Rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0.025%) typical carbon levels. A controlled addition
of nitrogen, in conjunction with ~3.8%Mo, provides improved pitting corrosion resistance compared to 316L.
Ultramet 317L gives both welder and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design. These
features include optimum versatility for downhand and positional welding, combined with high cosmetic finish
and full volumetric weld metal integrity. The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suited to vertical and
overhead welding applications including fixed pipework. Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high
resistance to weld metal porosity.

BS EN 1600 E 19 13 4 N L R 32
BS 2926 (19.13.4.L.R) nearest equivalent
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.5 -- 0.08 3
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.50 0.20 10
typ 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 13 3.8 0.1 0.12 5

- 50°C J -- 30
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
8 6 1 6 <0.2 0.6 16 0.8
Rev 06 06/09 DS: B-35 (pg 2 of 4)

129
ER317L Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding 317L stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 317L stainless steel.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER 317, ER 317L

BS 2901: Pt2 317S92
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 13 4 L
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS317, SS317L
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 13.0 3.0 -- 2
max 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 15.0 4.0 0.3 10
typ 0.015 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 14 3.5 0.15 5


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 **
Current DC- DC+
** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

28 12 15 12 2 <0.5 3.3
Rev 06 06/09 DS: B-35 (pg 3 of 4)

130
SUPERCORE 317LP All-positional rutile flux cored wire for 317L
Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 317LP is
designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework but provides excellent operability in the flat and HV
positions as well. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E317LT1-1/4

BS EN ISO 17633-A (nearest T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2)
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS317L-FB1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.5 0.20 10
typ 0.03 1 0.6 0.02 0.02 19 13 3.5 0.1 0.07 6

-50°C J -- 45
Hardness HV -- 220
exceed 85%.
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg spool.

17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1
Rev 06 06/09 DS: B-35 (pg 4 of 4)

131
DATA SHEET B-37
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CRYOGENIC 308LCF CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

Controlled ferrite 308L austenitic stainless steels for Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
joining 304L base materials used in cryogenic 8FN for solid wires).
applications.
Welding guidelines
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C
ASTM BS EN & DIN
(300°C may be acceptable on thicker section material);
no PWHT required.
304L 1.4306
304 1.4301 For optimum impact properties use heat inputs at the
304LN 1.4311 higher end of the allowable ranges.
CF3 1.4308
CF8 Additional information
BS UNS
There is a Technical Profile covering the use of the
304S11 S 30403 controlled ferrite consumables for LNG applications.
304S15/16/31 S 30400
304S61 S 30453 G B Holloway et al ‘Stainless steel arc welding
304C12 consumables for cryogenic applications.’ Stainless Steel
304C15 World America 2004 Conference, Houston, 2004.
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels with service General purpose 308L stainless steel consumables are in
temperatures down to –196°C. The controlled ferrite data sheet B-30. Stainless steel consumables for high
SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are specifically temperature applications on 304H can be found in data
designed for cryogenic service; they are not batch sheets C-10 or C-12.
selected consumables.
Products available
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to Process Product Specification
cryogenic service (-196°C) eg LNG. MMA Ultramet 308LCF AWS E308L-16
Standard 308L consumables for general purpose Ultramet B308LCF AWS E308L-15
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. The 308L TIG ER308LCF AWS ER308L
consumables covered here are not suitable for 304/304H SAW ER308LCF AWS ER308L
in elevated temperature structural applications, see data
sheets C-10 and C-12.
FCW Supercore 308LCF AWS E308LT1-1/4
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-37 (pg 1 of 5)

132



8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES.
ULTRAMET 308LCF Rutile MMA electrode for cryogenic 304L applications
Product description MMA electrode – special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand
and positional capability, Ultramet 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for
cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C. Also suitable for unusual occasions
when 304L is specified for service up to 550°C and corrosion conditions preclude the use of 308H.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2
BS 2926 19.9.LR
DIN 8556 19 9 L R 2 3
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5
typ <0.025 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.5 10 0.1 <0.1 3

Impact energy -100°C J -- 45
-196°C J -- 35
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.2
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-37 (pg 2 of 5)

133
ULTRAMET B308LCF Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 304L
purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B308LCF is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L B 4 2
BS 2926 19.9.LB
DIN 8556 E 19 9 L B 20+
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 18.5 10 0.05 <0.1 3

Impact energy +20°C J -- 80-120
-196°C J -- 35-50
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-37 (pg 3 of 5)

134
ER308LCF 308L solid wire for cryogenic 304L applications
Product description Batch selected solid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER308L

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L
BS 2901: Pt2 308S92
DIN 8556 SG X2CrNi 19 9 (1.4316)
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 8
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 7

properties As welded TIG SAW + LA491
Impact energy -130°C J -- 110 50
-196°C J -- 80 30
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 1.0 0.5
* ER308LCF SAW wire batch tested, withLA491 flux, for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Current DC- DC+

1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube 25kg coil
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-37 (pg 4 of 5)

135
SUPERCORE 308LCF Rutile all positional flux cored wire for cryogenic 304L applications
Product description Supercore 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring
>0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C.
Supercore 308LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about
90% with respect to the wire.

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L P C/M 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 5
typ 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.6 10.5 0.1 0.1 3

-130°C J -- 40
-196°C J -- 36
exceed 85%.
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 15 – 20mm
150A, 25V (positional)

17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1
Rev 04 06/09 DS: B-37 (pg 5 of 5)

136
DATA SHEET B-38
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CRYOGENIC 316LCF CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

Controlled ferrite 316L austenitic stainless steels for Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
joining 316L base materials used in cryogenic 8FN for solid wires).
applications.
Welding guidelines
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C
ASTM BS EN & DIN
(300°C may be acceptable on thicker section material);
no PWHT required.
316L 1.4404/1.4401
316 1.4436 For optimum impact properties use heat inputs at the
316LN 1.4406/1.4429 higher end of the allowable ranges.
CF3M 1.4408
CF8M 1.4437 Additional information
BS UNS
There is a Technical Profile covering the use of the
316S11/13 S 31603 controlled ferrite consumables for LNG applications.
316S16/31/33 S 31600
316S61 S 31653 G B Holloway et al ‘Stainless steel arc welding
316C12 consumables for cryogenic applications.’ Stainless Steel
316C16/71 World America 2004 Conference, Houston, 2004.
These consumables are used for Mo bearing austenitic General purpose 316L stainless steel consumables are in
stainless steels with 1.5 – 3% Mo. Type 316/316L data sheet B-32. Stainless steel consumables for high
steels are widely used for their good resistance to temperature applications on 316H can be found in data
pitting, many acids and general corrosion. . The sheets C-12 or C-13.
controlled ferrite SMAW electrodes and flux cored
Products available
wires are specifically designed for cryogenic service;
they are not batch selected consumables. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet 316LCF AWS E316L-16
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to
Ultramet B316LCF AWS E316L-15
cryogenic service (-196°C) eg LNG.
TIG ER316LCF AWS ER316L
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose SAW ER316LCF AWS ER316L
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. The 316L
consumables covered here are not suitable for 316/316H
in elevated temperature structural applications, see data FCW Supercore 316LCF AWS E316LT1-1/4
sheets C-12 and C-13.
Rev 03 06/09 DS: B-38 (pg 1 of 5)

137



8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.
ULTRAMET 316LCF Rutile MMA electrode for cryogenic 316L applications
and positional capability, Ultramet 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for
cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C. Also suitable for unusual occasions
when 316L is specified for service up to 550°C and corrosion conditions preclude the use of 316H.

BS EN 1600 (Nearest E 19 12 3 L R 3 2)
BS 2926 19.12.3.LR
DIN 8556 (Nearest 19 12 3 L R 2 3)
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
typ <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 <0.1 3
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

-100°C J -- 50
-196°C J -- 30
Hardness HV -- 230
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Rev 03 06/09 DS: B-38 (pg 2 of 5)

138
ULTRAMET B316LCF Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 316L

BS EN 1600 (Nearest E 19 12 3 L B 4 2)
BS 2926 19.12.3.LB
DIN 8556 (Nearest E 19 12 3 L B 20+)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
typ <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.2 <0.1 3
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

-196°C J -- 50
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.1
Rev 03 06/09 DS: B-38 (pg 3 of 5)

139
ER316LCF Solid 316L wire for cryogenic applications
Product description Solid wires for TIG and sub-arc welding.

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L W=TIG, S=SAW
BS 2901: Pt2 316S92
DIN 8556 SG X2CrNiMo 19 12 (1.4430)
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 8
typ 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6

properties As welded TIG SAW + LA491
Impact energy -130°C J -- > 100 > 45
-196°C J -- > 60 30
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 1.0 0.5
* ER316LCF SAW wire batch tested, withLA491 flux for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Current DC- DC+

1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 2.5kg tube --
3.2 2.5kg tube --
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
Rev 03 06/09 DS: B-38 (pg 4 of 5)

140
SUPERCORE 316LCF Rutile all positional flux cored wire for cryogenic 316L applications
Product description Supercore 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring
>0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C.
Supercore 316LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about
90% with respect to the wire.

BS EN ISO 17633-A (nearest T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
typ 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.0 12.4 2.2 0.1 3
* Does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

-130°C J -- 45
-196°C J -- 34
Lateral expansion * -130°C mm -- 0.70
-196°C mm 0.38 0.55
exceed 85%.
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 15 – 20mm
150A, 25V (positional)

14 12 2.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2
Rev 03 06/09 DS: B-38 (pg 5 of 5)

141
DATA SHEET B-40
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CONSUMABLES FOR 904L Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type pitting media, overmatching nickel-base weld metal is

recommended, see alloy 625 (data sheet D-20).
904L is a nominally 20%Cr-25%Ni-5%Mo-2%Cu fully
austenitic alloy with good corrosion resistance. It is the preferred weld metal for some lower alloy
austenitics such as Creusot UHB 34L and UHB 734L for
Materials to be welded wet process phosphoric acid service.
ASTM-ASME DIN BS
Applications include tanks and process vessels, piping
N08904 1.4505 1449: 904S13
systems, agitators and rotors and cast pumps and valves
1.4506 1504: 364C11 (cast)
for use in the fertiliser, phosphoric, sulphuric and acetic
1.4536
acid plants, and in salt and seawater environments. It is
1.4539
also used in some offshore applications, including
1.4585
overlays on mild and low alloy steels.
1.4500 (cast)
Microstructure
Proprietary alloys
In the as-welded condition the weld metal microstructure
Uddelholm 904L is fully austenitic.
2RK65 (Sandvik)
Cronifer 1925LC (VDM) Welding guidelines
254SLX (Avesta Polarit) No preheat or PWHT is required, interpass should be
Uranus B6 & B6M (Creusot Loire) controlled to 150C maximum and heat input should also
Suitable for copper-free variants of the above alloys and be controlled particularly with larger diameter MMA
also to overmatch leaner alloys such as 317L, 317LN, electrodes.
317LM, 317LMN, 1.4439, 1.4440 and S31726. Products available
Applications Process Product Specification
These consumables give a fully austenitic, low carbon MMA Ultramet 904L E385-16
weld metal with molybdenum and copper, with good
Ultramet B904L E385-15
resistance to corrosion in sulphuric, phosphoric and other
inorganic and organic acids. TIG/MIG 20.25.4Cu ER385
They are not normally chosen for resistance to corrosion

in concentrated nitric acid. For service in severe chloride


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 8 2 7 1.5 0.5 18 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B904L but this does not affect OES.
Rev 09 05/09 DS: B-40 (pg 1 of 3)

142
ULTRAMET 904L Rutile MMA electrode for welding 904L
Product description MMA electrode (formerly 21.26.5.CuNb.R) with a special rutile flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic
stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon, silicon, manganese and molybdenum contents to give
resistance to microfissuring.

BS EN 1600 E 20 25 5 Cu NL R 52
BS 2926 (Nearest 20.25.5.LCuNb.R)
DIN 8556 E 20 25 5 L Cu R26
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --
max 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25
typ 0.02 1.2 0.55 0.015 0.02 20.5 25 4.6 1.5 0.02 0.09

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.1
ULTRAMET B904L Basic all-positional MMA pipe-welding electrode for alloy 904L
Product description Special basic flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon, silicon,
manganese and molybdenum contents to give resistance to microfissuring.

BS EN 1600 E 20 25 5 Cu NL B 62
BS 2926 (Nearest 20.25.5.LCuNb.B)
DIN 8556 E 20 25 5 L Cu B 20+
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --
max 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25
typ 0.025 2 0.4 0.005 0.02 21 25 4.8 1.8 0.05 0.08
Rev 09 05/09 DS: B-40 (pg 2 of 3)

143
ULTRAMET B904L (continued)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
20.25.4.Cu Solid TIG and MIG wire matching alloy 904L


BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 25 5 Cu L
BS 2901: Pt2 904S92
DIN 8556 (Nearest SG-X2CrNiMoCu 20 25 / 1.4519)
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2
max 0.025 2.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0
typ 0.01 1.7 0.3 0.001 0.015 20 25 4.5 1.5


Current DC- DC+
** Ar-He-CO2 proprietary mixtures also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

28 13 16 20 3 2.5 2.5
Rev 09 05/09 DS: B-40 (pg 3 of 3)

144
DATA SHEET B-41
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 20 Email: info@metrode.com
maximum and heat input to be controlled particularly

Alloy type
with 4mm diameter electrodes.
20%Cr-34%Ni-3.5%Cu-2.5%Mo (alloy 20) austenitic
corrosion resistant alloy. Repair of alloy 20 castings may present particular
problems with HAZ regions being sensitive to
Materials to be welded fissuring and weld metal increasing in crack
sensitivity if silicon pick-up takes place.
ASTM A351, A744 Grade CN-7M Troublesome castings may require buttering at very
BS 1504 Grade 332C11 low heat input with small diameter electrodes and
Proprietary Alloy 20, 20Cb, 20Cb-3 (Carpenter) minimum dilution.
Paramount P20 (Lake & Elliot)
Langalloy 20V (Meighs)
PWHT
Applications Welds are normally left in the as-welded condition

but castings to ASTM specifications may require
This electrode is usually made to order. It gives a fully solution treatment at 1125C following major repairs.
austenitic, niobium stabilised weld metal with
molybdenum and copper and a high resistance to
corrosion in sulphuric acid, other mineral acids, Related alloy groups
organic acids and their mixtures. Most parent The 825 consumables (data sheet B-41) are similar
material specifications are for castings. high alloy corrosion resistant products and because
matching 320 solid wire is not available 82-50 is
Applications include tanks, process piping, heat offered as a technically compatible alternative for use
exchangers, agitators and rotors, cast pumps and with E320LR-15.
valves; for use in the chemical processing, metal
cleaning and pickling industries.
Products available
Microstructure Process Product Specification

MMA E320LR-15 AWS E320LR-15
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is fully
austenitic. TIG ER320LR AWS ER320LR*
MIG ER320LR AWS ER320LR*
Welding guidelines *Contact Metrode concerning these products
No preheat, interpass to be controlled to 150C
Rev 02 07/07 DS: B-41 (pg 1 of 2)

145
E320LR-15 MMA electrode for welding alloy 20
Product description MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile flux on an over-matching high purity core wire.
The E320LR-15 electrode is manufactured with strict controls on the maximum carbon, silicon, sulphur and
phosphorus (to optimise as-welded corrosion resistance); and also restricted ranges for manganese and
niobium. This low residual (LR) electrode is intended to reduce sensitivity to microfissuring whilst
maintaining excellent corrosion resistance, but interpass temperature and heat input still need to be controlled.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E320LR-15

BS 2926 20.34.2.CuNb.B
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.5 -- -- -- 19.0 32.0 2.0 8xC 3.0
Max 0.035 2.5 0.30 0.015 0.020 21.0 36.0 3.0 0.40 4.0
typ 0.02 2 0.2 0.005 0.01 20 34 2.5 0.3 3.5
All-weld mechanical As welded Min (1) typical

properties MP
Tensile strength 520 535
a
MP
0.2% Proof stress -- 345
a
Impact energy +20°C J -- 117
-196°C J -- 98
(1) ASTM N08020 parent material requires TS >550MPa, PS >240MPa
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 90
max A 80 110 150

length mm 275 325 325
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 13.5
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

5 5 2 6 1 1 20 0.8
Rev 02 07/07 DS: B-41 (pg 2 of 2)

146
DATA SHEET B-42
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CONSUMABLES FOR ALLOY 825 Email: info@metrode.com

Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu alloy of the generic 825 type. In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure is fully austenitic.
Welding guidelines
Matching 825 materials:
No preheat required, interpass should be restricted to
ASTM/UNS N08825 150C maximum and the heat input should be
DIN 2.4858 controlled particularly with 4mm and 5mm diameter
BS 1501 & 3072 Grade NA16 electrodes.
Proprietary Incoloy 825 (Special Metals)
Incoloy 825CP, cast (Special Metals)
Nicrofer 4221 (Krupp VDM)
Some authorities accept or prefer overmatching type
The E825L-15 MMA electrode is also suitable for the 625 weld metal (data sheet D-20) but 825 is the
28%Cr alloy 28 materials: conventional type for welding alloy 825. Both the
E825L-15 electrode and 82-50 wire are also suitable for
ASTM UNS N08028 welding the leaner alloy 20 type materials. The MMA
DIN 1.4563 electrode E825L-15 (but not the 82-50 wire) can also be
Proprietary Nicrofer 3127LC (Krupp VDM) used for welding the 28%Cr, alloy 28 type, materials.
Sanicro 28 (Sandvik)
Also suitable for lower nickel materials of the alloy 20
type. The 625 alloy (data sheet D-20) is sometimes used for
welding 825 and alloy 28 materials.
Applications
Products available
The consumables deposit Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu weld metal with
a high corrosion resistance to organic acids and hot Process Product Specification
sulphuric acid. The high nickel content gives good MMA DIN EL-NiCr28Mo
E825L-15
resistance to stress corrosion cracking in chloride and
H2S environments. TIG/MIG 82-50 AWS ERNiFeCr-1
Applications include tanks and process vessels,

pipework systems, heat exchangers, agitators and
rotors, and cast pumps and valves for use in the
chemical processing and increasingly offshore oil and
gas industries. Also suitable for corrosion resistant
overlays and for welding dissimilar materials.
Rev 03 05/09 DS: B-42 (pg 1 of 3)

147
E825L-15 MMA electrode for austenitic alloy 825
Product description MMA electrode for welding 825, alloy 28 and alloy 20 type materials. Specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile
flux on high purity 825 core wire. The electrodes are designed for fixed pipework welds including the demanding
ASME 5G/6G positions. Careful control of carbon, manganese, silicon and nitrogen to maximise corrosion
resistance in the as-welded condition and to ensure high resistance to solidification cracking and microfissuring in
multipass welds. The composition is controlled to give a Pitting Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of about 40, where
PRE = %Cr + 3.3%Mo.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E383-15) Does not strictly conform; Ni & Cu are higher in E825L-15
compared to the E383-15 classification.
DIN 1736 EL-NiCr28Mo (2.4653)
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb Fe
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 27.0 35.0 3.2 1.5 -- --
max 0.03 3.0 0.5 0.015 0.030 31.0 40.0 4.5 3.0 1.0 30
typ 0.02 2 0.3 0.01 0.01 28 38 3.5 2 0.3 27

Hardness HV -- 220
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 90 120
max A 80 110 150 190

length mm 275 325 325 325
kg/carton 10.8 13.8 14.1 14.1
4 5 3 7 1 1 20 0.7
Rev 03 05/09 DS: B-42 (pg 2 of 3)

148
82-50 Solid TIG and MIG wire for welding high alloy austenitic 825 material
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 825 and alloy 20 type materials. The 82-50 wire only has a nominal
21%Cr and so is not suitable for alloy 28. Note MIG wire is to order only.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiFeCr-1

BS 2901: Pt5 NA41
BS EN ISO 18274 SNi8065
DIN 1736 (SG-NiCr27Mo / 2.4655) nearest
Also known generically as filler metal 65 (FM65)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Al Ti Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 19.5 38.0 2.5 1.5 -- 0.60 22.0
max 0.05 1.0 0.50 0.015 0.020 23.5 46.0 3.5 3.0 0.20 1.2 bal
typ 0.02 0.5 0.3 0.005 0.015 22 40 3 2 0.1 0.8 30
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG (Ar) TIG (Ar+2%H2)


parameters Shielding Argon * Argon
Current DC- DC+ **
Diameter 2.4 1.2mm
* Also required as a purge for root runs. Ar+1-5%H2 can prove beneficial see mechanical properties.
** Pulsed current may provide better arc transfer characteristics.

(to order)
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

23 2 19 29 2 3 1.7
Rev 03 05/09 DS: B-42 (pg 3 of 3)

149
DATA SHEET B-45
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CONSUMABLES FOR 310L Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type The low carbon fully austenitic deposit has excellent
cryogenic toughness and it can be used as an
Low carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni (310L) for corrosion
alternative to 308L/316L types for welding
resisting applications.
conventional austenitic materials where superior impact
values are required at temperatures at or below -196ºC.
BS EN / DIN Microstructure
X1CrNi25 21 (1.4335)
Fully austenitic.
AFNOR
Z1 CN 25 20 Welding guidelines
Z2 CN 25 20 M (cast)
No preheat is required. Owing to the inherent hot
Proprietary cracking susceptibility of fully austenitic weld metal it is
2RE10 (Sandvik) desirable to keep interpass temperature below 150C
Uranus 65 (Usinor Industeel)) and heat input below 1.5kJ/mm..
Cronifer 2521LC (Krupp VDM)
Applications The standard 310 alloy, with 0.1%C (data sheet C-30) is
310L consumables are designed for welding special related but is used for entirely different high
low-carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni alloys which are used for temperature applications and the two alloys cannot be
their excellent resistance to oxidising media, e.g. nitric interchanged.
acid. Applications range from the chemical process
plant used in fertiliser production to the waste The 316NF consumables (data sheet B-33) and the
nuclear fuel reprocessing industries. It is not intended Ultramet B310MoLN electrode can be used for similar
for welding standard type 310 used for heat resisting corrosion resisting applications.
applications (see data sheet C-30).
Products available
The electrode can also be used for surfacing steels to
give a deposit with properties similar to the bulk weld Process Product Specification
metal, but care should be taken to deposit sufficient MMA 25.20.L.R None
layers to eliminate any effects of dilution.
Rev 04 09/06 DS: B-45 (pg 1 of 2)

150
25.20.L.R MMA electrode for 310L stainless steel
Product description Special low silica basic rutile flux on low carbon stainless steel core wire. Detrimental residual elements including
silicon are kept to low levels for optimum corrosion performance. Coupled with raised manganese, these features
also ensure excellent resistance to microfissuring hot cracking. Suitable for all-positional welding up to 3.2mm
diameter.

Approvals: Approved for welding equivalent parent material Uranus 65 by independent tests.
(weld metal wt %) min -- 4.0 -- -- -- 24.0 19.0 -- -- --
max 0.040 7.0 0.4 0.020 0.025 26.0 22.0 0.2 0.3 0.3
typ 0.03 5 0.3 0.008 0.01 25 21 0.1 <0.1 0.08

Hardness HV 170
All-weld corrosion The weld metal has been subjected to the Huey test (ASTM A262 practice C: 5 x 48hr periods in boiling 65% nitric
properties acid). The corrosion rates were as follows:
Condition Corrosion rate Selective attack

As-welded 0.40 µm/48hr (= 0.07mm or 3 mils/year) < 0.01mm
PWHT 815C/2hrs 0.73 µm/48hr (= 0.13mm or 5 mils/year) < 0.13mm
ø mm 3.2 4.0
min A 75 100
max A 120 155
Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0

length mm 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0
pieces/carton 318 258

9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6
Rev 04 09/06 DS: B-45 (pg 2 of 2)

151
DATA SHEET B-46
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
ELECTRODE FOR 310MoLN Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type
Applications are mainly for joining matching steels
25%Cr-22%Ni-2.5%Mo-0.15%N (alloy 310MoLN) although it can also be used for surfacing.
austenitic corrosion resistant alloy.
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is fully
AISI 310MoLN austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability is <1.01.
AFNOR Z1 CND 25.22.Az
DIN / EN 1.4465 (X2CrNiMoN 25-25-2) Welding guidelines
1.4466 (X1CrNiMoN 25-22-2)
No preheat required and interpass should be controlled
UNS S31050
Proprietary Uranus 25 22 2 (Usinor Industeel)
to 150C maximum. It is also desirable for heat input to
be limited to a maximum of 1.5kJ/mm, particularly with
2RE69, 3R60U.G (Sandvik)
4mm diameter electrodes.
Cronifer 25.25.LCN (VDM)
HR3ELM (Sumitomo)
Applications The alloy has excellent resistance to the ASTM A262
practice C corrosion test (Huey test). Typically required
Ultramet B310MoLN is used primarily for welding
to meet <0.16g/m2/h (0.18mm/year), and selective
similar wrought or cast 310MoLN parent alloys. It is
attack <0.07mm.
particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed
pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position, in
Products available
material thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest
sections. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet B310MoLN BS EN E 25 22 2 NLB
The 310MoLN alloy has very good resistance to pitting,
intergranular corrosion, chloride bearing media and
nitric acid. The main applications of the alloy are in the
production and processing of urea and sulphuric acid.
Rev 03 05/09 DS: B-46 (pg 1 of 2)

152
ULTRAMET B310MoLN MMA electrode for welding alloy 310MoLN
Product description MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity stainless steel core wire.
Low silicon and high manganese levels ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Specifications BS EN 1600 E 25 22 2 N L B
BS 2926 25.21.2 L Mn B
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 9.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 3.0 -- -- -- 24.0 20.0 2.0 0.10 --
Max 0.04 5.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 27.0 23.0 3.0 0.20 0.50
typ 0.03 4 0.4 0.005 0.02 25 22 2.2 0.15 0.05

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 340 340
kg/carton 11.4 13.8 13.8

9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6
Rev 03 05/09 DS: B-46 (pg 2 of 2)

153
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical DATA SHEET B-47
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
20.18.6.CU.R
Product description authorities require >1230°C. This is followed by water
quenching to prevent further intermetallic formation on
MMA electrode with basic-rutile flux system, including
cooling.
alloying, made on high purity stainless steel core wire.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire and 65% Composition (weld metal wt %)
with respect to the whole electrode.
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE
Specifications min -- 0.2 0.2 -- -- 19.5 17.5 6.0 0.5 0.15 40
max 0.03 1.0 0.8 0.02 0.03 21.0 20.0 7.0 1.0 0.28 --
There are no national specifications for this electrode. typ 0.02 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 20.5 18.5 6.5 0.7 0.2 44
Materials to be welded PRE = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
ASTM A351 CK3MCuN (cast). All-weld mechanical properties

A182 F44. Solution annealed
min * typical
S31254 1200-1250°C/2h + WQ
BS EN 1.4547 Tensile strength MPa 550 716
Proprietary 0.2% Proof stress MPa 260 380
254SMO (Outokumpu)
Applications Elongation on 5d % -- 47
This electrode deposits weld metal that closely matches the Impact energy -50°C J -- >120
composition of equivalent 6%Mo superaustenitic parent Hardness HV -- 200
material, usually castings, and is used only when post weld * Minimum properties for CK3MCuN castings.
solution annealing is applied.
Parameters
As deposited weld metal of this type has inherent Mo DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
segregation and it is essential that welds are fully solution
annealed to obtain the excellent pitting resistance this alloy is
capable of. When solution annealing is not possible the use ø mm 3.2 4.0
of over-matching nickel base electrodes (Nimrod 625KS, min A 80 130
Nimrod C22KS or Nimrod C59KS) is normal practice. max A 110 160
The main applications for this electrode are in foundry repair Packaging data
or fabrication of castings for use in process plant where high ø mm 3.2 4.0
resistance to chloride pitting and crevice corrosion is length mm 350 350
required. Applications include: heat exchangers and kg/carton 15.0 14.1
pipework for seawater contaminated oil and gas plant, pieces/carton 378 201
equipment for pulp bleaching, gas cleaning systems (FGD),
and components handling acid solutions with halides. Storage
Microstructure 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
Fully austenitic.
longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
Welding guidelines electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture
pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
Preheat not required. Interpass temperature is restricted to For electrodes that have been exposed:
minimise the possibility of hot cracking in the parent HAZ.
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
In susceptible castings, buttering with 100°C maximum
Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
interpass temperature and <1.0kJ/mm heat input may be
required prior to filling the joint using more relaxed
parameters.
Heat treatment conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH,
>18°C.
To eliminate segregation this weld metal must be solution
annealed. High Mo austenitic alloys are prone to Fume data
intermetallic phase formation (sigma, chi) at 600-1000°C.
This damage could occur in the HAZ and weld metal during
welding but will certainly occur as the temperature rises Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
slowly during PWHT. A minimum temperature of 1200°C is 8 8 7 2 1.5 1 18 0.7
required to dissolve these intermetallic phases and some
Rev 01 05/07 DS: B-47 (pg 1 of 1)

154
DATA SHEET B-50
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export

24%Cr-13%Ni (309L) austenitic stainless for dissimilar Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on base
joint buffer layers etc. material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on
mild steels; up to 250°C on hardenable steels.
Mainly used under high dilution conditions, particularly
dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn steels. There is a Technical Profile on sub-arc welding with
309S92 and also additional information covering the
Applications Supercore flux cored wires.
There are 3 main areas of application:
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild
The 309Mo consumables (B-51), 307 (E-21) and 29.9
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 304L/321 clad
types (E-22) cover similar applications. For high
plate. Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode
temperature applications refer to the controlled ferrite
chosen to match the cladding, eg 308L, 347.
309 types (C-21) and high carbon 309H (C-22) for
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in matching high carbon cast alloys.
joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and Products available
other attachments. Service temperatures above 400°C
are normally avoided. It is also used for welding
12%Cr 'utility ferritics' such as Cromweld 3CR12, to MMA Supermet 309L AWS E309L-17
itself and other steels. Ultramet 309L AWS E309L-16
Similar metal joints: Wrought and cast steels of 23Cr- Ultramet B309L AWS E309L-15
12Ni type (eg ASTM 309 and CH8, BS 309S24 and Ultramet 309LP AWS E309L-16
309C30) can be welded if the service requirement is TIG 309S92 AWS ER309L
corrosion resistance below 400°C. However, for high
temperature structural service, weld metal with MIG Supermig 309LSi AWS ER309LSi
controlled higher carbon and lower ferrite should be SAW 309S92 AWS ER309L
used (Thermet 309CF – data sheet C-21). SS300 BS EN SA AF2
SSB BS EN SA AF2
Microstructure
LA491 BS EN SAFB255
Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-20FN. The solid
wires tend to have lower ferrite than the MMA and
FCW consumables, the ferrite falling in the range 8- Supercore 309LP AWS E309LT1-1/4
15FN for the solid wires.
Rev 09 06/09 DS: B-50 (pg 1 of 6)

155

9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7


BS EN 1600 E 23 12 LR 32
BS 2926 23.12. L.AR
DIN 8556 E 23 12 LR 23
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.5 0.5 20
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 24 13 0.05 0.1 15

Hardness HV -- 220
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 18.3 18.0
Rev 09 06/09 DS: B-50 (pg 2 of 6)

156
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits
of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic
finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed
pipework. The 2.5mm electrodes are also designed for open butt root welding.

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L R 32
BS 2926 23.12.LR
DIN 8556 E 23 12 L R 23
Approvals Germanischer Lloyd
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
typ 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15

Hardness HV -- 230
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 13.5 18.0
ULTRAMET B309L Basic coated 309L MMA electrode for pipe-welding
Product description MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and
high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B309L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead
welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant
to adverse wind and drafts.

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L B 42
BS 2926 23.12.LB
DIN 8556 E 23 12 L B 20+
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15
Rev 09 06/09 DS: B-50 (pg 3 of 6)

157
ULTRAMET B309L (continued) 

-50°C J -- 50
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 * 5.0 **

length mm 300 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 14.1/17.4 17.1
pieces/carton 678 402 267/267 159
* 350mm is the standard length for 4.0mm diameter; 450mm is available to order.
** 5.0mm diameter made to order.
ULTRAMET 309LP All-positional pipe welding and root welding electrode
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet
309LP is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including
ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 309LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the
need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L R 1 1
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
typ 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15

Hardness HV -- 230
ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2

min A 50 60 75
max A 80 90 120
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.3 12.0
Rev 09 06/09 DS: B-50 (pg 4 of 6)

158
309S92, SUPERMIG 309LSi 309L solid wire
Specifications 309S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 309LSi (MIG)

BS EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 L G 23 12 L Si
BS 2901: Pt2 309S92 309S93
DIN 8556 SG X2CrNi 24 12 (1.4332) SG X2CrNi 24 12 (1.4332)
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 15
typ 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 23.5 13 0.1 0.15 12

properties As welded TIG MIG
Impact energy + 20°C J >200 100
- 20°C J -- 80
- 75°C J >150 --

parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2** SS300***
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Voltage 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
*** SSB and LA491 also suitable.

0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
2.0 To order -- --
32 12 20 11 < 0.5 < 0.5 2.5
Rev 09 06/09 DS: B-50 (pg 5 of 6)

159

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 L P C/M 2
Approvals TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 12
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 22
typ 0.03 1.3 0.6 0.02 0.02 24 12.5 0.1 0.1 15

Impact energy + 20°C J -- 65 *
- 20°C J -- 55 *
Hardness HV -- 205
* These values are for Supercore 309LP. Values for Supercore 309L are 45J at +20°C, 40J at -20°C.

1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm
14 11 2 5 4 <1 6 1.2
Rev 09 06/09 DS: B-50 (pg 6 of 6)

160
DATA SHEET B-51
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
309Mo STAINLESS STEELS Email: info@metrode.com

23%Cr-13%Ni-2.5%Mo (309Mo) austenitic stainless Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on base
steel. material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on mild
steels, up to 250°C on hardenable steels.
Mainly used under high dilution conditions, particularly Additional information
dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn steels. There
There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc welding
are no comparable base materials.
with 309Mo. There is also additional information
Applications available covering the Supercore flux cored wires.
There are 3 main areas of application: Related Alloy Groups
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild The 309L consumables (B-50), 307 consumables (E-21)
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 316L clad plate. and 29.9 consumables (E-22) cover a similar range of
Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode chosen applications.
to match the cladding, eg 316L, 318. Also as a buffer
Products Available
layer prior to hardsurfacing with chromium carbide types.
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in Process Product Specification
joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild MMA Supermet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and other Ultramet B309Mo AWS E309LMo-15
attachments. Service temperatures above 300°C are
normally avoided. For some of these applications a more Vertamet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17
economic alternative may be suitable, eg 309L, 307. TIG/MIG/
ER309Mo BS EN 23 12 2 L
SAW
Hardenable steels: The high level of alloying and ferrite SAW flux SS300 BS EN SA AF 2
level tolerates dilution from a wide range of alloyed and
SSB BS EN SA AF 2
hardenable steels to give crack-free welds.
FCW Supercore 309Mo AWS E309LMoT0-1/4
Microstructure
Supercore 309MoP AWS E309LMoT1-1/4
Austenite with ferrite normally in the range 10-30FN.

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture

9 6 1 7 < 0.5 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.
Rev 06 05/09 DS: B-51 (pg 1 of 5)

161
SUPERMET 309Mo General purpose rutile 309Mo MMA electrode
Product description Acid rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives sound
porosity-free deposits.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E309LMo-17

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 2 L R 32
BS 2926 23.12.2.AR
DIN 8556 E 23 12 2 R 23
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.5 2.5 0.05 25

Hardness HV -- 220
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.2 18.9 18.0
ULTRAMET B309Mo 309Mo basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode

Product description Basic coated electrode on high purity 304L core wire manufactured to order. Designed to give moisture resistance
and hence freedom from weld porosity.

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 2 L B 42
BS 2926 23.12.2.B
DIN 8556 E 23 12 2 B 20+
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 12
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.50 36
typ 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 2.6 0.1 20

Rev 06 05/09 DS: B-51 (pg 2 of 5)

162
ULTRAMET B309Mo (continued)
ø mm 3.2 4.0
min A 75 100
max A 120 155

length mm 350 350
kg/carton 15.0 14.1 Note: Product available to order only.
VERTAMET 309Mo Rutile vertical-down electrode for dissimilar welds

Product description Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon levels. ‘Low hydrogen’
manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. The electrode is designed for all-
positional use where the emphasis is on fast welding speeds achieved by the vertical-down welding technique (BS
EN 287-1 PG position). For fillet and lap joints in thinner sheet material, an added advantage is reduced
distortion resulting from the lower heat input of vertical-down welding. Although designed primarily for vertical-
down it can be successfully used in all other positions.

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 2 L R 11
BS 2926 23.12.2.AR
DIN 8556 E 23 12 2 R 13
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30
typ 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 23 12 2.4 0.1 15

ø mm 2.5 3.2
min A 60 75
max A 90 120
Typical vertical-up ~65 ~80
Typical vertical-down ~85 ~110

length mm 300 300
kg/carton 12.9 12.9
Rev 06 05/09 DS: B-51 (pg 3 of 5)

163
ER309Mo Solid 309Mo wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Specifications AWS A5.9 (nearest ER309LMo)

BS EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 2 L
BS EN ISO 14343-B (nearest SS309LMo)
BS 2901: Pt2 (nearest 309S95)
DIN 8556 SG X8 CrNiMo 23 13 (1.4459)
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 21.0 12.0 2.0 -- 5
max 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 25.0 15.0 3.0 0.3 20
typ 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 22 14.5 2.7 0.2 10

Impact energy + 20°C J > 90

parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2 * SS300 **
Current DC- DC+ DC+
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.
** SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
32 12 20 11 1.5 <0.5 2.5
Rev 06 05/09 DS: B-51 (pg 4 of 5)

164
SUPERCORE 309Mo, 309MoP Rutile flux cored wires for dissimilar welding
Product description Flux cored wires made using an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309Mo
combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV
welding. Supercore 309MoP is designed for all-positional welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications Supercore 309Mo Supercore 309MoP

AWS A5.22 E309LMoT0-1/4 E309LMoT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS309LMo-FB0 TS309LMo-FB1
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 15
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 25
typ 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.01 0.02 23 12.8 2.3 0.1 20

Hardness HV -- 245
exceed 85%.
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 15-20mm
1.2P 120A-22V to 250A-32V 160A-26V 15-20mm

16 11 3 4 6 <1 6 0.8
Rev 06 05/09 DS: B-51 (pg 5 of 5)

165
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical DATA SHEET B-53
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
ULTRAMET 309Nb
Product description If PWHT is applied there will be some weld metal
embrittlement, although ductility should remain
MMA electrode with rutile flux system made on high
acceptable after normal times and temperature.
purity 304L stainless steel core wire. Deposits a low
However fusion boundary embrittlement can be more
carbon 309 type weld metal with a minimum niobium
severe and acceptability should be established with
level of 0.7%.
representative procedure tests.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire and
65% with respect to the whole electrode. Composition (weld metal wt %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
Specifications min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- 0.70 --
max 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 1.00 0.50
AWS A5.4 E309Nb-16 (previously E309Cb-16)
typ 0.03 1.5 0.5 0.01 0.02 23 12.5 0.05 0.8 0.1
BS EN 1600 E 23 12 Nb R 32
ASME IX Qualification All-weld mechanical properties

As welded typical
QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8. Tensile strength MPa 660
Materials to be welded Elongation on 4d % 34
There are no comparable parent materials; used for Elongation on 5d % 31
overlays only.
Parameters
Applications
DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
Ultramet 309Nb is designed specifically for use where
niobium stabilised weld metal is required in overlays, or ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
inlays, on CMn or low alloy steels. A minimum min A 60 75 100 130
niobium content of 0.7% in undiluted weld metal max A 90 120 155 210
ensures a fully stabilised deposit of approximately 347
composition is produced in the first layer on mild and Packaging data
medium carbon steels. ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 300 350 350 450
It may also be useful for the first run when welding 321 kg/carton 13.8 15.6 15.9 18.0
or 347 clad steels, prior to completion with 347 type pieces/carton 717 441 288 168
weld metal. It is not recommended as an alternative to
309L types for dissimilar welded joints. Storage
Microstructure 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
of austenite with a ferrite content of 8-20FN. electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture
Welding guidelines For electrodes that have been exposed:
Preheat is dependent on the base material hardenability, Redry 150 – 200°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
eg none on mild steel, up to 200°C on hardenable Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
(0.4%C) steels.
With a typical dilution of 25-30% on a medium carbon weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage
steel, Ultramet 309Nb could produce a fully austenitic conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH,
weld deposit. It is well known that weld metals >18°C.
containing niobium are especially sensitive to hot
Fume data
cracking when little or no ferrite is present. Therefore it
is desirable to minimise dilution in the first layer of Fume composition, wt % typical:
overlays by controlling parameters and bead overlap Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
(aim for 50% overlap). 9 6 1 7 <0.5 <0.2 17 0.7
Rev 01 05/09 DS: B-53 (pg 1 of 1)

166
DATA SHEET B-59
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
LEAN DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS Email: info@metrode.com

Lean duplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steels. Multipass welds in the as-welded condition contain about
25–50% ferrite depending on dilution and heat
Materials to be welded input/cooling rate conditions.
BS EN & DIN
Welding guidelines
X2CrNiN23L
1.4362 Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
ASTM/UNS 150°C max, although for many applications this could be
S32304, S32101, S32001 relaxed to 250˚C. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.5 kJ/mm
Proprietary alloys include: (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable.
Sandvik SAF 2304 Welds are left in the as-welded condition.
Usinor Industeel Uranus 35N
Avesta Polarit LDX 2101 Related alloy groups
AK Steel Nitronic 19D
The 22%Cr duplex consumables (data sheet B-60) are
Applications related and can also be used for welding the lean duplex
stainless steels.
Lean duplex stainless steels (LDSS) provide cost savings
compared to 22%Cr duplex stainless steels because of the There is no matching solid wire available. The ER329N
reductions in Ni and Mo. The LDSS also provide a (AWS ER2209) wire should be used for MIG/TIG/SAW
strength advantage compared to austenitic stainless steels applications, data sheet B-60.
and generally have comparable corrosion resistance to
austenitic stainless steels. Products available
The LDSS are finding more widespread use in today’s Process Product Specification
economic climate, particularly in structural applications. MMA Ultramet 2304 --
Uses include: bridges and structural work generally
FCW Supercore 2304P --
replacing austenitic stainless steels and carbon steels
rather than replacing standard duplex alloys.
Rev 02 06/09 DS: B-59 (pg 1 of 3)

167
ULTRAMET 2304 Rutile electrode for lean duplex
Product description
MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with rutile flux system optimised for all welding
positions except vertical down.
Specifications NONE
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.08 24
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 25.5 10.0 0.8 0.75 0.20 31
typ 0.03 0.7 0.7 0.015 0.025 24.5 9.1 0.2 0.3 0.13 27
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

- 20°C J -- 50
- 50°C J -- 37
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV 55V min)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 50 65 100
max A 90 120 160

length mm 300 350 450
kg/carton 12 13.5 17.4

Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
Rev 02 06/09 DS: B-59 (pg 2 of 3)

168
SUPERCORE 2304P Flat and positional FCAW for lean duplex
Product description High performance rutile all positional flux cored wire produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm.
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically
<0.04% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications NONE
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.08 24
max 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.03 25.5 10.0 0.8 0.75 0.20 31
typ 0.03 1.0 0.6 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.2 0.2 0.2 0.14 27
PREN (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

- 50°C J -- 55
Hardness HV -- 240

1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm

10 12 2 4 5.5 <0.5 9 0.9
Rev 02 06/09 DS: B-59 (pg 3 of 3)

169
DATA SHEET B-60
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
22%Cr DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS Email: info@metrode.com

22%Cr standard duplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steels. Multipass welds in the as-welded condition contain about
25–50% ferrite depending on dilution and heat
Materials to be welded input/cooling rate conditions.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
Welding guidelines
A182 Gr F51 1.4462
A890 Gr 4A (cast) X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
BS UNS 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.5 kJ/mm
318S13 S31803, S32205 (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable
J92205 (cast) but some codes restrict the max to 1.75 or 2.0kJ/mm.
Proprietary alloys include:
Sandvik SAF2205 PWHT
Avesta Polarit 2205
Creusot Ind UR 45N Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are
Böhler A903 almost always left in the as-welded condition, major
VDM Cronifer 2205LCN repairs to castings are generally specified in the solution
S+C Maresist F51 (cast) treated condition. Experience has indicated good
Sumitomo SM22Cr properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water quench with or
Lean and Mo-free duplex including: without a cooling step to 1060°C before quenching.
(UNS S32304 / DIN 1.4362 / X2CrNiN23L)
Sandvik SAF 2304 Additional information
Creusot Ind UR35N A Technical Profile covering duplex and superduplex
LDX 2101 Avesta Polarit stainless steels is available.

Duplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and forgings Lean duplex (data sheet B-59), superduplex (data sheets
have an approximate 50:50 microstructure of austenite B-61, B-62 and B-63) and duplex matching consumables
with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with general alloying for casting repairs.
level, confers:
- high strength compared with standard austenitic Products available
steels, eg type 316L.
- good general corrosion resistance in a range of Process Product Specification
environments. MMA Supermet 2205 -
- high resistance to chloride induced stress corrosion
Ultramet 2205 AWS E2209-16
cracking (CSCC).
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride Supermet 2205AR AWS E2209-17
environments, eg seawater. 2205XKS AWS E2209-15
TIG/SAW ER329N AWS ER2209
These alloys are finding widening application in the
offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process MIG ER329N AWS ER2209
industries, eg pipework systems, flowlines, risers, SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
manifolds etc. FCW Supercore 2205 AWS E2209T0-1/4
Supercore 2205P AWS E2209T1-1/4
Rev 11 05/09 DS: B-60 (pg 1 of 7)

170
General Data for all 22%Cr Duplex MMA Electrodes

7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.
SUPERMET 2205 Overalloyed rutile electrode for 22%Cr duplex
Product description MMA electrode with enhanced Cr, Mo and N levels, giving higher weld pitting resistance than the nearest AWS
specification A5.4 E2209-16. See Ultramet 2205 for rutile type conforming to AWS.
Supermet 2205 is made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give
minimum carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics.
Supermet 2205 is designed for welding wrought, forged or cast "standard" duplex stainless steels for service in the
as-welded condition. Good properties are also obtained when solution treated, as frequently required for casting
repairs. The electrode has a rutile flux system and is used primarily for downhand and H-V welding applications.
Smaller sizes offer excellent all-positional operability.
Specifications NONE Nearest is AWS A5.4 E2209-16.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No 8
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.14 36
max 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 0.5 0.25 43
typ 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 3.4 0.1 0.17 38
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
All-weld mechanical Pipe butt 1120°C/

properties As welded min typical weld 3h + WQ
0.2% Proof stress MPa 480 650 752 480
Reduction of area % -- 40 35 --
Impact energy +20°C J -- 60-73 -- --
- 20°C J -- 45-55 45-50 --
- 30°C J -- 40-52 42-46 > 90
- 40°C J -- 35-47 38-43 > 70
- 50°C J -- 30-40 35-40 > 35
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV 55V min)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 50 65 100 130
max A 90 120 160 190

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.2 13.8 18.6
Rev 11 05/09 DS: B-60 (pg 2 of 7)

171
ULTRAMET 2205 Rutile all-positional electrode for 22%Cr duplex
Product description MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum
carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux system optimised for
all welding positions except vertical down and provides excellent operability.

BS EN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 22.0 8.5 2.8 -- 0.14 34
max 0.03 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.5 0.2 38
typ 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 23.2 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36

Hardness HV10 (HRC) -- < 305 (< 24)
Impact energy + 20°C J (mm) -- > 54 (> 0.8)
- 20°C J (mm) -- 43-48 (> 0.5)
- 50°C J (mm) -- 32-41 (>0.38)
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min).
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 190

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
SUPERMET 2205AR Rutile downhand electrode for 22%Cr duplex
Product description MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum
carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux system optimised for
operability.

BS EN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 3
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE
N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.5 -- 0.14 35

max 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.025 0.030 23.5 10.5 3.5 0.5 0.2 38
typ 0.02 1 0.8 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36
Rev 11 05/09 DS: B-60 (pg 3 of 7)

172
SUPERMET 2205AR (continued) Rutile downhand electrode for 22%Cr duplex

Hardness HV10 (HRC) -- < 305 (< 24)
- 20°C J -- 35
- 50°C J -- > 27
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min).
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 450
2205XKS Basic pipe-welding electrode for 22%Cr duplex
Product description MMA electrode made on duplex stainless core wire with a special basic flux to give optimum all-positional
operability. Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
The electrode has a basic flux system and is recommended where the highest sub-zero toughness is required, and
for the most demanding positional welding applications such as fixed pipework in the ASME 6G position.

BS EN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L B 4 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.15 35
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.75 0.20 38
typ 0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36
All-weld mechanical 1120 – 1135°C

properties As welded min typical +WQ
Tensile strength MPa 690 750-870 790
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 630-700 480
Impact energy + 20°C J -- > 85 --
- 50°C J 47 > 60 > 75
- 75°C J -- > 30 --
Hardness HV -- 260-290 240
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 50 70 100 130
max A 75 95 155 190

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
Rev 11 05/09 DS: B-60 (pg 4 of 7)

173
ER329N Solid welding wire for 22%Cr duplex
Product description Solid duplex stainless wire for welding 2205 type duplex stainless steels.

BS EN ISO 14343-A 22 9 3 N L
BS 2901: Pt2 22.8.3S92
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 22.5 8.0 3.0 -- 0.14
max 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.3 0.20
typ 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.2 3.2 0.1 0.17*
Duplex weld metal microstructure with austenite + 30-50% ferrite.
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N is > 35.
* ER329N MIG spooled wire is selected for suitability for both MIG and auto-TIG, with typically 0.15%N to
control porosity.

properties Typical values as welded min TIG MIG SAW + SSB
Tensile strength MPa 690 790 800-835 790
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 620 560-620 630
Elongation on 4d % 20 36 28-35 30
Hardness HV -- 270 (< 310) 270 (< 310) 275 (< 320)
HRC -- 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28)
Impact energy - 30°C J -- 180 (> 140) > 70 75 (>55)
- 50°C J -- 180 (> 120) > 60 55 (>35)
- 75°C J -- 125 (>70) -- --

parameters Shielding Argon Ar / He / CO2 SSB flux *
Current DC - pulsed DC +
Diameter 1.6 / 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4mm
* LA491 flux also suitable.

0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 2.5kg tube 15kg spool --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- to order

28 10 20 8 1.5 < 0.5 2.5
Rev 11 05/09 DS: B-60 (pg 5 of 7)

174
SUPERCORE 2205, 2205P Flat and positional FCAW for 22%Cr duplex
Product description High performance rutile flux cored wires produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm. Supercore 2205 is suited
to welding in the flat and horizontal-vertical positions (material > 6mm). Supercore 2205P is optimised for
positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G welding positions
(pipe typically > 150mm diameter, > 15mm wall).
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically
<0.03% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications Supercore 2205 Supercore 2205P

AWS A5.22 E2209T0-1/4 E2209T1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2209-FB0 TS2209-FB1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE*
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.8 -- 0.08 34
max 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.030 24.0 10.0 4.0 0.3 0.20 38
typ 0.03 1.2 0.7 <0.01 0.02 23 9.2 3.1 0.1 0.12 35
* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

Impact energy - 20°C J -- 65 *
- 50°C J -- 55 *
- 75°C J -- 30 *
Hardness HV -- 270
* These values are for Supercore 2205P. Impact energy values for Supercore 2205 are typically 40J at –20°C,
30J at –50°C.
but argon should not exceed 85%. Gas mixtures without oxygen additions can be helpful for optimum weld metal
toughness.

1.2 150A-25V to 280A-34V 200A-30V 15-20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm
1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm

10 12 2 4 5.5 <0.5 9 0.9
Rev 11 05/09 DS: B-60 (pg 6 of 7)

175
SSB FLUX Sub-arc flux
Product description Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications DIN 32522 BFB6 63353 DC8M

BS EN 760 SA AF2 DC
(typical) ER329N wire 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.5 3.2 0.1 0.17
deposit 0.02 1.3 0.5 -- -- 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15
All-weld mechanical As welded

ER329N wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 630
Hardness HV 275 (< 320)
HRC 23 (< 28)
Impact energy - 30°C J 75 (>55)
- 50°C J 55 (>35)

1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
Rev 11 05/09 DS: B-60 (pg 7 of 7)

176
DATA SHEET B-61
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX - ZERON® 100

Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export

25%Cr superduplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steels Multipass welds in the as-welded condition consist of a
matching the proprietary Zeron® 100 alloy. duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with an
approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on heat
Materials to be welded input/cooling conditions.
Matching
Welding guidelines
wrought: cast:
UNS S32760 UNS J93380, DIN 1.4508 Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
DIN 1.4501 ASTM A890 6A, 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.0 kJ/mm
ASTM A182 F55 ACI CD3MWCuN (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable
but most codes restrict the max to 1.5 or 1.75kJ/mm.
Other superduplex, including
wrought: PWHT
UNS S32750, 2507 (Sandvik/Avesta), UR47N (CLI)
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are
UNS S32550, S32520, UR52N+ (CLI), Ferralium
almost always left in the as-welded condition, major
SD40 (Meighs)
repairs to castings are generally specified in the solution
UNS S39274, DP3W (Sumitomo), UNS S32950, 7-Mo
treated condition. Experience has indicated good
Plus (Carpenter)
cast:
properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water quench.
UNS J93404, DIN 1.4469
ASTM A890 5A, ACI CE3MN Additional information
Further information on the welding of Zeron® 100 is
Applications available in the Metrode Technical Profile on duplex
®
Zeron 100 has an exceptional combination of strength and superduplex.
and resistance to corrosion and erosion in a wide range
of aggressive media. The presence of Cu+W provides Related alloy groups
superior resistance to sulphuric and hydrochloric acids 2507 superduplex (data sheet B-62) and matching
when compared to similar alloys without these consumables for casting repair (solution annealed)
additions. Offshore applications exploit the high applications.
resistance to pitting and stress-corrosion cracking in
seawater. It is also highly resistant to caustic alkalis and Products available
phosphoric acid. Service temperature range is usually
limited to –50°C to 280°C, the upper limit owing to Process Product Specification
®
thermal instability ("450°C" and sigma embrittlement). MMA Zeron 100XKS BS EN E25 9 4 NLB
®
It is widely used in oil and gas production and process TIG/MIG/SAW Zeron 100X BS EN 25 9 4 NL
pipework, risers, manifolds, pressure vessels, valves, SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF 2
pumps, desalination plant, systems for flue-gas LA491 BS EN SA FB 2
desulphurisation (FGD) and also in the mining, Supercore
FCW --
chemical and pharmaceutical industries. Zeron® 100 Z100XP
wires are also used for joining supermartensitic stainless
steels.
Rev 08 06/09 DS: B-61 (pg 1 of 5)

177
General Data for all Zeron® 100 MMA Electrodes

7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 28 0.7
ZERON® 100XKS Basic pipe-welding electrode for superduplex

Product description Basic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding Zeron® 100 and other superduplex alloys for service in the
as-welded condition. This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct austenite-
ferrite microstructural phase balance. It is designed for the most demanding vertical and overhead welding
positions such as fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Fully alloyed matching Zeron® 100 core wire including W and Cu. Moisture resistant flux technology.

BS EN 1600 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2
Weir Materials MDS 12809/08
Approvals ABS, DNV
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN PREW

(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
max 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
typ 0.025 0.9 0.5 0.005 0.02 25 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.23 41 42
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

properties Tensile strength MPa 760 800-950
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 650-750
Elongation on 5d % 20 22-27
Reduction of area % -- 40-45
Impact energy - 20°C J -- > 55
- 50°C J -- > 40
Hardness HV -- 270-320
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 50 70 100 130
max A 75 95 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 13.5 13.5
Rev 08 06/09 DS: B-61 (pg 2 of 5)

178
ZERON® 100X Solid welding wire for superduplex
For applications where Zeron® 100X wire is to be used for welding supermartensitic stainless steels it is possible
for wire to be supplied with a total hydrogen content of 3ppm maximum.

BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 9 4 N L (prefix W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW)
Weir Materials MDS 12809/07
Approvals ABS, DNV (TIG and SAW in conjunction with SSB flux)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PRE PRE

N W
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
max 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
typ 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.02 25 9.3 3.7 0.6 0.7 0.23 41 42
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min TIG MIG SAW TIG +160°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 760 870 860 885 769
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 695 645 700 523
Elongation on 4d % 15 36 25 26 39
Elongation on 5d % 20 32 23 24 34
Impact energy -50°C J -- 130 60 40 --
-75°C J -- >100 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 290 290 290 --

parameters Shielding Argon Ar/He/CO2 SSB flux
Current DC- pulsed DC+
Diameter 1.6/2.4mm 1.2mm 1.6mm
Voltage 100A, 12V 180A, 28V 350A, 30V

0.8 -- To order --
1.0 -- To order --
1.2 -- To order --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- --
28 10 22 8 2 1.3 2.3
Rev 08 06/09 DS: B-61 (pg 3 of 5)

179
SSB FLUX Sub-arc flux
Product description Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications DIN 32522 BFB6 63353 DC8M

BS EN 760 SA AF2 DC
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N
(typical) Zeron® 100X wire 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.023 25 9.3 3.7 0.7 0.7 0.23
Deposit 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.002 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.21
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min SAW

properties with Tensile strength MPa 750 890
®
Zeron 100X wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 700
Reduction of area % -- >40
Hardness HV -- 290

1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
LA491 FLUX Sub-arc flux

Product description Agglomerated fluoride-basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications DIN 32522 B FB 6 55455 AC 8

BS EN 760 SA FB 255 AC
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N
(typical) Zeron® 100X 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.02 25 9.3 3.7 0.7 0.7 0.23
wire
Deposit 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.002 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.21
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min SAW

properties with Tensile strength MPa 750 890
®
Zeron 100X wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 700
Reduction of area % -- >40
Hardness HV -- 290

1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode LA491 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
Rev 08 06/09 DS: B-61 (pg 4 of 5)

180
SUPERCORE Z100XP Rutile flux cored wire for superduplex stainless steel
Product description Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore Z100XP combines
easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding. Metal recovery is
about 90% with respect to the wire.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N PRE PREW

N
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40

max 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
typ 0.03 1.0 0.5 0.005 0.02 24.5 9.1 3.7 0.6 0.6 0.22 41 42
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

-50°C J -- 32
Hardness HV -- 280
HRC -- 26
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
1.2 120 – 250A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm

14 10 1.5 5 5 <1 5 1.0
Rev 08 06/09 DS: B-61 (pg 5 of 5)

181
DATA SHEET B-62
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX - 2507 Email: info@metrode.com

25%Cr superduplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steel. Multipass welds in the as-welded condition consist of a
duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with an
Materials to be welded approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on heat
input/cooling conditions.
25%Cr superduplex:
UNS S32750, S32760 *
ASTM A182 F53, F55 Welding guidelines
BS EN 10088-2 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4 (1.4410) Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
SAF 2507 (Sandvik/Avesta) 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.0 kJ/mm
Uranus 47N (CLI) (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable
Castings: but most codes restrict the max to 1.5 or 1.75kJ/mm.
UNS J93404
ASTM A890 Gr5A, 6A * PWHT
ACI CE3MN Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are
almost always left in the as-welded condition, major
* Zeron® 100 (see DS: B-61) repairs to castings are generally specified in the solution
treated condition. Experience has indicated good
Applications properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water quench.
Superduplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and
forgings have an approximate 50:50 microstructure of Additional information
austenite with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with Further information on the welding of 2507
general alloying level confers: superduplex is available in the Metrode Technical
Profile on duplex and superduplex.
- high strength compared with standard austenitic
steels eg. type 316L. Related alloy groups
- good general corrosion resistance in a range of ®
environments. Zeron 100 superduplex (data sheet B-61) and matching
- high resistance to chloride induced stress corrosion consumables for casting repair (solution annealed)
cracking (CSCC). applications.
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride
environments eg. seawater. Products available
These alloys are finding widening application in the
MMA 2507XKS BS EN 25 9 4 NLB
offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process
industries, eg. pipework systems, flowlines, risers, Ultramet 2507 BS EN 25 9 4 NLR
manifolds etc. FCW Supercore 2507 -
Supercore 2507P -
Rev 05 05/09 DS: B-62 (pg 1 of 4)

182

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 16 0.7
* F = 28% for basic coated 2507XKS electrode but this does not affect the OES.
2507XKS Basic pipe-welding electrode for superduplex

Product description Basic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition.
This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct austenite-ferrite microstructural
phase balance. It is designed for the most demanding vertical and overhead welding positions such as fixed
pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position, and for applications requiring the highest toughness.

BS EN 1600 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No -
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- 0.20 40
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.30 46
typ 0.03 1 0.5 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 3.8 0.1 0.22 41
All-weld mechanical >1120°C/>3h + WQ

properties As welded min typical transverse *
Tensile strength MPa 800 870 >760
Impact energy +20°C J -- 85 --
-50°C -- 60 >80
-75°C -- 35 --
Hardness HV -- 280-330 <300
* Representative properties for solution treated welds in castings of ASTM A890 grade 5A. Ferrite >30%.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 50 70 100 130
max A 75 95 155 190

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
Rev 05 05/09 DS: B-62 (pg 2 of 4)

183
ULTRAMET 2507 Rutile all-positional electrode for superduplex
Product description Rutile coated MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This
electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve the correct austenite-ferrite microstructural
phase balance.

BS EN 1600 E 25 9 4 N L R 3 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- 0.20 40
max 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.30 46
typ 0.03 1 0.8 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 4 0.1 0.23 42

-50°C -- >21
HRC -- 28
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.8
Rev 05 05/09 DS: B-62 (pg 3 of 4)

184
SUPERCORE 2507, 2507P Rutile flux cored wires for superduplex stainless steel
Product description Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. The Supercore 2507 combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV welding.
Supercore 2507P combines easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand
welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications There are no national specifications for these wires.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE
N
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- 0.2 40

max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.3 --
typ 0.03 1.0 0.5 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.8 0.05 0.23 41
0

Impact energy * +20°C J -- 60
-20°C J -- 45
-50°C J -- 35
Hardness HV -- 300
* Values given are for Supercore 2507P. Impact values for Supercore 2507 are typically: 45J at +20°C. 35J
at -20°C and 30J at -50°C.
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm

14 10 1.5 5 5 <1 5 1.0
Rev 05 05/09 DS: B-62 (pg 4 of 4)

185
DATA SHEET B-63
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX WITH 2%Cu Email: info@metrode.com

Superduplex ferritic-austenitic alloy with nominally In the as-welded, or solution annealed condition, the
25%Cr-8%Ni-3.5%Mo-1.5%Cu-0.2%N. microstructure is duplex with about 25-60% ferrite.

cast For general fabrication welds no preheat is generally
ASTM A240 UNS S32550 (wrought). required and interpass is kept below 150°C. For
A351 & A744 grade CD4MCu. castings and other highly restrained welds a preheat-
A890 grade 1A/UNS J93370. interpass range of 100-225°C is helpful in avoiding any
A890 grade 1B/UNS J93372. risk of hydrogen cracking.
DIN 1.4515 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3).
1.4517 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3 3). PWHT
BS 3100 grade 332C13.
3146 grade ANC21. The consumables are designed to be predominantly
Proprietary Ferralium 255 and SD40 (Meighs). used in the solution annealed condition. Castings will
Uranus 50M, 55, 52N, 52N+ (CLI). invariably require solution annealing and both electrode
Ferrinox 255 (Advanced Metals). and flux cored wire provide higher toughness and
somewhat lower strength after solution annealing. The
G48A performance is also better following solution
Applications annealing. Typical PWHT is carried out at 1120°C for
These consumables are designed to match similar about 2-3 hours and then water quenched.
alloys, usually supplied as castings. The addition of
copper improves corrosion resistance in sulphuric acid Related alloy groups
media and potentially increases strength and wear
resistance, but as-welded toughness and pitting Solid filler wire to match these alloys (AWS ER2553)
performance in chloride media are reduced in has only 6%Ni, so welds usually have excess ferrite.
comparison to alloys with <1%Cu. Although the The best alternative is Zeron® 100X with 0.7%Cu (DS
composition is controlled to ensure a minimum Pitting B-61). Copper-free 2507 electrodes are also available
Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of 40 to match the (DS B-62).
superduplex alloys and maximise resistance to pitting
consumables with <1%Cu may be preferred for non- Products available
sulphuric acid media unless PWHT is applied (see
later). Process Product Specification
MMA Supermet 2506Cu AWS E2553-16
Applications include pumps and valves,
FCW Supercore 2507Cu -
corrosion/wear resisting parts, and process
equipment for use in offshore oil and gas industries,
pulp, paper and textile industries, and chemical and
petrochemical plant.
Rev 04 05/09 DS: B-63 (pg 1 of 3)

186
SUPERMET 2506Cu Rutile coated MMA electrode for copper bearing superduplex
Product description MMA electrode made on a low carbon stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux containing additional elements for
alloying and deoxidation. Nitrogen and nickel are controlled to give a balanced duplex structure to minimise the
risk of cracking, particularly in highly restrained welds.

BS EN 1600 E 25 9 3 Cu N L R 52
BS 2926 (Nearest 25.6.2.Cu.R)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 7.5 2.9 1.5 0.18 40
max 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 27.0 8.5 3.9 2.5 0.25 --
typ 0.03 1 0.4 0.01 0.02 25.5 8 3.5 1.7 0.22 41
* PRE (Pitting Resistance Equivalent) = %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N
All-weld mechanical Typical as-welded and PWHT 1120°C/2h + WQ As-welded

properties min * typical min typical
0.2% Proof stress MPa 485 575 550 780
Elongation on 5d % -- -- 15 16
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 70 -- 35
- 30°C J -- 60 -- 22
Hardness HV -- 260 -- 340
HRC -- -- -- 30
These properties are appropriate for ASTM CD4MCu castings solution treated for optimum corrosion
*
resistance; rapid cooling is important for best impact properties.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 15.0 16.5

9 5 1 7.5 1 0.6 <0.1 16 0.6
Rev 04 05/09 DS: B-63 (pg 2 of 3)

187
SUPERCORE 2507Cu Rutile flux cored wire for Cu containing superduplex stainless steel
Product description Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. The Supercore 2507Cu
combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV welding.
Specifications There are no national specifications for this wire, the nearest relevant specification is AWS A5.22 E2553T0-4.
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.2 1.0 0.2 40
max 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.2 2.0 0.3 --
typ 0.03 0.8 0.5 0.005 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.7 1.4 0.25 41
All-weld mechanical Typical as welded and PWHT 1120°C/2h + WQ As-welded

properties typical min typical
Elongation on 4d % 40 -- 35
Reduction of area % -- -- 32
Impact energy +20°C J 65 -- 40
-50°C J 45 -- >27
Hardness HV 250 -- 300
1.2 140 – 280A, 22 – 35V 180A, 28V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 180A, 26V 15 – 20mm

14 10 1.5 5 5 1 5 1.0
Rev 04 05/09 DS: B-63 (pg 3 of 3)

188
DATA SHEET B-80
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
NUCLEAR 308L CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

308L austenitic stainless steels conforming to RCC-M Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN.
for joining 304L base materials used in nuclear
applications. Welding guidelines
PWHT required.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
304L 1.4306 Additional information
304 1.4301
Requirements are taken from the relevant consumable
304LN 1.4311
data sheets in the French RCC-M code.
CF3 1.4308
CF8
For consumable qualification data sheets (B-93 and B-
94) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please contact
UNS
Metrode Technical Department.
S 30403
S 30400
S 30453
See data sheet B-81 for related 316L consumables
Applications conforming to the RCC-M requirements.
Used to weld 304L (18/8) stainless steels for
Products available
applications in the nuclear industry requiring
conformance to the RCC-M code. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet 308L(N) AWS E308L-16
Standard 308L consumables for general purpose
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. 308H TIG 308S92(N) AWS ER308L
consumables for elevated temperature service can be
found in data sheets C-10 and C-12. Controlled ferrite
308L consumables for cryogenic applications can be
found in data sheet B-37.
Rev 00 06/09 DS: B-80 (pg 1 of 3)

189
ULTRAMET 308L(N) Rutile MMA electrode
and positional capability, Ultramet 308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet
the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2920.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2
RCC-M S 2920
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co N FN *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 9.00 -- -- -- -- 5
max 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 21.00 11.00 0.50 0.5 0.20 -- 15
typ <0.025 0.7 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 9.5 0.1 <0.1 0.04 0.08 8
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical min +350°C typical +350°C

properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600 -- 410
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 465 125 305
Elongation on 5d % 30 45 -- --
Impact energy +20°C J 60 (42) * 65 -- --
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5
18°C.

8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
Rev 00 06/09 DS: B-80 (pg 2 of 3)

190
308S92(N) 308L solid wire
Product description Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2910.

BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 9 L
RCC-M S 2910
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *
(wire wt %) min -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.00 -- -- -- 5
max 0.030 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 21.0 11.00 0.3 0.3 0.20 15
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 0.04 8
All-weld mechanical As welded min +20°C typical +20°C min +350°C typical +350°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 605 -- 400
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 465 125 290
Impact energy +20°C J 60 (42) * 160 -- --

parameters Shielding Argon
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube

32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
Rev 00 06/09 DS: B-80 (pg 3 of 3)

191
DATA SHEET B-81
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
NUCLEAR 316L CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

316L austenitic stainless steels conforming to RCC-M Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN.
for joining 316L base materials used in nuclear
applications. Welding guidelines
PWHT required.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
316L 1.4401/1.4404 Additional information
316 1.4436 Requirements are taken from the relevant consumable
316LN 1.4406/1.4429 data sheets in the French RCC-M code.
CF3M 1.4408
CF8M 1.4437 For consumable qualification data sheets (B-90 and B-
92) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please contact
UNS Metrode Technical Department.
S 31603
S 31600 Related alloy groups
S 31653
See data sheet B-80 for related 308L consumables
Applications conforming to the RCC-M requirements.
Used to weld 316L (19/12/3) stainless steels for Products available

applications in the nuclear industry requiring
conformance to the RCC-M code. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet 316L(N) AWS E316L-16
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose TIG 316S92(N) AWS ER316L
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. 316H
consumables for elevated temperature service can be
found in data sheets C-12 and C-13. Controlled ferrite
316L consumables for cryogenic applications can be
found in data sheet B-38.
Rev 00 06/09 DS: B-81 (pg 1 of 3)

192
ULTRAMET 316L(N) Rutile MMA electrode
and positional capability, Ultramet 316L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet
the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2925.

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
RCC-M S 2925
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co N FN *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- -- 5
max 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 20.00 13.0 3.00 0.75 0.20 -- 15
typ <0.025 0.7 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 12.5 2.6 <0.1 0.04 0.1 8
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical min typical

properties +20°C +350/+360°C
Tensile strength MPa 520 600 -- 470/470
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 500 140/130 340/340
Elongation on 4d % 30 38 -- 33/30
Reduction of area % -- 55 -- 50/50
Impact energy +20°C J 60 (42) * 65 -- --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5
18°C.

8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
Rev 00 06/09 DS: B-81 (pg 2 of 3)

193
316S92(N) 316L solid wire
Product description Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2915.

BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 12 3 L
RCC-M S 2915
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *
(wire wt %) min -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- 5
max 0.030 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 20.00 14.00 3.00 0.3 0.20 15
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 19 12.5 2.6 0.15 0.04 10
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical min typical

properties +20°C +350/+360°C
Tensile strength MPa 520 605 -- 410/410
0.2% Proof stress MPa 210 465 140/130 280/280
Elongation on 4d % -- 48 -- 30/30
Impact energy +20°C J 60 (42) * 110 -- --

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube

32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
Rev 00 06/09 DS: B-81 (pg 3 of 3)

194
DATA SHEET B-88
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
NAG 308L CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

308L austenitic stainless steels for joining Nitric Acid No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250˚C, no
Grade (NAG) 304L base materials. The consumables PWHT required.
are manufactured to BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd)
specifications. Additional information
These products are approved and certified by Sellafield
Ltd (SL) and are only supplied to SL contractors for use
ASTM 304L on SL projects.
BS 304S11
BS EN & DIN 1.4306 Huey tests on weld deposits achieve corrosion rates of
UNS S30403 <0.3mm/year as-welded and <0.6mm/year in the
304L material that meets the specific NAG sensitised condition.
requirements.
Applications
Standard 308L consumables for general fabrication
Used to weld nitric acid grade (NAG) 304L stainless applications are in data sheet B-30.
steels used in the construction of waste nuclear fuel
processing plant. Products available
It is also suitable for the welding of conventional 304L
stainless steels for nuclear applications – particularly MMA NAG 19.9.L.R NF 0086/1
for QA reasons where NAG and conventional 304L TIG NAG 19.9.L NF 0087/1
steels are being fabricated together.
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure consists of austenite with ferrite content
of about 6FN.
Rev 00 06/09 DS: B-88 (pg 1 of 3)

195
NAG 19.9.L.R MMA electrode for welding nitric acid grade 304L stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux coated 308L electrode on special high purity 304L core wire.
A special flux system is used to maintain carbon, sulphur and phosphorus within specified limits and also give
porosity-free deposits.
All electrode sizes have optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal
integrity; and all positional welding with the 2.5/3.2 mm electrodes.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2
BS 2926 19.9.LR
DIN 8556 E 19 9 L R 3 2
BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.) NF 0086/1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W B FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.2 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- -- -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.80 0.015 0.018 21.0 11.0 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.0010 10
typ 0.02 1 0.5 0.01 0.015 19.5 10 0.05 0.1 0.01 0.0005 6

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12 13.5 12.9 13.5
8 5 0.8 5 -- <0.2 16 1
Rev 00 06/09 DS: B-88 (pg 2 of 3)

196
NAG 19.9.L 308L wire for welding nitric acid grade 304L stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG welding

BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 9 L
BS 2901: Pt2 308S92
DIN 8556 SG X2CrNi 19 9 (1.4316)
BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.) NF 0087/1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W B
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.025 2.0 0.80 0.015 0.018 22.0 11.0 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.0010
typ 0.015 1.7 0.3 0.004 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.07 0.02 0.0003


Current DC-
Diameter 2.4

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube
3.2 2.5kg tube
Rev 00 06/09 DS: B-88 (pg 3 of 3)

197
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical
SECTION C
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS
Consumables for elevated temperature service
The 300H consumables are designed for welding matching high carbon stainless steels typically used at service
temperatures of 400-800°C. To ensure optimum performance under these service conditions not only is the
carbon controlled (normally 0.04-0.08%C) but the ferrite and total alloying are also carefully regulated to
minimize the formation of brittle intermetallic phases.
The 309 consumables in this section should not be confused with the 309L/309Mo types used for dissimilar
welding (B-50 and B-51). The 309 consumables in Section C generally have controlled carbon and ferrite and are
designed for matching base materials for elevated temperature service.
Consumables in the 330, 800 and HP40 alloy sections are designed to match a wide range of special austenitic
alloys which are used primarily for resistance to creep and hot corrosion or oxidation. In all types, the
presence of a controlled level of carbon is essential for hot strength. Parent alloys with 0.4% carbon or more
are produced predominantly in cast form and have quite low room temperature ductility, but in general this
does not have an adverse effect on weldability.
Preheat is not normally required for welding these alloys, with the exception of the highest alloy high carbon
types containing tungsten which can suffer from cold cracking due to build up of residual stresses and low
ductility. Interpass temperature and heat input control is more important for the lower carbon types to
minimise any possibility of hot cracking. The presence of a copious primary carbide eutectic tends to suppress
hot cracking in the higher carbon types. PWHT is rarely applied to any of the alloys in this section, although
service-aged base material may require solution treatment to restore satisfactory ductility prior to welding.
Data Specifications
300H stainless steel consumables for elevated temperature service

Ultramet 308H E308H-16 E 19 9 H R
MMA
Ultramet B308H E308H-15 E 19 9 H B
C-10 308H TIG/MIG/SAW 308S96 ER308H 19 9 H
Supercore 308H E308HT0-1/4 --
FCW
Supercore 308HP E308HT1-1/4 --
Ultramet 347H E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R
MMA
Ultramet B347H E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B
C-11 347H
TIG/SAW ER347H ER347 19 9 Nb
FCW Supercore 347HP E347T1-1/4 T 19 9 Nb P M 2
Supermet 16.8.2 E16.8.2-17 --
MMA
E16.8.2-15 E16.8.2-15 --
TIG ER16.8.2 ER16.8.2 W 16 8 2
C-12 16.8.2
SAW ER16.8.2 ER16.8.2 S 16 8 2
Supercore 16.8.2 -- --
FCW
Supercore 16.8.2P -- --
17.8.2.RCF -- BS: 17.8.2.R
MMA
C-13 316H Ultramet 316H E316H-16 E 19 12 2 R 32
TIG/MIG/SAW 316S96 ER316H 19 12 3 H
Rev 05 06/09 DS: C-01 (pg 1 of 2)

198
Data Specifications
High temperature 309 alloys

C-20 253MA MMA Supermet 253MA -- --
MMA Thermet 309CF E309H-16 (E 22 12 R)
C-21 309
TIG/MIG 309S94 ER309 23 12 H
310 stainless steels for high temperature service

25.20 Super R (E310-16) E 25 20 R
MMA
C-30 310 Ultramet B310Mn (E310-15) E 25 20 B
TIG/MIG/SAW 310S94 ER310 25 20
C-31 310H MMA Thermet 310H E310H-15 E 25 20 H B
Consumables for alloys 330 and 800

MMA Thermet 800Nb -- --
C-40 800
TIG/MIG 21.33.Mn.Nb -- --
C-41 330 MMA Thermet R17.38H (E330H-16) BS: 15.35.H.R
C-45 25.35.Nb MMA Thermet 25.35.Nb -- --
Consumables for HP40 and other high carbon cast alloys

MMA Thermet HP40Nb -- BS: 25.35.H.Nb.B
C-50 HP40Nb
TIG/MIG 25.35.4C.Nb -- --
MMA Thermet 35.45.Nb -- --
C-60 35.45
TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb -- --
C-70 HP50 MMA Thermet HP50WCo -- --
C-80 22H MMA Thermet 22H -- --
C-90 657 MMA Nimrod 657 -- --
Rev 05 06/09 DS: C-01 (pg 2 of 2)

199
DATA SHEET C-10
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
308H CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

For 304/304H materials used at elevated temperatures. Austenite with delta ferrite controlled 2-8FN.

wrought cast Preheat not required; maximum interpass temperature
ASTM / UNS 304H/S30409 CF10, CF8 250°C. No PWHT required.
DIN 1.4948
BS 304S51 302C25, 304C15 Additional information
Farrar J.C.M. and Marshall A.W.: 'Type '300H'
Applications austenitic stainless steel weld metals for high
The 308H consumables are designed to match temperature service'
unstabilised 18Cr-10Ni austenitic stainless steels for
elevated temperature strength and oxidation resistance. Marshall A.W. and Farrar J.C.M.: 'Influence of
These steels and the weld metal have carbon content residuals on properties of austenitic stainless steel weld
controlled to 0.04-0.08%. metal, with particular reference to energy industries'
(Conference) Stainless Steels '84, pp 271-285, Metals
Composition limits of the MMA electrodes and FCAW Society, London 1985.
wires are tightened above those of BS/AWS
specifications in order to meet requirements of Shell and There is also a Metrode Technical Profile covering the
other operators of refinery equipment. Weld metal Cr use of these products in the petrochemical industry on
and Ni are kept low and ferrite is controlled to minimise cat crackers.
embrittlement by sigma phase. Beneficial and
detrimental minor elements and residuals are also Related alloy groups
controlled to optimise high temperature properties. No See also the consumables in the related alloy groups of
bismuth-bearing constituents are allowed in these 347H (C-11), 16.8.2 (C-12) and 316H (C-13).
consumables, to ensure <0.002%Bi as required by API
582.
Products available
The 308H consumables should also be considered for Process Product Specification
welding thick (>12mm) stabilised grades 321H or 347H MMA Ultramet 308H AWS E308H-16
to avoid in-service HAZ cracking and low creep rupture
Ultramet B308H AWS E308H-15
ductility associated with 347 weld metal. Note that
some authorities recommend the use of type 16-8-2 TIG/MIG 308S96 AWS ER308H
types for these steels, including 304H. SAW 308S96 AWS ER308H
SS300 BS EN SA AF2
308H is widely used in petrochemical and chemical
SSB BS EN SA AF2
process plant, particularly for the fabrication of
cyclones, transfer lines used to re-circulate the catalyst FCW Supercore 308H AWS E308HT0-1/4
in catalytic crackers (cat crackers) operating in the Supercore 308HP AWS E308HT1-1/4
range 400-815°C.
Rev 07 06/09 DS: C-10 (pg 1 of 5)

200
ULTRAMET 308H Rutile electrode for 304H stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with rutile flux on matching core wire.
Ultramet 308H gives both welder and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design. These
features include optimum versatility for downhand and positional welding, combined with high cosmetic finish
and full volumetric weld metal integrity.
The smaller sizes are particularly suited to vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework. In
addition, the 2.5mm diameter is specifically designed to enable the root pass to be deposited in single side butt
welds using standard MMA equipment without a gas purge.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E308H-16

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 H R 3 2
BS 2926 19.9.R
DIN 8556 (E 19 9 R 23)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.08 1.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.25 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.5 9.5 0.1 0.05 3
Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% max
Note: Cr content of 2.5mm is typically 19.5%.
All-weld mechanical High Temperature

properties As welded min typical 650°C 732°C 816°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 445 234 187 156
Elongation on 4d % 35 45 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 30 43 28 51 53
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 80 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 190-210 -- -- --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 17.1
for much longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some

8 5 0.8 5 < 0.2 16 1
Rev 07 06/09 DS: C-10 (pg 2 of 5)

201
ULTRAMET B308H Basic pipe welding electrode for 304H stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on matching core wire.
Ultramet B308H is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G
position, in materials thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest sections.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 H B 4 2
BS 2926 19.9.B
DIN 8556 (E 19 9 B 20+)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.25 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1 0.4 0.01 0.02 18.5 9.5 0.1 0.05 3
Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% max

0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 460 223 168 111
Elongation on 4d % 35 41 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 30 38 24 48 47
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 100 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 210 -- -- --
Operating parameters DC +ve.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 16.5

8 5 0.8 5 < 0.2 28 1
Rev 07 06/09 DS: C-10 (pg 3 of 5)

202
308S96 Solid wire for 304H stainless steel
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER308H (ER19-10H on request)

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 H
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308H
BS 2901: Pt2 308S96
DIN 8556 (SG X5CrNi 19 9 (1.4302))
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- --
max 0.08 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.5 10.0 0.25 0.25
typ 0.05 1.8 0.4 0.002 0.015 19.9 9.5 0.1 0.1
Typical ferrite level of undiluted weld metal is in the range 3-8FN.
ER19-10H (on request) has Cr  20.0, Mo  0.25, Nb  0.05, Ti  0.05.

Impact energy + 20°C J > 100

parameters Shielding Argon Ar/2%O2 or Ar/1-3%CO2 SS300 or SSB flux
Current 100A, DC- 260A, DC+ 350A, DC+
Voltage 12V 28V 30V

0.8 -- To order --
1.0 -- To order --
1.2 To order 15 kg spool --
2.0 To order -- --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- To order
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):

32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1
Rev 07 06/09 DS: C-10 (pg 4 of 5)

203
SUPERCORE 308H / 308HP Downhand and positional FCW for 304H stainless steel
Product description Flux cored wires made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 308H is designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity,
primarily in downhand and H-V welding situations with plate and material of a 6mm thickness or greater.
Supercore 308HP designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G pipework.
Specifications Supercore 308H Supercore 308HP (1.2mm only)

AWS A5.22 E308HT0-1/4 E308HT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308H-FB0 TS308H-FB1
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.03 0.04 20.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1.3 0.5 0.01 0.02 18.8 9.5 0.1 0.1 5
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical High Temperature

0.2% Proof stress MPa -- 420 213 177 140
Elongation on 4d % 35 40 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 30 36 30 46 40
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 100 -- -- --
Aged at 730°C/1000h J -- 90 -- -- --
exceed 85%.
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12 – 20mm
1.2 (positional) 120A-22V to 250A-32V 150A-25V 12 – 20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15 – 25mm
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used
spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18°C minimum.

17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1
Rev 07 06/09 DS: C-10 (pg 5 of 5)

204
DATA SHEET C-11
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
347H STAINLESS STEEL Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type For welding 321/347 for general corrosion resisting

applications at temperatures up to about 400°C use 347
Controlled, high carbon Nb stabilised stainless steel for
(data sheet B-31) or 308L (data sheet B-30)
elevated temperature service.
consumables.
Materials to be welded For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm (15mils)

ASTM-ASME BS EN & DIN charpy lateral expansion at –196C, use unstabilised
321H 1.4941 weld metal with low carbon and controlled ferrite (B-
347H 1.4961 37).
Microstructure
BS UNS
321S51 S32109 Austenite with 2-9FN, typically 4FN (solid wire
347S51 S34709 typically 8FN).
Applications Welding guidelines
Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 high No preheat or PWHT required; maximum interpass
carbon stainless steel types 321H and 347H. temperature 250°C.
Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers), Related alloy groups

cyclones, transfer lines, furnace parts, steam piping,
superheater headers, some gas and steam turbine The 308H (data sheet C-10), 16.8.2 (data sheet C-12)
components, used in petrochemical, chemical process and 316H (data sheet C-13) consumables are also
plants and in power generation industries. relevant for many of the same materials and
applications.
Note that the alloy 16.8.2 (data sheet C-12) was
developed as a more ductile alternative to 347H Products available
consumables to avoid in-service HAZ failure in 347H
base material of >12mm thickness. For this reason Process Product Specification
when joining thicker section 321H/347H the 16.8.2 MMA Ultramet 347H AWS E347-16
consumables are considered a preferable alternative. Ultramet B347H AWS E347-15
TIG/SAW ER347H AWS ER347
FCW Supercore 347HP AWS E347T1-1/4
Rev 11 06/09 DS: C-11 (pg 1 of 5)

205
General Data for all 347H MMA Electrodes

8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
ULTRAMET 347H All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 321H/347H
Product description MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347H has all the benefits of an
advanced rutile flux design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter
electrodes.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb R32
BS 2926 19.9.Nb.R
DIN 8556 E 19 9 Nb R 23
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb * Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 2
max 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 8
typ 0.05 0.7 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.5 0.07 4
* BS requires 10xC minimum.
All-weld mechanical As welded Room Temperature High Temperature

properties min typical 650˚C 732˚C 815˚C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 500 283 269 206
Elongation on 4d % 30 40 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 37 19 20 7
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 12.0 12.9 16.5
Rev 11 06/09 DS: C-11 (pg 2 of 5)

206
ULTRAMET B347H Basic pipe-welding electrode for 321H/347H which is made to order
Product description MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good moisture
resistance and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding of
fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts under site
conditions. Compared with rutile types, the basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and although the
slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of exceptional appearance and quality.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb B 42
BS 2926 19.9.Nb.B
DIN 8556 E 19 9 Nb B 20+
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb * Cu FN
max 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 8
typ 0.05 1.5 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.6 0.07 5
* BS requires 10xC minimum.

0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 500 263 265 223
Elongation on 4d % 30 40 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 37 18 14 5
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.8
Rev 11 06/09 DS: C-11 (pg 3 of 5)

207
ER347H Solid welding wire for 321H/347H
Product description Solid wire for TIG and SAW.

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 Nb
BS 2901: Pt2 347S96
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 3
max 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 9
typ 0.055 1.7 0.4 0.005 0.02 19.5 9.2 0.1 0.6 0.1 8
All-weld mechanical As welded Typical High Temperature

properties TIG 650˚C 732˚C 815˚C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 318 244 184
Reduction of area % 67 55 53 52
Impact Energy +20˚C J 125 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid HV 190/230 -- -- --

parameters Shielding Argon * SS300 or SSB flux
Current DC- DC+

Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1
Rev 11 06/09 DS: C-11 (pg 4 of 5)

208
SUPERCORE 347HP All-positional rutile flux cored wire for 321H/347H
Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347HP is designed
for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to
the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E347T1-1/4

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB1
max 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 9
typ 0.05 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10.2 0.1 0.5 0.1 5

properties min typical 732°C
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%
argon.
1.2 120-280A, 22-34V 180A, 29V (downhand) 15-20mm
160A, 25V (positional) 15-20mm
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1
Rev 11 06/09 DS: C-11 (pg 5 of 5)

209
DATA SHEET C-12
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
16.8.2 FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
3XXH STAINLESS STEELS Internet: http//www.metrode.com
Alloy type if required.

16.8.2 for high temperature 3XXH stainless steels. Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers),
cyclones, transfer lines, furnace parts, thick wall steam
Materials to be welded piping, superheater headers, some gas and steam turbine
ASTM/UNS DIN BS components used in petrochemical, chemical process
304H / S30409 1.4948 304S51 plants and in power generation industries.
321H / S32109 1.4941 321S51 Owing to the lean composition and controlled ferrite content,
347H / S34709 1.4961 347S51 the 16.8.2 consumables also show useful cryogenic toughness
316H / S31609 - 316S51, 316S53 down to -196°C.
Applications Microstructure
The 16.8.2 consumables have a controlled composition, Austenite with delta ferrite of 1-6FN typically. Hot cracking
optimised for performance in structural service at is not reported at low FN.
temperatures up to about 800°C. With molybdenum
specifically at the lower limit for AWS 16.8.2, it is Welding guidelines
essentially a dilute hybrid between E308H and E316H.
Preheat is not required; maximum interpass temperature
Rather than matching any single parent material, it has
250°C. Welds are left as-welded, no PWHT required.
applications for welding all the '3XXH' series of stainless
steels with 0.04-0.10% carbon, which combine creep, Additional information
oxidation and general corrosion resistance.
O R Carpenter and R D Wylie: "16-8-2 Cr-Ni-Mo for
A low total Cr+Mo with controlled carbon and ferrite content welding electrodes" Met. Prog. 1956, 70, (5), 65-73. This
ensures high resistance to thermal embrittlement by paper describes the original development (by Babcock and
intermetallic phases (and also excellent toughness at low Wilcox) of E16-8-2 to weld 347 for power plant applications.
temperatures). A strictly limited level of Mo provides
R D Thomas: "HAZ cracking in thick sections of austenitic
valuable effects on creep ductility and thermal fatigue,
stainless steels" Part 1, Weld J 1984, 63, 12, 24-32; Part 2
balanced against control of oxidation under stagnant
idem 355s-368s. This detailed review covers all standard
conditions above 650°C, and sigma or chi phase formation in
stainless steels, in particular for high temperature structural
service. No bismuth-bearing constituents are allowed in
applications.
these consumables, to ensure <0.00 2%Bi as required by API
582. There is also a Metrode Technical Profile available on the
use of 16.8.2 consumables in cat crackers.
For 304H, some authorities now choose 16.8.2 specifically to
avoid hot ductility and creep-fatigue problems in thick Related alloy groups
sections which traditionally would have been welded with
308H. Historically, this weld metal was initially developed to See also the consumables in the related alloy groups of 308H
avoid in-service HAZ failure in 347H of >12mm thickness. (C-10), 347H (C-11), 316H (C-13).
For the same reasons it is also a candidate for 321H, although Products available
HAZ failures here are not so well documented. For thermal
stability, it is equally suitable for 316H in preference to Process Product Specification
matching weld metal. MMA Supermet 16.8.2 AWS E16.8.2-17
In some applications, the chromium in 16.8.2 weld metal may E16.8.2-15 AWS E16.8.2-15
be considered too low for satisfactory resistance to corrosion TIG/SAW ER16.8.2 AWS ER16.8.2
(possibly under dew-point conditions during plant shutdown).
However, the weld root is normally on the process side, and FCW Supercore 16.8.2/P None relevant
is conventionally deposited by TIG using higher chromium
weld metal. Similar electrodes for capping runs are available
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-12 (pg 1 of 5)

210
SUPERMET 16.8.2 Rutile electrode for 3XXH stainless steel
Product description General purpose, all-positional MMA electrode with rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire.
Manufactured with 'controlled hydrogen' and moisture resistant flux covering technology to ensure high resistance
to weld porosity.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E16-8-2-17

BS EN 1600 (E 16 8 2 R)
BS 2926 (17.8.2.AR)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1
max 0.08 2.5 0.60 0.03 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.75 6
typ 0.05 1 0.45 0.01 0.02 15.5 8.5 1.2 0.1 3
* Mo controlled around 1.0 – 1.3% unless requested otherwise.
BS EN E16 8 2 R has Mo 1.50 – 2.50%.

Tensile strength MPa 550 > 620 310 232 161
0.2% Proof stress MPa -- > 410 225 179 126
Elongation on 4d % 35 42 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 42 28 47 43
Impact energy (and LE*) + 20°C J (mm) -- > 70 (>1.3) -- -- --
Impact energy (and LE*) - 50°C J (mm) -- > 50 (>0.9) -- -- --
* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 18.0

8 5 0.7 5 0.1 0.2 16 1
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-12 (pg 2 of 5)

211
E16.8.2-15 Basic pipe welding electrode for 3XXH stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with fully basic lime-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. E16.8.2-15 is a basic coated
all-positional electrode suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications, including fixed
pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E16-8-2-15

BS EN 1600 (E16 8 2 B)
BS 2926 (17.8.2.B)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1
max 0.08 2.5 0.60 0.03 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.75 6
typ 0.05 1.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 15.5 8.5 1.2 0.06 3
* BS EN E16 8 2 B has Mo 1.50 – 2.50%
Mo controlled around 1.0 – 1.3% unless requested otherwise.

0.2% Proof stress MPa -- > 410 216 187 132
Elongation on 4d % 35 40 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % -- 37 27 36 57
Impact energy -100°C J -- > 50 -- -- --
Operating parameters DC + ve. Unsuitable for AC.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5

8 5 0.7 5 0.1 0.2 16 1
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-12 (pg 3 of 5)

212
ER16.8.2 Solid wire TIG and SAW for 3XXH stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG welding and sub-arc welding of 300H stainless steel.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER16-8-2

BS EN ISO 14343-A 16 8 2
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS16-8-2
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.3 -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 --
max 0.10 2.0 0.6 0.02 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.3
typ 0.06 1.4 0.4 0.01 0.01 15.5 8.5 1.3 0.1
* Mo 1.0 – 1.3% on request.
Typical ferrite level 1-6FN.
All-weld mechanical typical High Temperature (TIG)

properties As welded TIG SAW 650°C 732°C 816°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 360 221 178 147
Elongation on 4d % 35 29 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % -- 29 31 36 42
Impact energy –196°C J -- 30 -- -- --

parameters Shielding Argon SS300 or SSB flux
Diameter 2.4 2.4
Current 100A 350A, DC+
Voltage 12V 30V

1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube 25kg spool
Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible):
40 10 12 7 0.5 < 0.5 4.2
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-12 (pg 4 of 5)

213
SUPERCORE 16.8.2 / 16.8.2P Rutile FCW for 3XXH stainless steel
Product description These wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system with alloying controlled to
maximise high temperature strength and resistance to service embrittlement. Supercore 16.8.2 ismade in 1.6mm
only and is designed for applications primarily in the downhand and HV positions on plate and material of about
6mm thickness and above. Supercore 16.8.2P is made in 1.2mm only and isdesigned for welding in all welding
positions from ASME 1G/2G up to 5G/6G pipework, and also provides very good operability in the flat/HV
position. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 None applicable

BS EN ISO 17633-B (nearest TS16-8-2-FM1)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1
max 0.08 2.0 0.70 0.03 0.04 17.0 10.0 2.0 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.02 16.2 9.2 1.1* 0.1 4
* Mo controlled around 1.0 – 1.3% unless requested otherwise.

0.2% Proof stress MPa -- 410 207 180 134
Elongation on 4d % 35 42 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 42 30 44 39

properties (continued) Impact energy (and LE*) + 20°C J (mm) -- 100 (1.8)
-130°C J (mm) -- 50 (0.8)
- 196°C J (mm) -- 45 (0.7)
* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)
exceed 85%.
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 350A-34V 300A-30V 15 – 25mm
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used
spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18°C minimum.

17 11 1.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-12 (pg 5 of 5)

214
DATA SHEET C-13
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
316H TYPE CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

For 316/316H materials used at elevated temperatures. Austenite with delta ferrite typically controlled in the
range 2-8FN.
ASTM
Welding guidelines
316/316H
CF10M Preheat not required, maximum interpass temperature
BS 316S51 250°C. PWHT not required.
316S52
316S53 Additional information
316C16 There is a Metrode Technical Profile available covering
316C71 3XXH consumables and their use in refinery cat
UNS S31609 crackers.
These consumables are designed for welding 316/316H See also the consumables in the related alloy groups of
austenitic stainless steels operating at high temperatures 308H (C-10), 347H (C-11) and 16.8.2 (C-12).
(500-800°C) under long term creep conditions. The
17.8.2.RCF MMA electrode is a modified 316H weld Products available
metal of lean composition to resist thermal
embrittlement. Process Product Specification
The consumables can also be used for welding MMA 17.8.2.RCF BS 17.8.2.R
321/321H and 347/347H grades in high temperature Ultramet 316H AWS E316H-16
structural service. This is particularly important in thick TIG/MIG/SAW 316S96 AWS ER316H
highly restrained weldments, since the possibility of
SAW flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2 AC
premature service failure by intergranular HAZ cracking
is reduced by using more ductile weld metal rather than SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
347H.
Used for welding steam piping, superheater headers,
furnace parts, some gas and steam engine turbine
components, in the petro-chemical industry, in fossil
and nuclear fuelled power stations.
Rev 08 06/09 DS: C-13 (pg 1 of 4)

215

8 5 0.7 5 0.1 < 0.2 16 1
17.8.2.RCF Rutile electrode for 316 at elevated temperature
Product description MMA electrode with a rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire, giving a tightly controlled level of
silicon and residual elements to minimise formation of intermetallic phases (sigma, chi) during service.
Designed primarily for downhand and HV welding although for structural applications it is usable positionally.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E16.8.2-16) nearest

BS 2926 17.8.2.R
(weld metal wt %) min 0.06 0.5 -- -- -- 16.5 8.0 1.5 -- 3
max 0.10 2.5 0.50 0.030 0.040 18.5 9.5 2.5 0.50 8
typ 0.08 1.6 0.25 0.008 0.02 17 8.5 2 <0.1 5

0.2% Proof stress MPa -- > 460 287 197 147
Elongation on 4d % -- > 30 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 > 30 28 44 53
Reduction of area % -- > 45 55 61 75
Impact energy -100°C J -- > 50 -- -- --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.6 14.4 14.7 18.6
Rev 08 06/09 DS: C-13 (pg 2 of 4)

216
ULTRAMET 316H Rutile coated MMA electrode for 316H stainless steel
Product description Rutile coated electrode made on high purity 304 core wire, previously called Metrode E316H-16. The higher
alloy content compared to 17.8.2.RCF does increase the risk of intermetallic formation during service at elevated
temperatures (500-800°C).

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 2 R 3 2
BS 2926 19.12.3.R
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.08 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 0.1 5

0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 450 264 204 152
Elongation on 4d % 30 35 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 33 32 43 54
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
316S96 Solid wire for TIG/MIG and SAW of 316H

Product description Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW which can not only be used in conjunction with E316H-16, but also with
17.8.2.RCF and other 300H consumables.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER316H

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 H
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316H
BS 2901: Pt2 316S96
DIN 8556 (Nearest SG X5CrNiMo 19 11 1.4403)
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.025 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 8
typ 0.05 1.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 19 13 2.2 0.15 4
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded typical


parameters Shielding Ar Ar + 2%O2/CO2 SS300 or SSB flux
Diameter 2.4 1.2 2.4
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Rev 08 06/09 DS: C-13 (pg 3 of 4)

217
316S96 (continued)
1.2 -- 15kg reel --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg spool
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible):
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
SS300 and SSB FLUXES Sub-arc fluxes
Product description SS300 and SSB are agglomerated basic fluxes producing weld deposits with minimal Si pick-up and low Mn and
Cr losses. SS300 has a BI of ~1.6 and SSB has a BI of ~2.2.
Specifications SS300 flux SSB flux

BS EN 760 SA AF2 AC SA AF2 DC
(weld metal wt %) wire (316S96) 0.05 1.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 19 13 2.2 0.15
Deposit (with SS300/SSB flux) 0.04 1.6 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 13 2.2 0.15
All-weld mechanical As welded (with SS300/SSB flux) typical

Operating parameters Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 30V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode SS300 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums and SSB Flux in 20kg metal
drums. Preferred storage conditions of opened drums: <60%RH, >18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been
stored or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.
Rev 08 06/09 DS: C-13 (pg 4 of 4)

218
DATA SHEET C-20
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
OXIDATION RESISTANT 253MA ALLOY Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type dependent on some ferrite being present during

solidification. Caution is therefore required when
Iron based 22%Cr-10%Ni alloy with controlled
considering dilution by dissimilar materials which could
additions of C, Si, N and rare earths (RE),
promote fully austenitic solidification, such as type 310
predominantly cerium, with excellent oxidation
and other high nickel alloys. Combinations with alloys
resistance.
stabilised with Ti and especially Nb should be avoided,
due to the possibility of embrittlement by Si-rich
Materials to be welded eutectics with these elements.
wrought Applications include furnaces and furnace parts, high
ASTM/UNS S30815. temperature flues, exhaust and heat recuperator
BS EN 10095 1.4818 X6CrNiSiNCe 19-10 systems, combustion nozzles.
1.4828 X15CrNiSi 20-12
1.4835 (X9CrNiSiNCe 21-11-2). Microstructure
DIN 1.4893 (X8CrNiSiN 21 11).
1.4891 (X4CrNiSiN 18 10)). Austenite with controlled ferrite of about 5FN.
Proprietary Avesta 253MA
Welding guidelines
Also suitable for similar material:
No preheat required, it is desirable to keep interpass
ASTM UNS S30415 below 150°C.
Avesta 153MA
Designed to match equivalent alloys with good hot There are other consumables that also provide excellent
strength coupled with excellent resistance to oxidation oxidation resistance but they are generally more highly
up to about 1100°C. Resistance to sulphidation under alloyed than the 253MA alloy.
oxidising conditions is superior to many higher nickel
heat-resistant alloys. Resistance to nitriding and Products available
carburisation is satisfactory except under reducing
conditions where higher nickel alloys are superior. Process Product Specification
Also satisfactory for dissimilar combinations of MMA Supermet 253MA --

materials with related levels of alloying. However,
control of hot cracking in this high silicon weld metal is
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-20 (pg 1 of 2)

219
SUPERMET 253MA Rutile electrode for matching alloy 253MA
Product description All-positional MMA electrode with an acid rutile flux system on alloyed core wire. Controlled Si and rare earth
(RE) additions (mainly cerium) provide excellent oxidation resistance.
Specifications There are no applicable national standards.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Cu Ce * FN
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 -- 1.4 -- -- 21.0 9.0 -- 0.14 -- -- 3
max 0.10 1.0 2.0 0.020 0.035 23.0 11.0 0.50 0.20 0.50 trace 10
typ 0.06 0.8 1.5 0.01 0.02 22 10.3 0.1 0.16 0.1 0.005 5
* Cerium is present but actual value not reported on test certificate.

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 50 75 100
max A 75 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.4

9 6 1 7 <0.2 17 0.7
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-20 (pg 2 of 2)

220
DATA SHEET C-21
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CONTROLLED FERRITE 309 Email: info@metrode.com
for elevated temperature service.

Alloy type
309 steels have useful oxidation resistance up to about
23%Cr-12%Ni (309) alloy with a controlled ferrite and
1000°C and the lower nickel content gives better
carbon content to match similar heat resistant alloys.
sulphidation resistance than 310 types.
Materials to be welded They are normally used in furnace or flue-gas systems

wrought cast and ducting where the structural creep requirements are
modest.
ASTM/UNS S30900 (309) A351 Grades CH8,
S30908 (309S) CH10, CH20.
S30909 (309H) Microstructure
DIN 1.4829 1.4832 Austenite with up to 8% ferrite and some carbides.
(X12CrNi 22 12) (G-X25CrNiSi20 14)
BS 309S24 309C30
EN 1.4833 Welding guidelines
(X12CrNi23-12) Preheat not required for most applications.

These consumables deposit 309 type weld metal with a The 309L consumables (data sheet B-50) typically used
controlled carbon of about 0.08% and low ferrite for dissimilar joints are related but are not used for the
content. These controls are designed to increase the same high temperature applications. The 309H alloy
high temperature strength and microstructural stability (data sheet C-22) is also related but is generally used for
for service applications above 400°C. The widely used the higher carbon (0.35%C) cast alloys.
309L dissimilar weld metal has lower hot strength and
is more prone to embrittlement during long term high
temperature service for which it is not intended. Products available
The main application for this electrode is for welding
steels of similar composition although some high MMA Thermet 309CF AWS E309H-16
temperature steels of dissimilar composition, such as TIG/MIG 309S94 AWS ER309
ferritic CrAl and CrSiAl alloys are applicable. It is also
a candidate for welding ‘utility ferritic’ stainless steels
Rev 05 06/09 DS: C-21 (pg 1 of 3)

221
THERMET 309CF 309 electrode with controlled carbon and ferrite content
Product description MMA electrode with a rutile flux coating on high purity 304L core wire.

BS EN 1600 (E 22 12 R 32) Cr 20.0-23.0%
BS 2926 23.12.R
DIN 8556 (E 22 12 R 26)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.06 0.5 0.2 -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 2
max 0.15 2.0 0.8 0.025 0.030 24.0 14.0 0.5 0.50 8
typ 0.08 1.5 0.3 0.01 0.02 22.7 12.8 0.1 0.1 5

Hardness HV -- 210
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 16.5 15.9

9 6 7 1 <0.2 17 0.7
Rev 05 06/09 DS: C-21 (pg 2 of 3)

222
309S94 309 solid wire with controlled carbon and ferrite

BS EN ISO 14343-A 22 12 H
BS 2901: Pt2 309S94
UNS S30980
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 3
max 0.12 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 24.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 12
typ 0.07 1.7 0.5 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 6


Current DC- DC+
** Proprietary Ar, and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 are also suitable.

1.0 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

32 12 20 11 <0.5 <0.5 2.5
Rev 05 06/09 DS: C-21 (pg 3 of 3)

223
DATA SHEET C-30
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
Alloy type Other uses include buffer layers and for surfacing.
The fully austenitic weld metal can be useful for
25%Cr-20%Ni (310) stainless steel.
specialised applications requiring low magnetic
permeability (typically <1.01). 310 weld metals are
Materials to be welded also inherently tough down to –196C and therefore
wrought cast suitable for cryogenic installations involving any of
ASTM/UNS the standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels.
310 / S31000 CK20
310S / S31008
DIN 1.4841, 1.4842, 1.4840 Microstructure
1.4845 Fully austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability <1.01.
BS 310S24, 310S31 310C45
Proprietary Immaculate 5 (Firth Vickers) Welding guidelines
Sirius 3 (CLI) No preheat required. Preferably keep interpass
15RE10 (Sandvik) temperature below 150C and heat input below
1.5kJ/mm; this is particularly important for high heat
Applications input processes eg. SAW.
These consumables are used primarily for welding

similar wrought or cast 25%Cr-20%Ni (310) parent Related alloy groups
alloys with up to 0.25% carbon. Parent metal and weld These standard 310 alloy should not be confused with
metal are fully austenitic, unlike the other common 300 0.4% carbon 310H cast alloys of the HK40 type (see
series stainless steels. For maximum resistance to data sheet C-31), or the very low carbon 310L alloys
solidification cracking and microfissuring, the MMA which are used in severely corrosive conditions (see
weld metal manganese range is raised to 2-5% in data sheet B-45).
accordance with European practice.
The high alloy content of type 310 gives useful Products available
oxidation resistance up to peak temperatures of about Process Product Specification
1200C for heat shields, furnace parts and ducting. MMA 25.20 Super R (E310-16)
Ultramet B310Mn (E310-15)
These consumables can also be used for mixed welding
and dissimilar joints including those where PWHT is TIG/MIG/
310S94 AWS ER310
SAW
applied, but it should be noted that the relatively high
thermal expansion coefficient may promote thermal
fatigue in transition joints which are subject to thermal
cycling. In such cases, nickel base consumables are
usually preferred (eg. D-10, D-11).
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-30 (pg 1 of 4)

224
25.20 SUPER R Rutile MMA electrode for welding 310 stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with low silica rutile flux on high purity 310 core wire. Low silicon and high manganese levels
are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E310-16) AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%.

BS EN 1600 E 25 20 R 32
BS 2926 25.20.R
DIN 8556 E 25 20 R 26
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 2.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max 0.15 5.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.50 0.50
typ 0.12 3.5 0.4 0.008 0.02 26 21 0.2 0.1

Hardness HV -- 200
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.7 20.1

9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-30 (pg 2 of 4)

225
ULTRAMET B310Mn All-positional basic MMA electrode for welding 310 stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 310 core wire. Low silicon and high manganese
levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring. The electrode is particularly suited to positional
welding, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E310-15) AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%.

BS EN 1600 E 25 20 B 42
BS 2926 25.20.B
DIN 8556 E 25 20 B 20+
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 2.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max 0.15 5.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.50 0.50
typ 0.1 3.8 0.4 0.008 0.018 26 21 0.2 0.1

Hardness HV -- 220
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5

9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 28 0.6
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-30 (pg 3 of 4)

226
310S94 Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW of 310 stainless steel

BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 20
BS 2901: Pt2 310S94
DIN 8556 (SG X12CrNi 25 20)
UNS S31080
(wire wt %) min 0.08 1.0 0.30 -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max 0.15 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.3 0.3
typ 0.11 1.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 26 21 0.1 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded MIG Ar+2%O2

Hardness cap/mid HV 185
Typical operating TIG MIG SAW ***

parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 ** SS300 or SSB flux
Current DC- DC+ DC+
** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.
*** Heat input should be restricted with SAW to minimise the risk of solidification cracking.

0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- --

30 13 22 16 <0.5 <0.5 2.3
Rev 05 05/09 DS: C-30 (pg 4 of 4)

227
DATA SHEET C-31
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
310H ELECTRODE TO MATCH HK40 Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type structural items in the cement, ceramic and steel

industries.
0.4%C-25%Cr-20%Ni (3 10H) austenitic cast alloy for
heat resisting service. Microstructure
Materials to be welded microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic and
ASTM
secondary carbides.
A351, A608 Grade HK40
DIN 1.4846 (X40CrNi 25 21)
1.4848 (G-X40CrNiSi 25 20) Welding guidelines
BS 3100 Grade 310C40 Generally no preheat or PWHT are required.
1504 Grade 310C40
Proprietary H20 (Doncasters Paralloy)
Thermalloy 47 (Duraloy) Related alloy groups
Lloyds T47 (LBA) There are two other 310 alloy groups: the 3 10L (data
HR6 (Cronite) sheet B-45) which is used for corrosion resistant
applications not high temperature service, and the
standard 310 alloys (data sheet C-30) which are used for
Applications the standard (0.1 %C) base materials.
Thermet 3 10H is designed to weld HK40 which is one of
the standard materials for centrifugally cast tubes Products available
operating at around 1000°C. Process Product Specification
These alloys are used in reformer and steam cracker MMA Thermet 310H AWS E310H-15
coils in chemical and petrochemical plants. Also for
components such as billet skids, calinating tubes, kiln
nose segments, conveyor rolls, and furnace
Rev 00 07/01 DS: C-31 (pg 1 of 2)

228
THERMET 310H Basic all-positional MMA electrode for HK40 type castings
Product description MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on 310 core wire to give low residual levels. The electrode is
optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture
resistant coating giving sound porosity free deposits.

BS EN 1600 E 25 20 H B 42
BS 2926 25.20.H.B
(weld metal wt %) min 0.35 1.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max 0.45 2.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 28.0 22.0 0.50 0.50
typ 0.41 1.7 0.5 0.01 0.02 26 21 0.1 0.03

Hardness HV -- 230
These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations in
the range 10-20% are normal.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.4

12 6 2 8.5 <0.2 <0.2 16 0.6
Rev 00 07/01 DS: C-31 (pg 2 of 2)

229
DATA SHEET C-40
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
CONSUMABLES TO MATCH Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CAST & WROUGHT ALLOY 800 Internet: http//www.metrode.com
Alloy type These consumables are used as alternatives to various

nickel base consumables up to 1000°C, with the added
Austenitic heat resisting consumables to match alloy
benefit of expansion coefficient and sulphidation
800.
resistance similar to parent material.
Microstructure
ASTM A351 CT15C
BS
As-welded weld metal microstructure consists of
NA15, NA15H
BS EN & DIN
austenite with cellular NbC-rich network.
1.4850, 1.4859, 1.4876
UNS N08800, N08810, N08811
Welding guidelines
Proprietary alloys include: No preheat, interpass <150°C preferred. Usually welds
cast: wrought:
are not heat treated however in elevated temperature
Paralloy CR32W. Incoloy 800, 800H, 800HT service the HAZ of welds in alloys 800/800H/800HT
Manaurite 900 (Manoir). (Special Metals). with progressively increasing levels of Ti+Al may be
Thermalloy T52 (Lloyds) Sanicro 31 (Sandvik). susceptible to stress-relaxation cracking. For pressure
Vicro 8 (Firth Vickers). RA330 (Rolled Alloys). boundary welds designed for >538ºC, ASME VIII
MORE 21 (Duraloy). Nicrofer 3220 (VDM). UNF-56 requires PWHT >885ºC/1h + 1h/25mm (eg.
Centralloy 4859 (Centracero). 900ºC/3h), or solution annealing.
API 560 currently does not require PWHT but some
Applications specifiers may require it for particular operating
The consumables are designed to deposit weld metal conditions.
with composition and properties closely matching type
800 alloys in cast and wrought forms. The weld metals Additional information
are based on the composition of castings, with Marshall A.W. & Farrar J.C.M. 'Matching consumables
controlled carbon and niobium for optimum corrosion for type 800 alloys', Stainless Steel World, Sept 1999,
resistance and creep performance. Most wrought pp 56-60.
materials have Ti and Al instead of Nb. Weld metal Mn
and Si levels are modified to give high resistance to hot Related alloy groups
cracking in highly restrained welds. For optimum
The nickel base alloys AB (data sheet D-11), 625 (data
resistance to ageing embrittlement, the composition will
sheet D-20) and 617 (data sheet D-40) are sometimes
generally meet the Chiyoda parameter:
used as alternatives for the same base materials.
P  9 where P = (7C + 5Si + 8Nb – 3Mn).
Products available
These alloys are used for their resistance to corrosion,
thermal fatigue and shock at temperatures up to about Process Product Specification
1000°C, for the fabrication of muffles and radiant MMA Thermet 800Nb None
tubes, heat treatment trays and baskets, reformer
TIG/MIG 21.33.MnNb None
furnace outlet manifolds and ethylene plant transfer
lines, in the furnace, petrochemical and nuclear
engineering industries.
Rev 05 06/09 DS: C-40 (pg 1 of 3)

230
THERMET 800Nb MMA electrode to match alloy 800
Product description MMA electrode – Basic moisture resistant coated electrode made on high alloy, high purity core wire.
(weld metal wt %) min 0.06 1.6 -- -- -- 19.0 30.0 -- 0.8 --
max 0.12 4.5 0.6 0.02 0.03 23.0 35.0 0.5 1.5 0.5
typ 0.1 2.5 0.3 0.007 0.015 21 32 0.4 1.3 0.15
All-weld mechanical As welded min * typical

Elongation on 4d % -- > 33
* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.
Operating parameters DC +ve only
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 18.0

4 6 6 2 < 0.2 < 0.2 18 0.8
Rev 05 06/09 DS: C-40 (pg 2 of 3)

231
21.33.MnNb Solid TIG/MIG welding wire for 800H and similar heat resisting alloys
Product description Solid wire – This is a high Mn, 21%Cr-33%Ni-1%Nb, micro-alloyed wire for TIG/MIG welding of 800 type
alloys.
Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Al Ti
(wire wt %) min 0.10 3.5 -- -- -- 19.0 30.0 -- 0.8 -- -- --
max 0.20 5.0 0.70 0.015 0.025 23.0 35.0 0.50 1.5 0.5 0.35 0.30
typ 0.15 4.3 0.5 0.008 0.012 21 33 0.3 1 0.1 0.1 0.15
* Weld deposit carbon is typically a little lower than wire analysis.
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min TIG

* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.

parameters Shielding Ar Ar+2%O2 **
Current DC – DC+

** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

1.2 -- 12.5kg spool
1.6 To order
2.0 To order
2.4 2.5kg tube
3.2 2.5kg tube

40 15 18 20 <1 2.5
Rev 05 06/09 DS: C-40 (pg 3 of 3)

232
DATA SHEET C-41
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
HIGH CARBON 18/37 HEAT RESISTING Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
AUSTENITIC ALLOY Internet: http//www.metrode.com
Alloy type oxidation but is not suitable for use in high sulphur
bearing atmospheres.
0.45%C-17%Cr-38%Ni high carbon austenitic heat
resisting steel often called 18/37 or 37/18 alloy.
These alloys retain good mechanical strength up to
1050-1100°C and are used for heat treatment trays
Materials to be welded and containers, retorts furnace rollers, moulds,
hearth plates, radiant tubes, and furnace fittings and
ASTM-ASME DIN BS headers in the heat treatment industries and high
A297 HT & HU 1.4865 3100 Gr 330C11 temperature process plants.
A351 HT30 3100 Gr 331C40
4534 Gr 8 & 9 Microstructure
Proprietary In the as-welded condition the weld metal
Paralloy H38, H40, H33, H35 (Doncasters Paralloy) microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic and
Cronite HR5, HR17, HR31 (Cronite) secondary carbides. Although fully austenitic the alloy
Lloyds T50 (LBA) is slightly magnetic with an apparent ferrite of up to
Thermalloy T50, T58 (Duraloy) 5FN.
RA330-HC (Rolled Alloys)
Incoloy DS & 330 (Special Metals) (wrought) Welding guidelines
Preheat is not generally required.
Applications
Thermet R17.18H is designed to match fully austenitic Related alloy groups
high alloy heat resisting steels often called 17/38 or
38/17. Alloys of this type are produced as castings with The AB type nickel base alloys are often used to weld
about 0.4%C, or in wrought form with carbon of about the wrought versions of this alloy (data sheet D-11).
0.08%. Thermet R17.38H matches the composition of
castings but experience has also shown it to be There is no matching solid wire for this alloy.
compatible wit the wrought alloys, although higher weld
metal ductility will be obtained with a nickel base type Products available
(data sheet D-11).
The high nickel content and low thermal expansion of MMA Thermet R17.38H BS 15.35.H.R
the alloys give good resistance to thermal shock. The
alloy is also highly resistant to carburisation and
Rev 00 05/01 DS: C-41 (pg 1 of 2)

233
THERMET R17.38H MMA electrode to match high carbon 18/37 heat resisting alloys
Product description MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E330H-16) Thermet R17.38H has higher C, Cr & Ni than AWS specification.
BS 2926 15.35.H.R
(weld metal wt %) min 0.35 1.0 0.3 -- -- 17.0 35.0 --
max 0.60 2.0 1.0 0.030 0.040 20.0 40.0 0.5
typ 0.45 1.5 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 38 0.4

0.2% Proof stress MPa -- 520
Hardness HV -- 250
These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations in
the range 10-20% are normal.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.6 15.6
4 7 4 5 <0.1 <0.2 16 1
Rev 00 05/01 DS: C-41 (pg 2 of 2)

234
DATA SHEET C-45
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
THERMET 25.35.Nb Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type for the petrochemical industry.

0.1%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-0.6%Nb (HP10Cb) austenitic
cast alloy for heat resisting service. Microstructure
Materials to be welded microstructure consists of austenite with some grain
Similar cast alloys:
boundary carbides.
Alloy HP10Cb (ACI-ASTM terminology)
Paralloy CR39W (Doncasters Paralloy) Welding guidelines
Lloyds T57 (LBA)
Generally no preheat or PWHT are required; interpass
Centralloy H101 (Centracero)
temperatures below 150°C are recommended.
Applications
This electrode is specially designed to deposit weld Related alloy groups
metal which matches the composition of similar
There is no directly equivalent solid wire, the nearest
castings. This alloy was developed from 800 type
available is Metrode 21.33.Nb/21.33.Mn (see data sheet
alloys with increased chromium and nickel contents and
C-40).
exhibits improved carburisation and oxidation
resistance. It is used at temperatures up to 1100°C and Products available
is resistant to thermal shock and fatigue.
Applications include the welding of centrifugally cast MMA Thermet 25.35.Nb --
pyrolysis coils, reformer tubes, return bends and tees
Rev 01 07/04 DS: C-45 (pg 1 of 2)

235
THERMET 25.35.Nb Basic all-positional MMA electrode for ‘HP10Cb’ type castings
Product description MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+
welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving
sound porosity-free deposits.
Specifications There are no relevant national standards.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 --.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Pb Sn
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 2.5 0.2 -- -- 24.0 34.0 -- 0.50 -- -- --
max 0.14 4.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 28.0 39.0 0.5 1.50 0.15 0.01 0.01
typ 0.12 3.5 0.5 0.01 0.01 26 36 0.2 0.8 0.05 <0.001 0.005

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 265 320 320
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 12.0

4 6 2 7 <0.1 <0.2 18 0.7
Rev 01 07/04 DS: C-45 (pg 2 of 2)

236
DATA SHEET C-50
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CONSUMABLES TO MATCH HP40Nb Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type high carbon Cr-Ni alloys such as HK40, HT40 and
IN519 where overmatching weld metal will normally be
Consumables to match 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb heat
acceptable.
resistant cast alloys.
Alloy HP40Nb is not prone to sigma phase
Materials to be welded embrittlement and the presence of eutectic and
Matching alloys secondary carbides provide excellent hot strength and
creep resistance in the typical service temperature range
ASTM-ASME DIN 900-1100C. High levels of Cr and Ni provide good
A297 ‘HP40Cb’ 1.4852 (G-X40NiCrNb 35 25) resistance to oxidation and carburisation.
1.4853 (wrought)
The principal applications are pyrolysis coils and
Proprietary alloys reformer tubes for ethylene production in the
Paralloy H39W (Doncasters Paralloy) petrochemical industry.
Lloyds T64 (LBA)
MORE 10 & 10-MA (Duraloy) Microstructure
Thermalloy 64 (Duraloy)
Manaurite 36X & 36XM (Manoir) In the as-welded condition the weld metal consists of
Pyrotherm G25/35Nb & NbTZ (Pose Marre) austenite with eutectic and secondary carbide.
Centralloy 4852 & 4852 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens -
Centracero) Welding guidelines
Nb-free alloys Generally preheat is not required.
ASTM-ASME DIN
A297 HP or HP40 1.4857 (G-X40NiCrSi 35 25)
1.4853 (wrought) There are a number of related high carbon Cr-Ni alloys
which are used in the same type of applications, see
Proprietary alloys other alloys in the Hot Zone. There is also a lower
Paralloy H39 (Doncasters Paralloy) carbon version of the 25%Cr-35%Ni alloy (data sheet
Lloyds T63 (LBA) C-40) which provides better thermal shock and fatigue,
HR33 (Cronite) with some reduction in creep strength.
Also suitable for high carbon 18%Cr-37%Ni-Nb alloys

Products available
eg. DIN 1.4849.
Applications Process Product Specification
MMA Thermet HP40Nb BS 25.35.H.Nb.B
These consumables are designed to match heat resistant
cast alloys with 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb, including TIG/MIG 25.35.4CNb --
those micro-alloyed with Ti to increase creep resistance.
They are also suitable for the Nb free alloys and leaner
Rev 03 05/09 DS: C-50 (pg 1 of 3)

237
THERMET HP40Nb Basic electrode matching HP40Nb alloys
Product description Basic moisture resistant MMA electrode made on high purity alloy core wire, giving high resistance to
microfissuring and porosity in large multi-run deposits.
Specifications BS 2926 25.35.H.Nb.B
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Ti
(weld metal wt %) min 0.35 0.5 0.2 -- -- 23.0 32.0 -- 0.75 0.02
max 0.50 2.0 1.3 0.030 0.040 27.0 36.0 0.5 1.50 0.20
typ 0.43 1.7 0.9 0.010 0.010 25 35 0.1 1.1 0.08

properties Tensile strength MPa 600 (450) 740
0.2% Proof stress MPa -- (250) 560
Elongation on 4d % -- (5) 15
Hardness HV -- 240
* Minimum tensile strength of 600MPa is from BS2926; the values in brackets are minimum values for base
material static castings.
Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and
creep resistance. Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of multipass
welds may approach this value due to carbide precipitation in successive runs.
Stress rupture/creep data:

Temperature Stress Life Elongation
C F MPa ksi Hours %
871 1600 48.2 7 1431 6
927 1700 27.6 4 2398 3
982 1800 17.3 2.5 2414 3
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 265 320 320 320
kg/carton 11.1 12.3 12.0 12.3

4 6 7 7 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 0.7
Rev 03 05/09 DS: C-50 (pg 2 of 3)

238
25.35.4CNb Solid TIG and MIG wire for matching HP40Nb alloys
Product description Solid wire for TIG, auto-TIG and MIG.
Specifications There are no national specifications for this wire
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Ti Zr Cu Sn Pb
(wire wt %) min 0.40 1.0 0.5 -- -- 23.0 32.0 -- 0.75 0.05 0.01 -- -- --
max 0.50 2.5 1.6 0.02 0.02 27.0 36.0 0.50 1.50 0.25 0.15 0.5 -- --
typ 0.43 1.7 1.1 0.005 0.01 26 35 <0.3 1.1 0.1 0.03 0.1 <0.01 <0.01
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min * TIG

* Parent material minimum values (static castings).
Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and creep
resistance. Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of multipass welds
may approach this value due to carbide precipitation in successive runs.

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Parameters 100A,12V
Packaging data ø mm TIG Spooled wire normally

used for automatic TIG
1.2 -- 12.5kg reel
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
3.2 2.5kg tube --

Fe Mn Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
35 13 26 < 0.5 < 0.5 2
Rev 03 05/09 DS: C-50 (pg 3 of 3)

239
DATA SHEET C-60
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
HIGH CARBON 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb Email: info@metrode.com

High carbon 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb to match heat-resisting In the as-welded condition the multi-pass weld metal
castings, which are often micro-alloyed with Ti and Zr. microstructure consists of austenite with primary eutectic
and secondary precipitated carbides.
Proprietary alloys include:
Welding guidelines
For the thicker section materials a preheat may prove
Paralloy H46M (Doncasters Paralloy) beneficial owing to the low ductility of the material. There
Manaurite XT/XTM (Manoir Industries) would not normally be any requirement for PWHT.
Centralloy ET45 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens-Centracero)
Lloyds T80 (LBA) Related alloy groups
Lloyds T75MA (LBA)
There are a number of other high carbon austenitic alloys
Applications for high temperature service e.g.. 25Cr-35Ni-1Nb types
(data sheet C-50).
These alloys have superior carburisation and oxidation
resistance to alloys based on 25%Cr-35%Ni for service up Products available
to 1150C but with some reduction in creep strength.
Applications include pyrolysis coils and reformer tubes MMA Thermet 35.45.Nb -
for the petrochemical industry. TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb -
THERMET 35.45.Nb MMA electrode
Product description Thermet 35.45.Nb is a basic coated electrode with some alloy additions in the coating and is made on a high
purity NiCr core wire. Recovery is approximately 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole
electrode.
Specifications No relevant national specifications.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No - , QW442 A-No -
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Mo Ti Fe
(weld metal wt %) min 0.40 0.5 1.0 - - 34 44 0.60 - 0.04 -
max 0.50 1.5 1.6 0.01 0.01 38 50 1.30 0.25 0.15 bal
typ 0.45 0.9 1.2 0.005 <0.01 35 47 0.8 0.05 0.07 13

Hardness HV - 270
* Minimum values are for static castings.
Rev 05 05/04 DS: C-60 (pg 1 of 2)

240
THERMET 35.45.Nb (continued) MMA electrode
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 85 110
max A 95 120 160

length mm 260 350 350
kg/carton 9.9 13.5 13.5

Fe Mn Cr6 Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
3 6 10 9 <0.2 18 0.5
35.45.Nb Solid welding wire for TIG welding
Product description Straight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG/GTAW welding.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -- , QW442 A-No --
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Mo Ti Zr Fe
(wire wt %) min 0.40 0.8 1.0 - - 34 44 0.6 - 0.04 - -
max 0.50 1.5 1.5 0.015 0.02 38 48 1.3 0.50 0.15 0.15 bal
typ 0.43 1.0 1.2 0.005 0.012 36 46 0.9 0.05 0.1 0.05 13

Hardness HV 280

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Packaging data ø mm TIG Spooled

1.2 - 12.5kg spool
2.4 2.5kg tube -
3.2 2.5kg tube -

15 5 28 28 <0.5 <0.5 1.8
Rev 05 05/04 DS: C-60 (pg 2 of 2)

241
DATA SHEET C-70
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
HIGH CARBON 25Cr-35Ni-WCo Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln

components resistant to hot abrasion, radiant tubes
0.5%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-15%Co-5%W cast alloy for
elevated temperature service. and pyrolysis coils.
Materials to be welded Microstructure
Proprietary cast alloys: The as-welded microstructure consists of high alloy

MORE 6 (Duraloy) austenite with primary eutectic and secondary carbides.
Supertherm (Duraloy)
Lloyds T66 (LBA) Welding guidelines
Centralloy ET35Co (Schmidt & Clemens – Centracero)
Manaurite 35K (Manoir Industries) Preheat is often recommended owing to the low
ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength and
residual stress levels of multipass welds. For thicker
Applications sections, preheat of 300C or more may be advisable.
This electrode matches similar cast alloys originating
from the Abex alloy Supertherm, which is itself related Related alloy groups
to the cobalt free Blaw-Knox alloy 22H (data sheet C-
80). The cobalt free 22H alloy is related to this alloy and is
used for similar applications (data sheet C-80).
The high carbon high alloy matrix provides excellent
hot strength and oxidation resistance at typical service Products available
temperatures of 950-1250C. Cobalt and tungsten are
important for maintaining matrix strength beyond about Process Product Specification
1150C when carbides are progressively dissolved. MMA Thermet HP50WCo --
Applications include highly stressed furnace parts,
Rev 01 08/04 DS: C-70 (pg 1 of 2)

242
THERMET HP50WCo MMA electrode for matching high carbon austenitic cast alloys
Product description All-positional basic MMA electrode designed to match similar cast alloys. Basic flux system with alloy additions
on high purity NiCrFe core wire.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co W Mo Cu Fe
(weld metal wt %) min 0.40 0.5 0.2 -- -- 24.0 34.0 13.0 4.0 -- -- --
max 0.60 1.5 1.2 0.020 0.030 28.0 40.0 18.0 6.0 0.5 0.5 bal
typ 0.50 0.6 0.5 0.008 0.010 25 35 14 4.6 0.05 0.05 19
All-weld mechanical As welded min * typical **

Elongation on 4d % 3 8.5
Hardness HV -- 265
* Minimum values are for static castings. Average strength of centrispun tube is typically 550MPa with
<10% elongation.
** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide
precipitation and strain-hardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little
significance for weld metal designed for elevated temperature service.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 85 110
max A 95 120 160

length mm 265 320 320
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 13.2

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Co F OES (mg/m3)
3 6 8 7 <0.2 2 22 0.7
Rev 01 08/04 DS: C-70 (pg 2 of 2)

243
DATA SHEET C-80
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
ALLOY 22H HEAT RESISTANT Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL Internet: http//www.metrode.com
Alloy type to carburisation and under oxidising conditions high

chromium provides useful resistance to sulphidation.
0.5%C-28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W cast high temperature
alloy.
Applications include highly stressed furnace parts,
sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln
Materials to be welded components resistant to hot abrasion, radiant
DIN: 2.4879 G-NiCr28W
tubes and pyrolysis coils.
G-X45NiCrWSi 48 28
Microstructure
Proprietary cast alloys:
22H (Duraloy) The as-welded microstructure consists of high alloy
Super 22H (Duraloy; +2%Co) austenite with primary eutectic and secondary
Paralloy H48T (Doncasters Paralloy) carbides.
Centralloy 4879 (Schmidt & Clemens – Centracero)
Marker G4879 (Schmidt & Clemens) Welding guidelines
Pyrotherm G 28/48/5W (Pose-Marre)
HR23 (Cronite) Preheat is often recommended owing to the low
Lloyds T75 (LBA) ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength and
Thermax 70 (Sheepbridge) residual stress levels of multipass welds. For thicker
Manaurite 50W (Manoir Industries) sections, preheat of 300C or more may be advisable.
Thermalloy T75 (Manoir Electroalloys)
Applications In an alternative alloy for similar applications about
This electrode is designed to match similar high 15%Ni is replaced with cobalt, see data sheet C-70.
carbon cast alloys originating from Blaw-Knox (Now
Duraloy) alloy 22H. Products available
The high carbon 28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W matrix Process Product Specification

provides excellent hot strength and oxidation MMA Thermet 22H --
resistance at typical service temperatures of 950-
1250°C. High nickel gives the alloy good resistance
Rev 00 05/01 DS: C-80 (pg 1 of 2)

244
THERMET 22H
Product description All-positional basic MMA electrode designed to match similar cast alloys. Basic flux system with alloy
additions on high purity NiCr core wire.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni W Fe
(weld metal wt %) min 0.40 0.5 0.5 -- -- 27.0 47.0 4.0 --
max 0.60 1.5 1.2 0.020 0.030 30.0 54.0 6.0 bal
typ 0.50 1 0.7 0.006 0.010 28 51 5 14
All-weld mechanical As welded min * typical **

Hardness HV -- 270
* Minimum values for DIN 2.4879 castings.
** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide
precipitation and strain-hardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little
significance for weld metal designed for elevated temperature service.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 85 110 140
max A 95 120 160 200

length mm 260 310 310 310
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 12.3 12.0
18°C.

3 6 9 7 <0.2 22 0.7
Rev 00 05/01 DS: C-80 (pg 2 of 2)

245
DATA SHEET C-90
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
SPECIAL ELECTRODE FOR IN-657 Email:
Internet:
info@metrode.com
http//www.metrode.com

50Cr-50Ni alloy for high temperature corrosion resistance. Arc length should be kept low to avoid nitrogen pick up.
Preheating is usually necessary; 150-200°C at 10mm thick
Materials to be welded with 200-250°C for most applications and up to 450°C for
Inco IN-657, IN-671 the thickest sections. Maintain interpass temperatures and
ASTM A560 Grade 50Cr-50Ni-Cb slow cool.
DIN 2.4678, 2.4680, 2.4813
Paralloy N50W (Doncasters Paralloy)
Duraloy 50/50Cb Weldment stress-rupture tests have been carried out on
transverse specimens extracted from 25 mm thick centricast
Applications IN-657 tube. Tests were carried out at 9000C and the results
Nimrod 657 (formerly 50.50.Nb) was developed in are shown in the graph. It can be seen that about 75% joint
conjunction with Inco to match their proprietary cast alloy efficiency is achieved in the long-term tests.
IN-657 produced by licenced foundries world-wide. It is also
suitable to weld the Ti-bearing wrought version IN-671.
Ksi
MPa
STRESS-RUPTURE
 Nimrod 657
Alloy 657 with its high chromium content has exceptional (Transverse tests)
resistance to hot corrosion (800-950°C) by fuel ash  in 657 scatter band
containing vanadium pentoxide and alkali metal sulphates

arising from the combustion of low grade heavy fuel oils.
IN-657 castings are used in a wide range of components in
oil-fired furnaces and boilers such as tube sheets, tube
hangers, supports and spacers in ships, power stations,
refineries, and petrochemical plants.
STRESS
Microstructure
Very careful control of chromium and niobium is maintained 900°C RUPTURE LIFE, hours
to minimise the risk of weld metal cracking. The
microstructure of IN-657 castings and Nimrod 657 weld References
metal consists of two phases: a chromium-rich alpha phase
(bcc) and a nickel-rich gamma phase (fcc). The precise Thornley J.C. 'Welding of 50Ni-50Cr and 50Ni-50Cr-1.5Nb
structure obtained is complicated by thermal history and Alloys' Parts 1 & 2, Metal Construction Nov 1976, pp 480-
composition, but has an important effect on the control of 487, and Dec 1976, pp 535-541.
weld metal cracking. At lower chromium and niobium 'High chromium Cr-Ni alloys to resist residual fuel oil ash
contents, the primary dendrites which form during corrosion'. Inco publication No. 4299 (1975).
solidification are gamma phase and this tends to promote 'IN-657 cast-nickel-chromium-niobium alloy for service
sensitivity to solidification cracking. Higher chromium and against fuel-ash corrosion'. Inco publication no. 4320 (1974).
niobium contents result in a primary alpha dendritic phase
Products available
which is less ductile and hence more prone to cold cracking
during cooling. An undesirable but infrequent eutectic phase Process Product Specification
may also occur. The composition of both weld metal and
castings is therefore carefully balanced to minimise MMA Nimrod 657 AWS ENiCr-4
detrimental microstructural components and so reduce the
risk of cracking. Carbon and nitrogen also reduce ductility
and are kept as low as practicable.
Rev 01 09/06 DS: C-90 (pg 1 of 2)

246
NIMROD 657 MMA electrode for alloy 657/671
Description MMA electrode made on a special nickel-chromium core wire, with a basic lime-fluorspar flux covering.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCr-4
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No -, QW432 F-No -
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe N Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 48 bal 1.0 -- -- --
max 0.10 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.02 52 -- 2.5 1.0 0.16 0.25
typ 0.07 1.0 0.5 0.01 0.01 50 47 1.8 0.5 0.07 0.05
All-weld mechanical As-welded min typical IN-657 (as cast)

Nimrod 657 Nimrod 657
properties Tensile strength MPa 760 830-985 600-700
0.2% Proof stress MPa -- 570-725 330-400
Elongation on 4d % -- 2-4 10-40
Hardness HV -- 340 210-260
Note: Weld metal tensile properties are much higher than those of as-cast IN-657, mainly because pre-ageing takes
place during multipass welding. IN-657 responds similarly at high temperature and differences between the two
are effectively eliminated during service.
Operating parameters DC +ve AC(OCV:70V)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 85 110
max A 95 120 160

length mm 260 305 305
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 12.0
1 2 2.5 8 0.1 0.1 23 0.6
Rev 01 09/06 DS: C-90 (pg 2 of 2)

247
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical
SECTION D
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS
Nickel Base consumables
As a whole, nickel-base consumables have a very wide range of applications. They can be roughly divided into
those with compositions matching specific parent materials, usually for corrosion resistance, and those with
compositions unique to weld metal specifications some of which have specialised uses and others more general
purpose applications.
Electrode characteristics vary according to the intended application and the constraints dictated by particular
alloys. Most types have basic flux coverings, those with the suffix KS being suitable for positional welding of
fixed pipework. Rutile flux systems are compatible with some of the high molybdenum corrosion-resistant alloys.
A low level of impurities is desirable in all cases to minimise sensitivity to hot cracking and microfissuring.
The most important general purpose group are the 'Inconel' types, very loosely based on heat-resistant alloy 600
with 15%Cr-75%Ni-8%Fe. Compared with alloy 600, all these weld metals have significant additions of
manganese and niobium which give resistance to hot cracking and raise hot strength. Nimrod 182/182KS have
the highest manganese to maximise resistance to hot cracking, whereas in Nimrod AB/AKS manganese is
partially replaced by molybdenum which has the additional effect of improving creep resistance. In many
applications these two types can be used interchangeably, particularly in dissimilar metal welds between nickel
base and most steels or other ferrous alloys. Useful service properties range from cryogenic up to elevated
temperatures of 1000°C plus. Related to these is the more specialised heat resisting type Nimrod 132KS used
primarily for welding 600 and similar materials in cast or wrought form.
Nimrod 625/625KS electrodes and 62-50 wires are designed to match alloy 625 which was originally developed
for heat-resisting applications. However, parent material and consumables of this alloy have gained more
widespread use for many applications exploiting its excellent pitting and crevice corrosion resistance and high
strength at all service temperatures.
Electrode types Nimrod C276, C276KS, C22KS and Nimax B2L and complimentary solid wires match the current
specifications for corrosion-resistant parent alloys C276, C22 and B2 respectively. Also related to this group is
the higher alloy Nimrod 59KS, matching alloy 59. Their uses include overmatching welds for various
superaustenitic stainless steels.
The precursor to alloy C276 was alloy C which is represented by rutile electrodes Nimrod C and the high
efficiency type Nimax C. Their general corrosion resistance is useful for overlays and high work-hardening rate
and thermal fatigue resistance for build-up and repair of hot-work dies.
Nickel, nickel-copper (Monel®) and cupronickel consumables are well established for use in high integrity
fabrication welds between their respective parent alloys. For surfacing steels or dissimilar welds it should be
noted that tolerance to iron dilution decreases with increasing copper content and the pure nickel type is
therefore used as a buffer layer.
® Inconel and Monel are trademarks of Special Metals.
Rev 04 05/09 DS: D-01 (pg 1 of 2)

248
Data Specifications
Nimrod 182KS ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182
MMA Nimrod 182 ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182
D-10 182
Nimax 182 ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182
TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb ERNiCr-3 SNi6082
Nimrod AKS ENiCrFe-2 E Ni6133
MMA
D-11 AB Nimrod AB ENiCrFe-2/4 E Ni6093
TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb ERNiCr-3 SNi6082
D-12 132 MMA Nimrod 132KS ENiCrFe-1 E Ni6062
Nimrod 625 ENiCrMo-3 E Ni6625
MMA
D-20 625 Nimrod 625KS ENiCrMo-3 E Ni6625
TIG/MIG/SAW 62-50 ERNiCrMo-3 SNi6625
Nimrod C276 ENiCrMo-4 E Ni6276
MMA
D-30 C276 Nimrod C276KS ENiCrMo-4 E Ni6276
TIG/MIG/SAW HAS C276 ERNiCrMo-4 SNi6276
MMA Nimrod 59KS ENiCrMo-13 E Ni6059
D-31 59
TIG/MIG HAS 59 ERNiCrMo-13 SNi6059
MMA Nimrod C22KS ENiCrMo-10 E Ni6022
D-32 C22
TIG/MIG HAS C22 ERNiCrMo-10 SNi6022
MMA Nimrod 617KS ENiCrCoMo-1 E Ni6117
D-40 617
TIG 61-70 ERNiCrCoMo-1 SNi6617
D-41 690 MMA Nimrod 690KS ENiCrFe-7 E Ni6152
MMA Nimrod 200Ti ENi-1 E Ni2061
D-50 Nickel
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti ERNi-1 SNi2061
MMA Nimrod 190 ENiCu-7 E Ni4060
D-60 Monel
TIG/MIG/SAW 65NiCu ERNiCu-7 SNi4060
MMA Cupromet N30 ECuNi --
D-70 Cupronickel TIG/MIG 70CuNi ERCuNi BS: C18
TIG 90CuNi -- BS C16
MMA Nimax B2L ENiMo-7 E Ni1066
D-80 B2
TIG HAS B2 ERNiMo-7 SNi1066
D-87 Dissimilar MMA EPRI P87 -- --
Nimrod C (ENiCrMo-5) DIN: E23-UM-200CKT
E-45 C MMA
Nimax C (ENiCrMo-5) DIN: E23-UM-200CKT
Rev 04 05/09 DS: D-01 (pg 2 of 2)

249
DATA SHEET D-10
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
NICKEL BASE 182 CONSUMABLES Email:
Internet:
info@metrode.com
Alloy type Low temperature applications such as 3% or 5% Ni steels

used for cryogenic vessels and pipework in service at or
Inconel™ type consumables with manganese and niobium below –100°C.
additions.
Stress relief may be carried out if required.
Microstructure
Nickel alloys such as Inconel™ 600, Nimonic 75.
Nickel base alloys to themselves and to mild, low alloy and High nickel austenite with some carbides.
stainless steels. High temperature transition joints. Cryogenic
3% and 5% Ni steels. Welding guidelines
Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be dependent on
Applications the base material being welded. For most nickel-base
These weld metals have no directly equivalent parent materials, no preheat is required.
material, although the composition is related to Inconel™
600. Mn and Nb are added to give high resistance to hot Related alloy groups
cracking, tolerance to dilution by many combinations of
The AB alloys (data sheet D-11) cover similar applications.
nickel-base and ferrous alloys, with stable properties over a
wide range of service temperatures from –269°C to above
900°C. Products available
Applications include heat-resisting nickel-base alloys to Process Product Specification

themselves for use in furnace equipment up to about 900°C. MMA Nimrod 182KS AWS ENiCrFe-3
Other applications include:
Nimrod 182 AWS ENiCrFe-3
Mixed welds between most nickel-base alloys, including AWS ENiCrFe-3
Nimax 182
Monel 400 and stainless, low alloy or CMn steels without
TIG/MIG/
need to preheat. 20.70.Nb AWS ERNiCr-3
SAW
Transition welds between creep-resisting ferritic and SAW flux NiCr SA FB2
austenitic steels, such as 2CrMo and 316H for long term
service at elevated temperature in petrochemical and power
generation plants.

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up
and increase the risk of porosity.

2 13 5 10 0.2 0.1 15 1
Rev 06 05/09 DS: D-10 (pg 1 of 5)

250
NIMROD 182KS All-positional Inconel™ type MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode – This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic flux system designed to produce
optimum operability and radiographically sound weld metal. Nimrod 182KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions
including pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-3

BS EN 14172 ENi6182
DIN 1736 (Werkstoff No) EL-NiCr15FeMn (2.4807)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti Co * Ta *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0 0.12 0.30
typ 0.05 7 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 ~ 65 1.5 <8 0.1 0.1 < 0.05 0.05
* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.

Hardness HV -- 190
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 100 130
max A 80 110 155 210

length mm 280 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 12.3 15.0 15.0
NIMROD 182 Inconel™ type MMA electrode for downhand welding and surfacing
Product description MMA electrode – This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic slag system designed to produce
optimum operability and weld metal soundness for downhand/HV welding. Optimised for DC+ operability primarily for
surfacing and cladding applications.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-3 (3.2mm will not necessarily satisfy 3G usability criteria)
BS EN 14172 ENi6182
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti Co * Ta *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0 0.12 0.30
typ 0.05 6 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 ~ 65 1.5 <8 0.1 0.1 < 0.05 0.05
Rev 06 05/09 DS: D-10 (pg 2 of 5)

251
NIMROD 182 (continued)
Hardness HV -- 190
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 100 130
max A 110 155 210

length mm 280 330 330
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 14.1
NIMAX 182 High recovery electrode for cladding & surfacing

Product description MMA electrode – high efficiency metal powder type with basic flux covering on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.
Nimax 182 is a high efficiency version of Nimrod 182KS, with versatile features for fabrication, repair and maintenance.

BS EN 14172 ENi6182
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti
(weld metal wt %) min -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- --
max 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0
typ 0.06 6 0.4 0.008 0.01 15 ~ 69 1.5 7 0.05 0.07

Impact energy -196°C J -- > 80
Hardness HV -- 190
ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 40 70 90 130 160
max A 60 115 155 210 260

length mm 255 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 9.9 12.0 13.5 13.5 17.1
pieces/carton 807 468 291 192 129
Rev 06 05/09 DS: D-10 (pg 3 of 5)

252
20.70.Nb Solid welding wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire – wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel alloys,
ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCr-3
BS2901:PT5 NA35
DIN 1736 (Werkstoff No) SG-NiCr20Nb (2.4806)
UNS N06082
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Cu Ti Fe
(wire wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 18.0 67.0 2.0 -- -- --
max 0.05 3.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 22.0 bal 3.0 0.50 0.7 3.0
typ 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 73 2.5 0.01 0.4 1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded typical
Impact energy -196°C J > 100
parameters Shielding Ar Ar NiCr flux
Current DC- Pulsed DC+
1.0 -- 15kg --
1.2 -- 15kg --
1.6 2.5kg -- --
2.0 2.5kg -- --
2.4 2.5kg -- 25kg
3.2 2.5kg -- --
1 6 15 56 < 0.1 < 0.5 0.9
Rev 06 05/09 DS: D-10 (pg 4 of 5)

253
NiCr FLUX Sub-arc flux
Product description Sub-arc flux – Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3). The high basicity ensures low loss
of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content ensures a low silicon content of
the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking. NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC, although DC+ operation is
preferred. Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux should be limited to about 10% to avoid
build-up of fines.
Specifications DIN 32522 BFB7 6534 AC5

BS EN 760 SA FB2
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Ti
(typical) 20.70.Nb wire 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 bal 2.5 1 0.4
deposit 0.01 3 0.2 0.006 0.006 20.5 bal 2.3 1 0.08
20.70.Nb wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 360
Elongation % 40

1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened
drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the
range 250-400°C/1-3h.
Rev 06 05/09 DS: D-10 (pg 5 of 5)

254
DATA SHEET D-11
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
NICKEL BASE AB CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type transition welds for high temperature service have good
structural stability.
Inconel type consumables similar to the 182 but with
lower Mn and a Mo addition. They can also be used for low temperature applications
such as 3%Ni or 5%Ni steels used for cryogenic vessels
Materials to be welded and pipework in service at or below –100°C.
Inconel 600, Incoloy 800, Incoloy DS, Nilo, Brightray and
Microstructure
other nickel base or high nickel alloys to themselves and
to mild, low alloy, and stainless steels. Cryogenic 3-5%Ni In the as-welded condition this nickel base weld metal
steels. consists of austenite with a few carbides.
Applications Welding guidelines
The weld metal deposited by these consumables has no Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be dependent
directly equivalent parent material, although its on the base material being welded. For most nickel base
composition is related to Inconel 600 (0.05C-75Ni- 16Cr- materials no preheat or PWHT is required.
8Fe). Mo and Nb are added to give high resistance to hot
cracking, tolerance to dilution by many combinations of
nickel base and ferrous alloys, and stable properties over a The 182 alloys (data sheet D-10) cover similar
wide range of service temperatures from –269°C to above applications.
900°C. The presence of Mo improves elevated
Products available
temperature properties above about 600°C, compared to
the 182 alloys (data sheet D-10). Process Product Specification
These consumables are used for welding Inconel 600, MMA Nimrod AKS AWS ENiCrFe-2
Incoloy 800/800H and similar heat resisting or high nickel Nimrod AB AWS ENiCrFe-2/4
alloys to themselves for use in furnace equipment and
TIG/MIG/
petrochemical plants up to about 900°C. 20.70.Nb AWS ERNiCr-3
SAW
In addition they are suitable for dissimilar combinations SAW flux NiCr BS EN SA FB2
of the above alloys and others such as Monel 400, Incoloy
825 to stainless, low alloy CMn steels without the need to
preheat. Stress relief may be carried out if necessary, and


2 13 10 5 0.2 0.1 15 1
Rev 06 05/09 DS: D-11 (pg 1 of 4)

255
NIMROD AKS All-positional Inconel type MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux system on a nearly matching core wire designed to give radiographically sound
weld metal. It is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.

BS EN 14172 E Ni6133
DIN 1736 EL-NiCr15MoNb (2.4625)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu Co * Ta *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 13.0 62 1.5 -- 1.0 -- -- --
max 0.10 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.02 17.0 Bal 3.0 12.0 2.5 0.50 0.12 0.30
typ 0.05 2.8 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 69 2 8 1.5 0.05 0.05 0.05

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 100 130
max A 80 110 155 210

length mm 280 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 12.0 14.4 13.5
NIMROD AB Inconel type MMA electrode for downhand welding and surfacing
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux system on a nearly matching core wire. It is designed for DC or AC (DC+
preferred) welding in the flat/downhand and HV positions; the 3.2mm diameter will not necessarily satisfy the 3G
usability criterion in AWS A5.11.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-2/4

BS EN 14172 E Ni6133
DIN 1736 EL-NiCr15MoNb (2.4625)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 13.0 62 1.5 -- 1.0 --
max 0.10 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 3.0 12.0 2.5 0.50
typ 0.05 2.5 0.7 0.01 0.01 16 69 2 7 1.5 0.05
Rev 06 05/09 DS: D-11 (pg 2 of 4)

256
NIMROD AB (continued)
Hardness HV -- 200/215
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 75 100 130
max A 120 155 210

length mm 280 330 330
kg/carton 12.0 14.4 13.8
20.70Nb Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCr-3

BS 2901: Pt5 NA35
DIN 1736 SG-NiCr20Nb (2.4806)
UNS N06082
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Cu Ti Fe
(wire wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 18.0 67.0 2.0 -- -- --
max 0.05 3.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 22.0 bal 3.0 0.50 0.7 3.0
typ 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 73 2.5 0.01 0.4 1

Impact energy - 196°C J >100

parameters Shielding Argon * Argon ** NiCr flux
Current DC- DC+ *** DC+
** Proprietary Ar/He mixtures also suitable.
*** Pulsed current may provide benefits with respect to operability and arc transfer characteristics.
Rev 06 05/09 DS: D-11 (pg 3 of 4)

257
20.70Nb (continued)
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- --
1 6 15 56 <0.1 <0.5 0.9
Rev 06 05/09 DS: D-11 (pg 4 of 4)

258
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical DATA SHEET D-12
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
NIMROD 132KS
Product description Related alloy groups
MMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a The 182 (data sheet D-10) and AB alloys (data sheet D-11)
matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ are very similar; and the 20.70.Nb solid wire would be used
welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the in conjunction with Nimrod 132KS.
ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
respect to whole electrode.
min 0.03 1.0 -- -- -- 14.0 62.0 0.25 1.5 6.0
Specifications max 0.08 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.030 17.0 Bal 0.50 3.5 11.0
typ 0.05 3 0.4 0.01 0.01 16.5 70 0.3 2.6 6.5
AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-1
BS EN 14172 E Ni6062 Cu<0.50%.
DIN 1736 EL-NiCr15FeNb (2.4805) Minimum Mo and Fe applies to DIN only.
Residual Co<0.12% and Ta<0.30% when requested.
ASME IX Qualification
QW432 F-No 43
As welded min typical
Materials to be welded Tensile strength MPa 550 645
Alloy 600 and similar: Elongation on 4d % 30 38
UNS N06600 Inconel 600 (Special Metals) Elongation on 5d % 27 35
BS NA14 Nicrofer 7216 (Krupp VDM) Reduction of area % -- 38
DIN 2.4816 (NiCr15Fe) Nicrofer 7216H (Krupp VDM) Impact energy - 196°C J -- 100
AFNOR NC15Fe Pyromet 600 (Carpenter)
ASTM A494 CY40 (cast) RA600 (rolled Alloys) Parameters
DC +ve
Other alloys:
Alloy 330 Nimonic 75 (Special Metals)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Alloy 601 (to about 900°C) min A 60 70 100 130
max A 80 110 155 210
Applications
Packaging data
Nimrod 132KS deposits an Inconel type weld metal similar
in composition to the 182 types (data sheet D-10) but with ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
lower manganese. The electrode is used mainly for welding length mm 280 300 350 350
alloy 600, the nearest equivalent base material, with service kg/carton 12.0 12.9 15.0 15.0
applications up to about 1000°C. The lower Mn level is pieces/carton 759 474 300 198
preferred by some authorities, as Mn raises thermal Storage
expansion coefficient and high levels may reduce oxidation
resistance at the upper service temperatures. Additions of 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
both Mn and Nb are sufficient to suppress hot cracking and unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
provide good hot strength. much longer than an 8h working shift.
The good oxidation and excellent nitriding and carburisation Redry 200-250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
resistance of alloy 600 is exploited for heat treatment Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
equipment and annealing muffles. Resistance to dry Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven
chlorine up to about 550°C is important in plants for PVC or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6
synthesis, and it has many applications in the chemical, weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage
petrochemical, food processing and nuclear industries. conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH,
>18°C.
Microstructure
Fume data
High alloy austenite with some carbides.
Welding guidelines Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 12 11 5 0.1 15 1
No preheat or PWHT required.
Rev 03 05/09 DS: D-12 (pg 1 of 1)

259
DATA SHEET D-20
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
ALLOY 625 CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type Nimrod AKS above about 900°C), or combinations of

these with other alloys for furnace equipment,
Consumables matching the nickel base 625 alloy with
petrochemical and power generation plants. Some other
typical composition of Ni-21%Cr-9%Mo-3.5%Nb.
applications include:
Overmatching corrosion-resistant welds in alloy 825,
Matching Alloy 625 Hastelloys G and G3, alloy 28, 904L, 6%Mo super-
austenitic stainless 254SMo, and also overlays on pumps,
ASTM-ASME DIN BS
UNS N06625 2.4856 NA21 valves and shafts, often in offshore and marine
A494 CW-6MC (cast) environments where high pitting resistance (PRE = 50)
and tolerance to weld metal dilution are essential.
Proprietary Alloys Welds in high strength ferrous alloys including
Inconel 625 (Inco) cryogenic 9% nickel steels and for reclamation of dies
Nicrofer 6020hMo (VDM) where rapid work-hardening and toughness are required.
Nicrofer 6022hMo (VDM)
Microstructure
Other Alloys In the as-welded condition this nickel base weld metal
High Nickel Alloys: Superaustenitic alloys: consists of solid-solution strengthened austenite with
Inconel 601 (Inco) UNS S31254 carbides.
Incoloy 800H (Inco) 254SMO (Avesta) Welding guidelines
Incoloy 825 (Inco) 904L
And equivalents Similar alloys No preheat required and maximum interpass of 250C.
When welding superaustenitic alloys the interpass
Cryogenic: Dissimilar: temperature should be controlled to a maximum of 100C.
9%Ni steels Combinations of above
Applications
For welding superaustenitic stainless steels C276 (D-30),
These consumables are designed to match the composition alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also suitable.
and properties of alloy 625. Originally developed to give
high temperature strength and structural stability, alloy Products available
625 is also widely used for its resistance to general Process Product Specification
corrosion, pitting, crevice and stress corrosion cracking in
severe chloride media. These properties are conferred by MMA Nimrod 625 AWS ENiCrMo-3
high levels of chromium, molybdenum and niobium, Nimrod 625KS AWS ENiCrMo-3
which also raise strength to the highest amongst standard TIG/MIG 62-50 AWS ERNiCrMo-3
nickel-base alloys. Useful properties from –269°C to
above 1000°C are achieved. SAW 62-50 AWS ERNiCrMo-3
NiCr BS EN SA FB2
In addition to matching alloy 625, suitable for welding
heat resisting alloys including Inconel 601 (except severe
sulphidising conditions), Incoloy 800/800H (preferred to
Rev 07 05/09 DS: D-20 (pg 1 of 4)

260

1 4 9 6 1 0.1 20 0.8
NIMROD 625 Downhand MMA electrode for surfacing
Product description MMA electrode designed to combine easy operation with the deposition of high quality weld metal and a finished
bead of good appearance. The electrode has a basic-rutile flux system and is made on a nickel core wire. Nimrod
625 operates on AC or DC+ and is designed primarily for the downhand/flat or H-V positions. Optimised for
surfacing and overlays, for joining Nimrod 625KS is preferred.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCrMo-3

BS EN 14172 E Ni6625
DIN 1736 (EL-NiCr 20 Mo 9 Nb (2.4621))
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 20.0 55 3.15 -- 8.0 --
max 0.10 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.020 23.0 -- 4.15 2.5 10.0 0.50
typ 0.04 0.8 0.7 0.005 0.008 21.5 64 3.4 < 1.5 9 0.05

Hardness (as welded) HV -- 250
Hardness (work-hardened) HV -- 450
* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and
properties of hot rolled grades. Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175°C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa.
Operating parameters DC +ve AC (OCV: 70V)
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 90 130 160
max A 155 210 260

length mm 350 350 450
kg/carton 13.8 13.5 16.8
Rev 07 05/09 DS: D-20 (pg 2 of 4)

261
NIMROD 625KS Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 625
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux system made on a 625 core wire. The electrode is designed to combine easy
operation with the deposition of high quality, radiographically sound weld metal and a finished bead of good
appearance. Nimrod 625KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework qualified in the
ASME 6G position.
Specifications AWS A5.11 E NiCrMo-3

BS EN 14172 ENi 6625
DIN 1736 (EL-NiCr 20 Mo 9 Nb (2.4621))
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 20.0 55 3.15 -- 8.0 --
max 0.10 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.020 23.0 -- 4.15 2.5 10.0 0.50
typ 0.04 0.7 0.4 0.005 0.005 22 63 3.2 < 1.5 9.3 0.01
All-weld mechanical As welded min * typical + 160°C

Impact energy - 196°C J -- 60 --
Hardness (as welded) HV -- 250 --
Hardness (work-hardened) HV -- 450 --
* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 100 130
max A 80 110 155 210

length mm 260 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.1 13.5 15.0 15.0
Rev 07 05/09 DS: D-20 (pg 3 of 4)

262
62-50 Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-3

BS 2901: Pt5 Grade NA43
DIN 1736 SG-NiCr 21 Mo 9 Nb (2.4831)
Approvals DNV and LRS (TIG)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Al Ti Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 60.0 8.0 3.15 -- -- -- --
max 0.05 0.50 0.50 0.015 0.015 23.0 bal 10.0 4.15 0.50 0.40 0.40 1.0
typ 0.015 0.02 0.05 0.004 0.004 22 65 9 3.5 0.05 0.2 0.2 0.2
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG SAW + NiCr TIG +165°C
Impact energy - 100°C J 100 -- --
Impact energy - 196°C J 80 100 --
Hardness cap/mid HV 205/225 235/255 --
Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and
Typical operating TIG * MIG SAW

parameters Shielding Ar Ar or ArHe NiCr flux
Parameters 100A, 12V 130A, 29V (mean) 260A, 26V

0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- To order --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- --

1 1 17 50 9 < 0.5 1
Rev 07 05/09 DS: D-20 (pg 4 of 4)

263
DATA SHEET D-30
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY C276 Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type consumables have good tolerance to dilution by most

ferrous and high nickel alloys, and are suitable for
Alloy C276 is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel
surfacing and dissimilar welds which exploit the
base alloy.
corrosion resistance, strength and toughness. Excellent
Materials to be welded properties to below -1960C allow its use for welding 5-
wrought cast 9%Ni cryogenic installations.
ASTM UNS N10276 A494 CW-12MW Applications include pumps, valves, pipework and
A743/A744 CW-12M vessels for use in aggressive environments in chemical
DIN 2.4819 2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr) process plants; also in equipment for flue gas
(NiMo16Cr15W) desulphurisation and critical equipment in offshore oil
and gas production.
Proprietary alloys:
Hastelloy™ Alloy C-276 (Haynes International Inc)
Inco Alloy C-276 (Special Metals) Microstructure
Nicrofer 5716hMoW (VDM)
In the as-welded condition the weld metal consists of
austenite with some carbides.
Applications
The weld deposit composition matches parent alloy Welding guidelines

C276 with Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Carbon Preheat is not required, interpass temperature should
and silicon are controlled as close as possible to the very preferably be kept below 100C and heat input
low levels of the wrought alloy to minimise carbide and restricted to 1.5kJ/mm.
intermetallic phase precipitates which can reduce as-
welded corrosion resistance. Cast versions of the alloy
typically have higher carbon and silicon (like the Related alloy groups
original wrought Hastelloy alloy C, now obsolete), but Alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also NiCrMo
repair welds are usually solution treated for optimum alloys but with higher Cr for improved corrosion
corrosion resistance. resistance.
Alloy C276 has high resistance to corrosion in a wide
range of acids and salts under oxidising and especially Products available
reducing conditions. These include hydrochloric and
hydrofluoric acids, hypochlorites, chlorides and wet Process Product Specification
chlorine gas, sulphuric, phosphoric and many organic MMA Nimrod C276 AWS ENiCrMo-4
acids. Exceptional resistance to crevice corrosion and Nimrod C276KS AWS ENiCrMo-4
pitting in seawater and chloride-induced stress-
TIG/MIG HAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4
corrosion cracking (superior to alloy 625). High
temperature stability is limited by intermetallic phase SAW HAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4
formation. NiCr flux BS EN SA FB2
In addition to fabrication welds in alloy C276, these
Rev 09 05/09 DS: D-30 (pg 1 of 4)

264
General Data for all C276 Electrodes

1 4 10 5 5 0.2 16 1
NIMROD C276 Rutile C276 electrode primarily used for surfacing
Product description MMA electrode manufactured on special nickel-chromium core wire, with an alloyed basic-rutile flux coating to
ensure low carbon and silicon transfer and a high refining capacity to remove undesirable impurities. Primarily
used for surfacing and cladding; for joining applications the Nimrod C276KS is preferred.

BS EN 14172 E Ni6276
DIN 1736 EL-NiMo15Cr15W (2.4887)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Fe V Cu Co
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 50.0 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.35 0.50 2.5
typ 0.02 0.3 0.20 0.01 0.01 15.0 58.0 16.0 4.0 5.0 0.1 0.05 0.05

Hardness * Cap/mid HV -- 230/255
* Work hardens to about 450HV.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 260 310 310 310
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.1 13.2
Rev 09 05/09 DS: D-30 (pg 2 of 4)

265
NIMROD C276KS All-positional pipe welding electrode for alloy C276
Product description MMA electrode with special basic flux coating on matching nickel-chromium-molybdenum core wire to provide
clean and homogenous weld metal. Nimrod C276KS has exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all
positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G (inclined overhead) position.

BS EN 14172 E Ni6276
DIN 1736 EL-NiMo15Cr15W (2.4887)
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 50.0 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.35 0.50 2.5
typ 0.02 0.3 0.20 0.01 0.01 15.0 58.0 16.0 4.0 5.0 0.1 0.05 0.05

Impact energy -50C J -- 65
-196C J -- 55
Hardness * HV -- 240
* Work hardens to about 450HV.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 80 110 155

length mm 250 300 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 15.0
Rev 09 05/09 DS: D-30 (pg 3 of 4)

266
HAS C276 Solid wire for TIG/MIG/SAW welding of alloy C276

BS 2901: Pt5 NA48
DIN 1736 SG-NiMo16Cr16W (2.4886)
UNS N10276
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 bal 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.08 0.015 0.020 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.3 0.50 2.50
typ 0.005 0.5 0.05 0.005 0.01 16 58 16 3.5 6 0.2 0.05 0.50


parameters Shielding Ar * Argon or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed
Parameters 100A, 12V 160A, 28V (mean)
* Also required as purge for root runs.

0.9 -- 12.5kg spool
1.0 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool (to order)
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
3.2 2.5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES
(mg/m3)
14 3 10 28 11 1 1.8
Rev 09 05/09 DS: D-30 (pg 4 of 4)

267
DATA SHEET D-31
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY 59 Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type
Alloy 59 consumables also provide strong, tough Nb-
Ni-23%Cr-16%Mo alloy commonly known as alloy 59.
free weld metal for dissimilar welds in superaustenitic
Materials to be welded and superduplex stainless steels or combinations of
these with nickel base alloys. Some authorities do not
Alloy 59 and similar: allow or have discontinued use of 625 type consumables
ASTM/UNS N06059 for such applications, where deleterious Nb-rich
DIN 2.4605 (NiCr23Mo16Al) precipitates may form in diluted or partially mixed
Proprietary Nicrofer 5923hMo (Krupp VDM). regions around the fusion boundary. Alloy C276 is
Inconel™ Alloy 686 (Special Metals) possibly a more economic alternative depending on the
+W. required properties in this situation.
Hastelloy™ Alloy C-2000™ (Haynes
International Inc) +Cu. Applications of alloy 59 in aggressively corrosive media
include scrubbers for flue gas desulphurisation
Alloy C22 and similar: (FGD), digesters and papermaking equipment,
ASTM/UNS N06022 chemical process plants, corrosion resistant overlays
A494 Grade CX2MW (cast) and in severe offshore and petrochemical
DIN 2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W) environments.
2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15)
2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast) Microstructure
Proprietary Hastelloy™ Alloy C-22™ (Haynes Solid-solution strengthened high nickel austenite, with
International Inc) some microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld
Nicrofer 5621hMoW (Krupp VDM) metal.
Superaustenitics including: Welding guidelines
ASTM/UNS S32654, S31254, S34565
Proprietary 654SMO (Avesta Polarit) No preheat required, heat input <1kJ/mm and interpass
Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel) temperature 100C maximum are desirable to minimise
precipitates which may reduce corrosion resistance and
Also dissimilar joints between any combination of the ductility of the weld metal.
above and dissimilar joints between them and
superduplex stainless steels. Related alloy groups
The alloy C22 is related and covers many of the same
Applications applications and base materials.
The weld deposit composition of 59%Ni-23%Cr-
16%Mo is designed to match the nickel base corrosion Products available
resistant alloy commonly known as alloy 59. The high Process Product Specification
level of Mo is similar to alloys C276 and C4 but
MMA Nimrod 59KS AWS ENiCrMo-13
performance in a wide range of more oxidising media is
significantly enhanced by increasing Cr to 23% in alloy TIG/MIG HAS 59 AWS ERNiCrMo-13
59. Total alloying exceeds the level typically present in
alloy C22; it is therefore considered suitable for welding
this group of alloys.
Rev 04 09/06 DS: D-31 (pg 1 of 3)

268
NIMROD 59KS Basic all-positional pipe-welding electrode for alloy 59
Product description MMA electrode with special basic flux covering on high purity NiCrMo core wire to give clean homogenous weld
metal. Very low levels of C and Si minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded condition.
The special flux coating provides exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions. The electrode is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.

BS EN 14172 E Ni6059
DIN 1736 EL-NiCr22Mo16 (2.4609)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Fe Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 22.0 57.0 15.0 -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.010 0.015 24.0 bal 16.5 1.5 0.50
typ 0.01 0.5 0.15 0.006 0.01 23 60 15.5 1 0.01

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 80 120 155

length mm 250 300 350
kg/carton 10.5 13.5 15.0

1 4 10 5 6 0.2 16 1
Rev 04 09/06 DS: D-31 (pg 2 of 3)

269
HAS 59 Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of alloy 59

DIN 1736 SG-NiCr23Mo16 (2.4607)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Fe Co Al
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 22.0 56.0 15.0 -- -- 0.1
max 0.010 0.5 0.10 0.005 0.015 24.0 Bal 16.5 1.5 0.3 0.4
typ 0.003 0.2 0.03 0.003 0.003 23 60 15.6 0.4 0.1 0.3

Hardness HV 240

parameters Shielding Argon * Argon or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 To order --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

1 1 17 50 11 <0.5 1
Rev 04 09/06 DS: D-31 (pg 3 of 3)

270
DATA SHEET D-32
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY C22 Email:
Internet:
info@metrode.com
Alloy type Alloy C22 also provides a tough Nb-free weld metal for
dissimilar welds in superaustenitic and superduplex
Nickel base 22%Cr-13.5%Mo-3%W, alloy C22.
stainless steels or combinations of these with nickel
base alloys. Some authorities do not allow or have
discontinued using alloy 625 consumables for such
Matching Alloy C22: applications, where deleterious Nb-rich precipitates may
form in diluted or partially mixed regions around the
ASTM
A494 CX2MW (cast) fusion boundary.
UNS N06022
DIN Applications of alloy C22 in aggressively corrosive
2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W) media include scrubbers for flue gas desulphurisation
2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15) (FGD), digesters and papermaking equipment,
2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast) chemical process plant, corrosion resistant overlays
Proprietary Alloys and in severe offshore and petrochemical
Hastelloy™ Alloy C-22™ (Haynes International Inc) environments.
Nicrofer™ 5621hMoW (VDM)
Inconel™ 622 (Special Metals) Microstructure
Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite, with
Other Alloys: some microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld
Alloy C4 metal.
ASTM UNS N06455
DIN 2.4610 (NiMo16Cr16Ti) Welding procedure
Hastelloy™ Alloy C-4 (Haynes International Inc) Preheat not normally required, interpass temperature
Superaustenitics
restricted to 100C and heat inputs below 1kJ/mm are
UNS S31254, S31266, S32654, S34565, N08367,
desirable.
N08925, N08926.
1.4529, 1.4565, 1.4575, 1.4652.
254SMO and 654SMO (Outokumpu)
Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel) Alloy 59 is similar but with slightly higher Cr and Mo
for similar or more severe applications – see data sheet
Applications D-31.
The weld deposit composition of Ni-22Cr-13.5Mo-3W
Products available
is designed to match the nickel base alloy commonly
known as alloy C22. The high level of molybdenum is Process Product Specification
similar to alloys C276 and C4 but performance in a MMA Nimrod C22KS AWS ENiCrMo-10
wide range of more oxidising media is significantly
enhanced in alloy C22 by increasing chromium to 22%. TIG/MIG HAS C22 AWS ERNiCrMo-10
Rev 08 05/09 DS: D-32 (pg 1 of 3)

271
NIMROD C22KS All-positional MMA electrode for alloy C22
Description Basic flux covered electrode with exceptional operability optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including
fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions. It is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.
Special basic flux covering on matching high purity nickel alloy core wire to give clean and homogenous weld
metal. Very low levels of carbon and silicon minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded
condition.

BS EN 14172 E Ni6022
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 43, QW432 F-No 43
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V Co Cu Fe
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 49.0 12.5 2.5 -- -- -- 2.0
max 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 22.5 -- 14.5 3.5 0.35 2.5 0.50 6.0
typ 0.01 0.5 0.15 0.008 0.008 21 58 14 3 0.05 0.05 0.05 4
All-weld mechanical Typical as-welded min typical

Hardness, cap/mid HV -- 245/275
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 80 120 155

length mm 250 300 350
kg/carton 10.5 13.5 15.6
for much longer than an 8h working shift. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some
moisture pick-up and increase risk of porosity.
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid):
<60%RH, >18°C.

1 4 10 5 6 0.2 16 1
Rev 08 05/09 DS: D-32 (pg 2 of 3)

272
HAS C22 Solid wire for nickel base alloy C22

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V Co Cu Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 49.0 12.5 2.5 -- -- -- 2.0
max 0.01 0.50 0.08 0.010 0.02 22.5 -- 14.5 3.5 0.3 2.5 0.50 6.0
typ 0.003 0.2 0.03 0.002 0.01 21 56 13.5 3 0.15 1.5 0.1 4

Hardness HV 220

parameters Shielding Argon * Argon or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed

1.0 -- To order
1.2 -- To order
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
3.2 2.5kg tube --

14 1 17 30 10 <0.5 1.7
Rev 08 05/09 DS: D-32 (pg 3 of 3)

273
DATA SHEET D-40
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOY 617 Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type provides good microstructural stability, high creep

strength and excellent resistance to oxidation and
Nickel base alloy of nominally Ni-24%Cr-12%Co-
carburisation. In a variety of aqueous media, the alloy
9%Mo designed for high temperature service.
also has useful resistance to general corrosion, pitting
and stress-corrosion cracking.
Matching Alloy 617 The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all
positions including fixed pipework qualified in the
ASTM-ASME DIN ASME 5G/6G positions.
UNS NO6617 2.4663 (NiCr23Co12Mo)
Proprietary Alloys In addition to welding the parent alloy 617, some
Inconel alloy 617 (Special Metals) authorities specify it in preference to other nickel-base
Nicrofer 5520Co (Krupp VDM) filler metals for welding alloys 800H and 800HT for
service above 760°C. It is also suitable for the heat-
Other Alloys resistant alloy 601 (usually above 900°C) and
dissimilar welds including high carbon heat resistant
Alloys 800H and 800HT
ASTM UNS N08810, N08811 cast alloys and any combination of those mentioned.
BS NA15H
DIN 1.4876 (X10NiCrAlTi 32 20) Applications include combustion, pyrolysis, heat
Incoloy 800H and 800HT (Special Metals) treatment and furnace components, flare tips,
Nicrofer 3220H (Krupp VDM) ducting and gas turbine parts.
Alloy 601 & other oxidation resistant alloys

ASTM UNS N06601 Microstructure
DIN 2.4851 High nickel alloy austenite with carbides.
Inconel alloy 601 (Special Metals)
Nicrofer 6023 (Krupp VDM)
ASTM UNS N06333 Welding guidelines
RA333 (Rolled Alloys) Normally no preheat required, interpass temperature
High Carbon Austenitic Alloy generally limited to 150C maximum.
Cast HK40, HP40Nb, etc
Products available
Also dissimilar welds between above.
Applications MMA Nimrod 617KS AWS ENiCrCoMo-1

TIG 61-70 AWS ERNiCrCoMo-1
Nimrod 617KS is primarily intended for high
temperature applications up to about 1100°C. It
Rev 06 05/08 DS: D-40 (pg 1 of 3)

274
NIMROD 617KS 617 MMA electrode for high temperature applications
Product description Special basic flux on matching nickel alloy core wire. The chromium range of the weld metal is higher than the
parent material to maintain oxidation resistance at a lower aluminium level. The electrode is optimised for DC+
welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCrCoMo-1

BS EN 14172 E Ni 6117
DIN 1736 (EL-NiCr21Co12Mo, 2.4628)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co Mo Nb Cu Fe Al Ti
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.3 -- -- -- 21.0 45.0 9.0 8.0 -- -- -- -- --
max 0.10 2.5 0.75 0.015 0.020 26.0 bal 15.0 10.0 1.0 0.50 5.0 1.5 0.6
typ 0.07 1.0 0.4 0.003 <0.01 24 52 12 9 <0.5 0.05 1 0.15 0.2

Hardness mid/cap HV -- 230/245
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 100
max A 80 110 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 15.0

Fe Mn Ni Co Cr6 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 9 2.5 6 1 0.2 20 0.8
Rev 06 05/08 DS: D-40 (pg 2 of 3)

275
61-70 Solid TIG wire matching alloy 617
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCrCoMo-1

BS 2901: Pt5 NA50
DIN 1736 (SG-NiCr22Co12Mo, 2.4627)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co Mo Cu Fe Al Ti
(wire wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 20.0 44.0 10.0 8.0 -- -- 0.80 --
max 0.15 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 24.0 bal 15.0 10.0 0.5 3.0 1.50 0.60
typ 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.002 <0.01 22 55 12 9 <0.2 0.5 1 0.3
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min TIG typical


Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Co OES (mg/m3)

1 1 17 45 9 11 0.9
Rev 06 05/08 DS: D-40 (pg 3 of 3)

276
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
NIMROD 690KS
Product description Microstructure
Nickel base MMA electrode designed for welding matching High alloy nickel base austenite.
base materials, and for surfacing CMn and low alloy steels.
Special basic flux coating on a nickel alloy core wire Welding guidelines
optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including Preheat and PWHT is not generally required.
pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions. Metal recovery is
about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to Parameters
the whole electrode.
DC+ve
Specifications
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-7 min A 60 70 100
BS EN 14172 E Ni6152 max A 80 110 155
ASME IX Qualification Packaging data

QW432 F-No 43. ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
length mm 280 300 350
Materials to be welded kg/carton 11.7 12.9 15.0
ASTM B163, B166-8 pieces/carton 672 408 294
DIN 2.4642 (NiCr29Fe)
UNS N06690 Storage
Proprietary Inconel 690 (Special Metals) 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
Nicrofer 6030 (Krupp VDM) unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to
Applications humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
This electrode is designed to match alloy 690, which is
finding increasing use in place of alloy 600 for high Redry 200–250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
temperature corrosion applications, especially in nuclear Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
applications. The high chromium content provides good Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or
elevated temperature corrosion resistance in oxidising and heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
sulphidising atmospheres. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using
plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
In addition to joining matching base materials, the electrode
can also be used for surfacing applications on CMn and low Fume data
alloy steels. Fume composition, wt % typical:
Applications include nuclear engineering; sulphuric, nitric Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
and hydrofluoric acid processing equipment. 2 13 10 8 0.2 0.1 16 0.6

As welded PWHT 610°C/40h
min typical RT +360°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 360 430 414 325
Impact energy, KCV - 50°C J -- >50 -- --
Impact energy, KCU + 20°C J/cm2 -- -- 84 --

C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Ti Al Cu Co
min -- 3.0 -- -- -- 28.0 50.0 1.2 8.0 -- -- -- -- --
max 0.045 5.0 0.65 0.008 0.02 31.5 bal 2.2 12.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.10
typ 0.04 3.6 0.3 0.005 0.007 29 55 1.6 8.5 0.1 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.02
Rev 05 05/09 DS: D-41 (pg 1 of 1)

277
DATA SHEET D-50
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
PURE NICKEL Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type Applications include tanks and vessels, process

pipework and heat exchangers, in chemical plant for
Low carbon pure nickel wed metal with titanium de-
salt production, chlorination and evaporation of
oxidation.
caustic soda. Also used for handling corrosive alkalis
Materials to be welded and halides.
ASTM-ASME BS DIN Microstructure
UNS N02200 NA11 2.4066
UNS N02201 NA12 2.4068 In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of
2.4061 almost pure nickel austenite. It is strongly ferromagnetic
Proprietary alloys at room temperature.
Nickel 200 and 201 (Special Metals) Welding guidelines
Nickel 99.6 and 99.2 (VDM)
Pure nickel weld metals are sluggish and can lead to
Applications irregular weld beads which may require inter-run dressing.
These consumables give low carbon pure nickel with the Products available
addition of titanium for refinement and de-oxidation.
They are used for joining pure nickel to itself, for buffer Process Product Specification
layers, and for cladding joint faces and flanges. The solid MMA Nimrod 200Ti AWS ENi-1
wire is also useful for welding cast iron to give soft low
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti AWS ERNi-1
strength deposit.
NIMROD 200Ti All-positional pure nickel MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode with special carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching core wire. Smaller diameters
offer excellent all-positional operability. Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect
to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENi-1

BS EN 14172 E Ni 2061
DIN 1736 (EL-NiTi3, 2.4156)
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Fe Cu Nb
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 92.0 1.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 0.7 1.2 0.015 0.02 bal 4.0 1.0 0.7 0.2 0.5
typ 0.04 0.5 0.6 0.005 0.005 97 1.5 0.1 0.3 0.1 <0.1

Hardness HV -- 160
Rev 05 05/09 DS: D-50 (pg 1 of 2)

278
NIMROD 200Ti (continued)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 90
max A 80 110 145

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.3 13.5 15.0

Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
<1 1 10 0.2 10 5
NICKEL 2Ti Solid pure nickel TIG and MIG wire

Product description Solid wire for TIG & MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNi-1

BS 2901: Pt5 NA32
DIN 1736 (SG-NiTi4 (2.4155))
UNS N02061
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Cu Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 93.0 2.0 -- -- --
max 0.15 1.0 0.7 0.015 0.020 bal 3.5 1.5 0.2 1.0
typ <0.02 0.4 <0.3 0.005 0.005 96 3 0.1 <0.02 0.1


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar or Ar-He * Ar + 1-5%H2 also suitable.
Current DC- Pulsed
Voltage 100A, 12V 150A, 29V (mean)

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7
Rev 05 05/09 DS: D-50 (pg 2 of 2)

279
DATA SHEET D-60
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
NICKEL-COPPER ALLOY 400 Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type preferable and necessary for stainless and higher

chromium alloys (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).
Nickel-copper alloy based on alloy 400 with raised
Alternatively, the steel or alloy can be buttered with
levels of manganese and titanium to suppress hot
pure nickel (see data sheet D-50) and this procedure is
cracking and porosity.
also useful when surfacing with alloy 400
consumables.
Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength, thermal
ASTM-ASME BS DIN conductivity and resistance to corrosion by seawater,
UNS N04400 NA13 2.4360 inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids,
UNS N04405 NA1 (cast) 2.4361 hydrogen fluoride and alkalis. Applications include
UNS N05500 2.4365 (cast) heat exchangers, piping, vessels and evaporators in
A494 M-35-1 (cast) the offshore, marine, chemical, petrochemical and
A494 M-35-2 (cast) power engineering industries.
Proprietary
Monel alloy 400, R405, K500 (Special Metals) Microstructure
Nicorros (VDM)
Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly ferromagnetic
near room temperature.
Applications
Nimrod 190 deposits 65%Ni-30%Cu weld metal based Welding guidelines
on Monel alloy 400 with raised levels of manganese and
titanium to suppress hot cracking and porosity. It is No preheat required, maximum interpass temperature
optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and 150C and no PWHT required.
strength attainable in weld metal of this type.
For welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to
itself and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as Alloy 400 parent material is noted for its good
pure nickel and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 are resistance to both hydrofluoric acid and hydrogen
satisfactory, but cannot match the strength of this fluoride vapour. However, weld metal compositions
precipitation-hardened alloy. Castings of alloy 400 with within standard specification limits have inferior
up to about 1.5%Si are welded with Nimrod 190, but resistance to these media. A fully optimised
higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2 and ASTM composition for this specific application is not currently
A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable because of HAZ available. Contact Metrode for guidance.
cracking.
Products available
For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other alloys
or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) or Cr (3- Process Product Specification
6%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test fissuring) in MMA Nimrod 190 AWS ENiCu-7
weld metal close to the fusion boundary. Direct welds
TIG/MIG/SAW 65NiCu AWS ERNiCu-7
to mild or low alloy steels are satisfactory with dilution
control, although ENiCrFe-X (ERNiCr-3 wire) is
Rev 07 05/09 DS: D-60 (pg 1 of 3)

280
NIMROD 190 Nickel-copper MMA electrode for Monel alloy 400
Product description Special basic carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching 400 core wire to give low levels of residuals.
Deoxidation system designed to ensure sound deposits. The raised levels of manganese and titanium help
suppress hot cracking and porosity. Analysis is optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and strength
attainable in weld metal of this type. The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suitable for fixed pipework welds
demanding qualification in the ASME 6G position.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCu-7

BS EN 14172 E Ni 4060
DIN 1736 (EL-NiCu30Mn, 2.4366)
Composition C Mn Si * S P Ni Cu Ti Fe Al
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 62.0 27.0 -- 0.5 --
max 0.15 4.0 1.5 0.015 0.02 69.0 34.0 1.0 2.5 0.5
typ 0.08 3.5 1.2 0.005 0.01 63 30 0.9 1 0.03
* DIN maximum 1.0% Si

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 90 120
max A 80 110 145 190

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 15.0 15.0

1 7 4 16 8 1.2
Rev 07 05/09 DS: D-60 (pg 2 of 3)

281
65NiCu Solid wire for TIG, MIG & SAW to match Monel alloys
Product description Solid wire for TIG/MIG/SAW.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCu-7

BS 2901: Pt5 NA33
DIN 1736 (SG-NiCu30MnTi, 2.4377)
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Cu Ti Fe Al
(wire wt %) min -- 3.0 -- -- -- 62.0 28.0 1.5 -- --
max 0.15 4.0 1.2 0.015 0.020 69.0 32.0 3.0 2.5 1.2
typ 0.03 3.2 0.2 0.005 0.005 64 29 2.2 <1 0.1


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar or Ar-He NiCu
Parameters 100A, 12V 150A, 29V (mean) 300A, 28V

1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg reel

3 5 <0.1 47 24 1
Rev 07 05/09 DS: D-60 (pg 3 of 3)

282
DATA SHEET D-70
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CUPRONICKEL ALLOYS Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type The consumables are suitable for surfacing and cladding
provided the need for an appropriate buttering layer is
70/30 and 90/10 copper-nickel alloys.
addressed, normally either alloy 400 (D-60) or pure
nickel (D-50).
70/30 90/10 Applications include offshore construction,
desalination plant, evaporators, condensers etc, in
ASTM C71500 C70600
salt and sea water processing systems.
C96400 (cast) C96200 (cast)
DIN 2.0882 2.0872
2.0883 Microstructure
BS CN106 CN102
Solid solution, single phase alloy.
CN107
CN108
CDA CA715 CA706 Welding guidelines
Proprietary Kunifer 30 (IMI) Kunifer 10 (IMI) Preheating not normally required, maximum interpass
Cunifer 30 Cunifer 10 temperature 150C and no PWHT. Contamination of
(Krupp VDM) (Krupp -VDM) the weld zone with foreign material, particularly any
source of lead, tin or zinc (eg. Gun metals) must be
The Cupromet N30 and 70CuNi can be used for scrupulously avoided to prevent weld metal cracking.
welding the 70/30 and 90/10 base materials; the
90CuNi is only suitable for the 90/10 alloys.
Applications No closely related alloys but the alloy 400 (D-60) or
pure nickel (D-50) consumables may be required as a
These consumables deposit a copper-nickel weld metal; buffer layer for cladding applications.
the MMA electrode and 70CuNi solid wire are both
nominally 67%Cu and 30%Ni, whereas the 90CuNi
solid wire is nominally 86%Cu and 10.5%Ni. The Products available
70/30 consumables are suitable for welding 70/30,
80/20 and 90/10 base materials. The 70/30
consumables match the 70/30 base materials for MMA Cupromet N30 AWS ECuNi
strength and colour and overmatch the 90/10 alloys for TIG/MIG 70CuNi AWS ERCuNi
strength. TIG 90CuNi BS C16
Rev 05 05/09 DS: D-70 (pg 1 of 3)

283
CUPROMET N30 All-positional MMA electrode for cupronickel
Product description MMA electrode made on matching 70/30 core wire with a special basic flux system giving very low residuals (S,
P, Pb, Sn, Zn etc) and hence maximum crack resistance. Suitable for all-positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.6 ECuNi

DIN 1733 (EL-CuNi30Mn (2.0838))
Composition C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Ti Pb Sn * Zn *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.00 -- -- -- bal 29.0 0.40 -- -- -- --
max -- 2.50 0.50 0.015 0.020 -- 33.0 0.75 0.50 0.02 -- --
typ 0.03 1.8 0.2 0.005 0.010 67 30 0.6 0.15 0.002 0.01 0.005
* Total maximum = 0.50%.

Hardness HV -- 120
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 280 345 345 345
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 15.0 16.5

<1 2 3 16 15 1.2
70CuNi Solid 70/30 cupronickel wire for TIG and MIG

Specifications AWS A5.7 ERCuNi

BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 7158 / CuNi30Mn1FeTi
BS 2901: Pt3 C18
DIN 1733 SG-CuNi30Fe (2.0837)
Composition Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Ti Pb Al C
(wire wt %) min 0.5 -- -- -- bal 30.0 0.40 0.20 -- -- --
max 1.00 0.1 0.01 0.01 -- 32.0 0.75 0.50 0.007 0.03 0.05
typ 0.8 0.01 0.005 0.003 67 31 0.5 0.3 0.001 0.01 0.03
Rev 05 05/09 DS: D-70 (pg 2 of 3)

284
70CuNi (continued)
Hardness HV 105

parameters Shielding Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2 Argon or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed
Voltage 100A, 12V 160A, 28V (mean)

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

<1 5 <0.1 22 <0.1 72 0.3
90CuNi Solid 90/10 cupronickel wire for TIG
Specifications BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 7061 / CuNi10

BS 2901: Pt3 (C16)
DIN 1733 SG-CuNi10Fe (2.0873)
Composition Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe * Ti Pb Al C
(wire wt %) min 0.5 -- -- -- bal 10.0 1.0 0.20 -- -- --
max 1.0 0.1 0.01 0.01 -- 11.0 2.0 0.50 0.007 0.03 0.05
typ 0.8 0.02 0.001 0.002 86 10.5 1.2 0.3 0.001 0.005 0.01
* BS range Fe = 1.5-1.8%.

Hardness HV 105

parameters Shielding Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube

2 5 <0.1 8 <0.1 80 0.3
Rev 05 05/09 DS: D-70 (pg 3 of 3)

285
DATA SHEET D-80
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
NICKEL-MOLYBDENUM ALLOY B2 Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type improved SCC resistance in chloride media. Contamination

of acid media with oxidising ferric or cupric salts must be
Ni-28%Mo consumables to match alloy B2. avoided. Alloys with much higher chromium (C-4 or C-276
etc.) are superior under oxidising conditions.
Applications include pumps, valves and process equipment
wrought:
operating in aggressive environments in chemical plant.
ASTM B333, B335, B619, B626:
UNS N10001 (alloy B) Microstructure
UNS N10665 (alloy B2) Solid solution alloy, high nickel austenite with some
DIN 2.4617 microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld metal
Proprietary Hastelloy alloy B-2 (Haynes)
(homogenised by solution treatment around 1150C and
Nimofer 6928 (VDM)
rapidly cooled for casting repairs).
cast:
Welding guidelines
ASTM A494: N-7M
A743: N-12M No preheat and maximum interpass of 150C for wrought
A744: N-12M alloys.
BS 3146: ANC 15
For castings of low ductility a preheat-interpass of up to 200-
DIN 2.4685, 2.4882
Proprietary NB (Paralloy) 300C may be required on sections above 15mm. In this case
Langalloy B (Meighs) a post-weld solution treatment must be applied to restore
AR5 (LaBour/Darwins) satisfactory weld area properties.
Similar alloys: Additional information

UNS N10675, Hastelloy Alloy B-3 (Haynes). Alloy B-2 was introduced to suppress the formation of
UNS N10629, DIN 2.4600, Nimofer 6629 (VDM), alloy B-4. carbides and silicon-rich intermetallic phases which occur in
the original alloy B during processing and welding.
Applications
However, experience has revealed that elimination of Fe
These consumables deposit nickel-molybdenum weld metal promoted sensitivity to another intermetallic, beta phase
with very low carbon and silicon levels appropriate for alloy Ni4Mo. This can be limited significantly by controlled Fe
B-2, although it is equally suitable for the original alloy B, (and Cr) additions within the B-2 specification, and this
now obsolete in wrought form. In addition, specially modification is extended in the new alloys B-3 (1.5%Fe,
controlled levels of iron and chromium ensure good as- 1.5%Cr) and B-4 (3%Fe, 1.3%Cr). Intermetallics reduce
welded ductility in multipass deposits. ductility and corrosion resistance.
These modifications bring the composition close to the more If PWHT is required to restore maximum corrosion
recent alloys B-3 and B-4 which have better microstructural resistance of casting repairs, castings should be solution
stability and weldability than alloy B-2. There are no treated at about 11500C followed by a rapid cool.
electrode specifications for these alloys at present, and these
consumables are therefore offered as an acceptable candidate Products available
within current specification limits. These alloys are designed
to resist hydrochloric acid at all concentrations and
temperatures up to boiling point under non-oxidising MMA Nimax B2L AWS ENiMo-7
conditions. They are also resistant to hydrogen chloride gas, TIG HAS B2 AWS ERNiMo-7
sulphuric and acetic acids under certain conditions. The
newer alloys B-3 and B-4 with additional Fe and Cr have
Rev 02 05/04 DS: D-80 (pg 1 of 3)

286
NIMAX B2L High molybdenum nickel base MMA electrode to match alloy B-2
Product description MMA electrode made on pure nickel core wire with a special basic flux coating to give low levels of impurities.
Sizes above 3.2mm are not suitable for positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiMo-7

BS EN 14172 E Ni1066
DIN 1736 EL-NiMo29
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu Fe Co V
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 0.3 64.5 26 -- -- 1.0 -- --
max 0.02 1.75 0.2 0.015 0.02 1.0 bal 30 1.0 0.50 2.0 1.0 0.4
typ 0.018 1.3 0.1 0.005 0.01 0.7 68 28 0.1 0.01 1.5 0.04 0.1

Hardness HV -- 260
ASTM A494 castings require elongation >6% (N-12MV) or >20% (N-7M) after solution treatment.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 90 130
max A 115 155 210

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 14.1

1 2 10 0.2 15 0.2 16 5
Rev 02 05/04 DS: D-80 (pg 2 of 3)

287
HAS B2 Solid TIG wire to match alloy B-2
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiMo-7

BS 2901: Pt5 NA44
DIN 1736 SG-NiMo27 (2.4615)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu Fe Co
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- -- 64.0 26.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.10 0.015 0.020 1.0 bal 30.0 1.0 0.50 2.0 1.0
typ 0.01 0.7 0.05 0.005 0.005 0.5 70 27 0.5 0.02 1.5 0.05


Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

2.4 2.5kg tube

2 2 <0.5 50 25 <0.5 1
Rev 02 05/04 DS: D-80 (pg 3 of 3)

288
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
EPRI P87
Product description Additional information
MMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a The alloy is balanced to provide excellent resistance to
nickel-iron alloy core wire. The electrode is optimised for carbide formation at the fusion boundary. The thermal
DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the expansion coefficient is also closer to the base material than
ASME 5G/6G positions. with standard nickel base weld metals.
Recovery about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with
respect to whole electrode. Composition (weld metal wt %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
Specifications typical 0.1 1.5 0.3 0.008 0.008 9 Bal 2 1 38
Currently no relevant national standard but there is a patent

pending.
Typical values Ambient Hot strength 593°C
Materials to be welded as-welded as-welded N+T
Designed for dissimilar joints between austenitic stainless 0.2% Proof stress MPa 360 340 225
steels (eg. 304H) and creep resisting CrMo (eg. P91). Elongation on 4d % 34 21 25
Suitable for as-welded, PWHT or N+T joints in CrMo steels. Reduction of area % 49 24 33
Impact energy +20°C J 80 -- --
Applications
Parameters
EPRI P87 electrode is designed for welding high temperature
creep resisting CrMo steels, including P91. The electrode DC +ve
can be used for dissimilar applications between CrMo creep
resisting steels and austenitic stainless steels. The EPRI P87 ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
min A 60 70 90
electrode is also suitable for joining CrMo steels to
max A 80 110 150
themselves.
The EPRI P87 weld metal is also proposed for N+T joints in Packaging data
P91. The weld metal will allow joints to be buttered in the
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
workshop and then subjected to a full N+T heat treatment; length mm 305 355 355
joints on the buttered faces can then be completed in the field kg/carton 12.6 15.0 14.7
without the need for PWHT. pieces/carton 684 420 264
The all-weld metal strength at ambient temperature may not
meet that of P91 but transverse tests have shown strengths Storage
above the P91 base material requirement, and elevated
temperature strength exceeds the minimum base material 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
requirement. unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
much longer than an 8h working shift.
Microstructure
Redry 200-250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
High alloy austenite. Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Welding guidelines or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6
Preheat and PWHT requirements will be determined by the conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH,
base material being welded. For example P91 is normally >18°C.
preheated to 200°C and PWHT at 760°C for 2 hours (or time
appropriate to material thickness). Alternatively if P91 is
Fume data
subjected to a full N+T the heat treatment would typically be
1060°C/1 hour + 760°C/2 hours. Fume composition, wt % typical:
9 5 6 2.5 <0.5 12 2
Rev 00 06/06 DS: D-87 (pg 1 of 1)
289
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical
SECTION E
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com REPAIR & MAINTENANCE
General Introduction
This section includes a diverse range of consumables for many repair and maintenance applications, including cast
iron, dissimilar welding and hardfacing. There is also a selection of non-ferrous solid wires for copper base alloys.
The final selection of products covers mild steel TIG wires and some specialist mild steel electrodes.
Consumables for welding Cast Irons
The welding of cast irons has been notoriously called a 'black-art'. Individual castings of equivalent types can vary in
response to welding, and so do the details of procedure considered critical by experienced practitioners. Most
castings are produced to net shape, so welding is usually for repair and maintenance rather than fabrication.
Structural load-bearing use is typically compressive, not critically tensile.
The two commonest types of cast iron have around 3%C and 2%Si. Flake graphite grey iron varies in quality and
impurity content, with relatively low strength and ductility. Spheroidal graphite (SG), nodular or ductile iron is
treated with magnesium, has fewer impurities, superior mechanical properties, and more reliable weldability.
Electrodes based on pure nickel and nickel-iron alloys are most widely used. Electrode flux coverings are of basic
type plus graphite to give a weld deposit deoxidised and saturated with carbon. This mimics some of the
characteristics of cast iron but is non-hardenable and easily machined. Recommended welding techniques are given
on relevant data sheets.
Another group, high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist types) are also produced in flake and SG grades. Electrodes of
the NiFe type are used because matching weld metal is too hard. Preheat of 300-350°C is required for the flake
graphite grades, but for the SG grades buttering at low temperatures is preferred to avoid HAZ hot cracking.
Martensitic cast iron (Ni-Hard types) and the various white irons are generally considered too crack-sensitive or
brittle to be welded satisfactorily.
Data Specifications
MMA CI Soft Flow Ni ENi-CI E C Ni-CI 1
E-10 Ni Cast Iron
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti ERNi-1 S Ni 20 6 1
CI Special Cast NiFe ENiFe-CI E C NiFe-CI 1
MMA
E-11 NiFe Cast Iron CI Met NiFe ENiFe-CI E C NiFe-CI 1
MIG 55NiFe -- S C NiFe-1
Rev 04 06/09 DS: E-01 (pg 1 of 4)

290
Dissimilar welding consumables
Transition welds between dissimilar materials are often necessary, requiring weld metal compatible with dilution by
these materials to provide satisfactory service properties. Weld metal dissimilar to the base material may also enable
a safer or simplified welding procedure to be used, such as in armour welding. Dissimilar weld metal is almost always
applied when buttering, cladding or surfacing. The metallurgy of dissimilar metal welds is a large and complex
subject, considering the variety of possible combinations of industrial alloys and service conditions as a whole.
The popular stainless types in this section are restricted to service at near ambient temperatures between most
ferrous materials, from mild steel up to stainless steels, but excluding high nickel and non-ferrous alloys. Note that
309L and 309Mo types in Section B (data sheets B-50 and B-51) are also relevant to these applications.
Compositions do not match any commercial steels, but are designed to resist cracking and remain ductile and tough
when diluted by base materials as indicated on the data sheets. The Schaeffler diagram is useful to assess the risk of
dilution cracking, except for 307 types which have high manganese rather than increasing ferrite content to prevent
hot cracking. Generally, if dilution gives fully austenitic weld metal this increases the risk of hot cracking, whilst the
presence of martensite reduces bend ductility and increases the risk of cold cracking. Low dilution buttering
procedures can help in difficult cases.
Little or no preheat is required to avoid HAZ cold cracking in hardenable 'difficult to weld' steels because almost no
hydrogen diffuses from austenitic weld metal into the HAZ. The limited toughness of hardened untempered HAZ and
fusion zones in high carbon alloy steels should be considered in relation to impact or shock loads, although increasing
preheat helps to moderate peak HAZ hardness and promote some tempering.
Post-weld-heat-treatment (PWHT) is deliberately avoided unless a tempered HAZ is essential to reduce hardness.
Depending on material combination, PWHT can reduce weld ductility and promote fusion zone carbide embrittlement,
with overall stress-relief limited by dissimilar thermal expansions. Nickel-base weld metal minimises these
limitations, and should also be used when high temperature or cryogenic service is involved (see data sheets D-10 and
D-11).
Data Specifications
Sheet AWS BS EN / EN ISO
MMA Armet 1 E308Mo-16 E 20 10 3 R
Armour
E-20 Supercore 20.9.3 E308MoT0-1/4 T 20 10 3 R
plate FCW
Supercore 20.9.3P E308MoT1-1/4 T 20 10 3 P
Metmax 307R E307-26 E 18 9 Mn Mo R
MMA
E-21 307 19.9.6Mn (E307-16) (E18 8 Mn R)
MIG 19.9.6Mn (ER307) 18 8 Mn
MMA 29.9 Super R (E312-17) E 29 9 R
E-22 312
TIG/MIG/SAW 312S94 ER312 29 9
Rev 04 06/09 DS: E-01 (pg 2 of 4)

291
Copper and Copper Alloy wires
The non-ferrous alloys in the following section are primarily used for joining equivalent base materials, although
many are also used for surfacing. There are no MMA electrodes in this section; the gas shielded solid wire TIG/MIG
processes are preferred for high integrity work. Note the cupronickel consumables are in section D, details can be
found on data sheet D-70.
Data Specifications
Sheet AWS BS EN / EN ISO
E-30 Copper TIG/MIG 100Cu ERCu S Cu 1898/CuSn1
E-31 Copper Silicon TIG 97CuSi ERCuSi-A S Cu 6560/CuSiMn 1
E-33 Bronze TIG 92CuSn (ERCuSn-C) S Cu 5210/CuSn8P
E-36 Al Bronze TIG/MIG 90CuAl ERCuAl-A2 S Cu 6180/CuAl10Fe
E-37 Ni Al Bronze TIG/MIG 80CuNiAl ERCuNiAl S Cu 6328/CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2
Consumables for surfacing and hardfacing
Hardfacing is just one aspect of surfacing in general. In principle, almost any electrode with the desired properties
can be chosen to modify the working surface of a base metal for improved service life or performance.
Electrodes in this section are types recognised for their value to combat many forms of destructive wear found in
different working environments. Flexibility of electrode design allows overlay compositions unique to this process, or
similar to base materials for tool and component repairs.
The most suitable type for a given application can lead to conflicting choices. Often this is based (perhaps with good
reason) on previous experience, or even the simple judgement of 'harder is better'. This is rarely strictly true because
actual performance usually involves a combination of factors. These include response of the particular weld
composition and microstructure to size and density of abrasive (when present), impact, corrosion, friction and heat.
Weld metal cracking, the need for buffer layers and alloy cost are also relevant. Brief details are given to help assess
some of these questions.
Martensitic types offer the lowest cost-hardness ratio. These transformable steels air-harden roughly in proportion
to carbon and alloy level. Higher alloys include high speed and hot-work tool steels which may be heat treated if
used for tool repairs. If critical, cracking in martensitic types is easily controlled with preheat. Lower hardness types
are used for extensive build-up or intermediate layers.
Chromium carbide types resist extreme grinding abrasion, increasing with volume and type of carbides in the high
alloy matrix. With almost no ductility or response to heat treatment, build-up is limited by stress cracking, although
this may not be detrimental to service performance.
Cobalt base types are costly but excel at high temperatures in combination with aggressive wear or corrosion.
Increasing preheat with hardness and weld thickness is needed for the alloy order 6, 12 and 1, to control stress
cracking but none for the more ductile alloy 8, which also resists thermal shock and work-hardens strongly.
'Hadfield' non-stainless austenitic 13%Mn steels, show unique resistance to gouging and impact or coarse particle
abrasion. Others such as type 307 (data sheet E-21) could be classed as work-hardening types for ambient
temperatures.
Buffer or build-up layers are usually intermediate in alloying between base and capping layers. Hardness of a
martensitic type will be reduced if deposited on a stainless buffer (data sheets B-50, B-51, E-20, E-21 and E-22), but
would be ideal beneath chromium carbide and work-hardening types (and generally optional for cobalt base).
Rev 04 06/09 DS: E-01 (pg 3 of 4)

292
Data Specifications
Nimrod C (ENiCrMo-5) ENi2
E-45 C MMA
Nimax C (ENiCrMo-5) ENi2
MMA Methard 350 -- (EFe1)
E-50 350
FCW Hardcore 350 -- TFe1
Methard 650 -- (EFe2)
MMA
E-51 650 Methard 650R -- (EFe2)
FCW Hardcore 650 -- TFe2
E-53 Tool steel MMA Methard 750TS EFe5-B EFe4
Methard 850 -- EFe14
MMA
Methard 950 -- EFe14
E-55 850/950
Hardcore 850 -- TFe15
FCW
Hardcore 950 -- TFe15
E-58 1050 MMA Methard 1050 -- EFe16
E-60 13%Mn MMA Workhard 13Mn EFeMn-B EFe9
E-65 Cobalt MMA Cobstel 6 ECoCr-A (ECo2)
E-66 Cobalt MMA Cobstel 8 ECoCr-E ECo1
Specialist range of mild steel consumables
The mild steel TIG wires and flux cored wire are used for general purpose mild steel fabrication, the other
consumables in this section have specialised applications. Ultramild is an E6018 type depositing soft and ductile low
hydrogen weld metal mainly for buffer layers. Nilsil is a modified E6013 type giving very low silicon weld metal for
welding galvanising baths.
Data Specifications
ER70S-2 ER70S-2 A15
TIG ER70S-3 ER70S-3 (A17)
E-70 Mild steel
ER70S-6 ER70S-6 A18
FCW Metcore DWA50 E71T-1 T 422 PM1
E-71 Low strength mild steel MMA Ultramild E6018 --
E-72 Low silicon MMA Nilsil -- --
Rev 04 06/09 DS: E-01 (pg 4 of 4)

293
DATA SHEET E-10
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
PURE NICKEL FOR CAST IRON Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by careful

gouging and/or grinding using limited amounts of heat
Pure nickel type for welding cast iron.
to avoid propagating cracks. The area to be welded
should be cleaned as far as practicable from sand, oil,
Materials to be welded grease, paint or rust. Preheating can help to remove
impregnated oil on used castings which are being
ASTM BS repaired.
A159, A319, A126, A48. 1452 – Grey iron
If welding is carried out without preheat it is desirable
to minimise the width of the HAZ by using a low heat
Applications input and low interpass temperature. A skip welding
Pure nickel consumables are used for welding and technique can be beneficial in helping to achieve this.
repair of standard grades of grey cast irons and
malleable cast irons to give low strength deposits For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds
which can be readily machined even in thin layers. The preheat up to150°C may be necessary. Light peening to
resistance to hardening of diluted weld metal can be reduce contraction stresses can also be beneficial but
useful for buttering prior to filling with more economic care should be taken not to exhaust the ductility of the
NiFe consumables (data sheet E-11). weld metal.
They are also suitable for joining these cast irons to Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair cavity,
steels, monels, copper etc where high strength is not prior to filling can also be desirable whether a preheat is
required. used or not.
Typical components are general engineering castings, On completion of welding the workpiece should be
including machine bases, engine blocks, gear allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.
housings etc operating under low stresses.
Microstructure The NiFe alloy (data sheet E-11) is also used for
MMA electrode deposits austenitic nickel with finely welding cast iron and covers many similar applications.
distributed graphite; the solid wire deposits almost pure
nickel refined with Ti. Products available
Welding guidelines
MMA CI Soft Flow Ni AWS ENi-CI
Welding is often carried out without preheat but heavy
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti AWS ERNi-1
multipass deposits or highly restrained joints may
require preheat up to 150°C.
Rev 03 05/09 DS: E-10 (pg 1 of 3)

294
CI SOFT FLOW Ni Pure nickel MMA electrode for cast iron
Product description MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on pure nickel core wire. Good refining
action provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. Sound welds can be produced even
with oil impregnated and contaminated surfaces. The stable arc characteristics also provide uniform low
penetration and minimum dilution. The smallest diameters can be used in all positions including vertical down.
Specifications AWS A5.15 ENi-CI

BS EN 1071 E C Ni-CI 1
DIN 8573 (ENi BG 1)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Al
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- -- 92 -- --
max 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 2.5 bal 5.0 1.0
typ 0.5 2 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.1 96 2 0.1

Elongation % 5-10
Hardness HV 140-160
Mechanical properties will depend upon amount of dilution, and variations in welding procedure and run
sequence.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 *

min A 60 70 90 120
max A 80 110 150 190
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 *

length mm 300 350 350 375
kg/carton 15.0 16.5 16.8 18.6
* 5.0mm diameter made to order, minimum order quantity.
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
Fe Mn Ni Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
0.5 1 10 <0.5 12 <0.5 5
Rev 03 05/09 DS: E-10 (pg 2 of 3)

295
NICKEL 2Ti Solid pure nickel wire for cast iron
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG. This is the same wire that is used for alloy 200 pure nickel base materials (data sheet
D-50) but it is also useful for welding cast irons as a match for the CI Soft Flow Ni electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNi-1

BS 2901: Pt5 NA32
BS EN proposed Ni2061
DIN 1736 (SG-NiTi4 (2.4155))
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Cu Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 93.0 2.0 -- -- --
max 0.15 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.03 bal 3.5 1.5 0.25 1.0
typ <0.02 0.4 <0.3 0.005 0.005 96 3 0.1 <0.02 0.1


parameters Shielding Argon Ar or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7
Rev 03 05/09 DS: E-10 (pg 3 of 3)

296
DATA SHEET E-11
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
NICKEL-IRON FOR CAST IRON Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type If welding is carried out without preheat it is desirable to

minimise the width of the HAZ by using a low heat input
Nominally Fe-55% Ni alloy for the repair and joining of
and low interpass temperature. A skip welding technique
cast iron.
can be beneficial in helping to achieve this.
Materials to be welded For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds
ASTM BS preheat in the range 150-250°C may be necessary. Light
A602, A47, A338, A220 2789 – SG irons peening to reduce contraction stresses can also be
6681 – Ductile irons beneficial but care should be taken not to exhaust the
ductility of the weld metal.
Applications Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair cavity, prior
The NiFe alloy is suitable for welding all grades of cast to filling can also be desirable whether a preheat is used
iron but particularly for spheroidal graphite (SG), or not.
nodular or ductile irons and some alloy cast irons. It On completion of welding the workpiece should be
provides compatible strength, ductility and toughness, allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.
coupled with good machinability.
The NiFe consumables can also be used on some of the Additional information
high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist). The flake The NiFe weld metals produce higher strength than the
graphite grades are welded with a preheat of 300-350°C pure nickel cast iron types and are therefore preferable for
but the SG grades are best buttered using low heat input, dissimilar joints, nodular irons and higher strength cast
and low temperature techniques to avoid HAZ hot irons. The NiFe types are also less sensitive to hot
cracking. cracking caused by pick-up of impurities such as
phosphorus which are often present in castings. The low
Note the martensitic Ni-Hard cast irons and white irons
matrix contraction coefficient of NiFe is also enhanced in
are generally considered to be unweldable because they
the higher carbon electrode deposits by expansion
are too crack-sensitive.
accompanying graphite precipitation and results in lower
The NiFe consumables are also suitable for welding stresses in heavy repairs; the possibility of cold cracking is
transition joints between cast iron and cast steels, and therefore reduced.
cast iron and mild/low alloy steels.
Typical components are machine bases, pump bodies,
engine blocks, gears and transmission housings. The pure nickel types (data sheet E-10) are also used for
welding cast iron.
Welding guidelines
Products available
Welding is often carried out without preheat but heavy
multipass deposits or highly restrained joints may require Process Product Specification
preheat 150-250°C. MMA CI Special Cast NiFe AWS ENiFe-CI
Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by careful CI-Met NiFe AWS ENiFe-CI
gouging and/or grinding using limited amounts of heat to
MIG 55NiFe BS NA47
avoid propagating cracks. The area to be welded should
be cleaned as far as practicable from sand, oil, grease,
paint or rust. Preheating can help to remove impregnated
oil on used castings which are being repaired.
Rev 04 10/03 DS: E-11 (pg 1 of 3)

297

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
3.5 1 2 <0.2 <0.5 12 <0.5 5
CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe NiFe MMA electrode for most grades of cast iron
Product description MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on a 55%Ni alloy core wire. Good
refining action provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity.
Specifications AWS A5.15 ENiFe-CI

BS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1
DIN 8573 (E NiFe-1 BG)
Composition C Mn Si S P Fe Ni Al Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- bal 45.0 -- --
max 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 bal 60.0 1.0 2.5
typ 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.010 0.005 42 55 <0.1 <0.1

Elongation % 10-12
Hardness HV 170-200
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 90
max A 80 110 150

length mm 305 355 355
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 15.0
CI-MET NiFe NiFe MMA electrode on bi-metallic core wire

Product description MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on bi-metallic Fe clad Ni core wire.
Good refining action provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. The bi-metallic core
wire minimises the risks of over-heating normally associated with NiFe MMA electrodes and produces excellent
operability.
Specifications AWS A5.15 ENiFe-CI

BS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1
DIN 8573 (E NiFe-1 BG)
Rev 04 10/03 DS: E-11 (pg 2 of 3)

298
CI-MET NiFe (continued)
Composition C Mn Si S P Fe Ni Al Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- bal 45.0 -- --
max 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 bal 60.0 1.0 2.5
typ 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.010 <0.01 42 55 <0.1 <0.1

Elongation % 10-12
Hardness HV 170-200
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 80 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 15.0
55NiFe Solid MIG wire for welding cast irons

Product description Solid wire for MIG.
Specifications BS 2901 pt 5 NA47

BS EN 1071 S C NiFe-1
DIN 8573 (MSG NiFe-1)
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Fe Cu Co
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 52.0 bal -- --
max 0.15 1.0 0.5 0.02 0.03 60.0 bal 0.5 2.0
typ 0.05 0.7 0.2 <0.01 <0.01 58 40 0.01 0.05
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded MIG (Ar-5%CO2)

Elongation % 24
Hardness HV 150
Typical operating MIG

parameters Shielding Ar / Ar + 1-2%O2 / Ar + 2-25%CO2 / 100%CO2
Current DC+
Diameter 1.2mm
Packaging data ø mm MIG

1.2 15kg spool
1.6 15kg spool
Fume data MIG fume composition, wt %:

35 2 <0.1 30 <0.5 1.7
Rev 04 10/03 DS: E-11 (pg 3 of 3)

299
DATA SHEET E-20
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
ARMOUR WELDING CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com

20%Cr-10%Ni-2.5%Mo weld metal composition designed Preheat not generally required for CMn and low alloy steels
for welding armour plate. with up to 0.3%C. However 50-200C is recommended
progressively with increasing base material thickness,
Materials to be welded hardenability and restraint.
Armour plate: 13%Mn (Hadfield steel):
MVEE 816 (MoD) Abro M (Cresuot) Additional information
Armox 816 (Swedish Steel) Red Diamond 14 Because of the high ferrite level (20 FN) and moderate
Compass B555 (Sleeman) (Spartan Redheugh) carbon content (0.06%), these consumables are not suitable
< 0.4%C hardenable steels: for cryogenic applications or structural service at
BS970 709M40 (En19), 817M40 (En24), 826M40 (En26), temperatures exceeding about 3000C. Some loss of ductility
897M39 (En40C), etc will occur if weldments are post weld heat treated. They
Wear-resistant steels: should not be confused with low carbon austenitic and duplex
Hardox 400 & 500 (Swedish Steel) stainless alloys specifically designed for corrosion resistance.
ARQ360, A-R-COL (Corus) However, AWS A5.4 and A5.22 include the related
Creusabro 4000, Abro 360 and 500 (Creusot) E308MoL which may be used for ASTM CF3M castings
ABR 500 (Taysteel) when a higher ferrite type than 316L is required for improved
Red Diamond 20, 21, 22 (Spartan Redheugh) stress-corrosion resistance.
ASTM:
These consumables are used successfully for steels which are
CF8M
judged 'difficult to weld' on the basis of their carbon
Also for dissimilar combinations between the above and to equivalent (CE). For example, armour plate and En26 have
standard stainless steels and CMn steels. CE ~ 1, potentially up to 1.36 maximum for classical armour
with nominal 0.3%C-2%Cr-0.5%Ni-0.4%Mo. Some
Applications proprietary armour steels are leaner, with CE 1 max. The
These consumables are well-established and approved for greatly hardened HAZ of these steels is only partially
armour welding. They deposit a modified austenitic tempered in a multipass weldment, resulting in high
stainless weld metal with moderately high ferrite content, sensitivity to hydrogen (cold) cracking. By using a specially
giving strong, tough and crack-resistant welds in many other balanced austenitic consumable this problem is avoided,
hardenable steels, often without the need for preheat. because very little hydrogen can diffuse from the weld into
Applications include tanks, other military and security the HAZ. It is still helpful to apply some preheat since this
vehicles, general engineering components. will encourage self-tempering and reduce peak HAZ
hardness. However, the presence of a hardened HAZ should
They are also useful for welding many wear and abrasion-
be considered in relation to service conditions.
resisting steels, to avoid the need for 'hydrogen control'
procedures, particularly for heavier sections and the harder Related alloy groups
types. In addition, the high work-hardening rate gives these There is no equivalent solid wire but the 307 types (data
welds good resistance to impact wear and scuffing. This sheet E-21) provide the best alternative if required. For
feature can also be exploited for overlays combined with dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-51), 307
corrosion and wet abrasion resistance. (E-21) and 29.9 types (E-22) may also be suitable.
Although the resistance to gouging abrasion of 13%Mn
Products available
Hadfield steel is unique and arises from its extreme work-
hardenability, these consumables have a long and successful Process Product Specification
history for the build-up and reclamation of this steel. It is an MMA AWS E308Mo-16
Armet 1
economic ductile buffer layer prior to hardfacing with high
alloy weld metals such as chromium carbide types. FCW Supercore 20.9.3 AWS E308MoT0-4
Supercore 20.9.3.P AWS E308MoT1-4
Microstructure
Austenite with ferrite 10 – 25FN, typically about 20FN.
Rev 03 05/09 DS: E-20 (pg 1 of 3)

300
ARMET 1 Rutile MMA electrode for welding armour plate
Product description Rutile MMA electrode made on austenitic stainless steel core wire. High moisture resistance, designed and
manufactured with low hydrogen technology to give weld metal with low potential hydrogen content.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E308Mo-16)*

BS EN 1600 E 20 10 3 R 32
BS 2926 (19.9.3.R)
DIN 8556 (E 20 10 3 R 26)
Approvals: MoD MVEE 1050 Class 1A and 1B
*Mn: 2.0 – 3.0 for AWS standard
(weld metal wt %) min 0.03 0.5 -- -- -- 18.5 9.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.08 2.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 12.0 3.0 0.75 25
typ 0.06 1.1 0.7 0.010 0.025 20 9.5 2.5 0.1 15

properties Tensile strength MPa 620 670-780
0.2% Proof stress MPa 400 > 520
Reduction of area % -- > 25
Hardness HV -- 220 *
* Increases to about 400 – 450HV on work hardening
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 100 150
max A 90 120 170 230

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5

8 5 1 4 < 0.2 16 1.2
Rev 03 05/09 DS: E-20 (pg 2 of 3)

301
SUPERCORE 20.9.3 Downhand rutile flux cored wire for welding armour plate
Product description Rutile flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system designed primarily for
downhand and horizontal welding, giving a mitred fillet profile. The 1.2mm diameter wire is also suitable for all-
positional welding.
Metal recovery is approximately 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications Supercore 20.9.3 Supercore 20.9.3.P

AWS A5.22 E308MoT0-1/4 E308MoT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 20 10 3 R M 3 T 20 10 3 P M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308Mo-FM0 TS308Mo-FM1
Approvals: MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 19.5 9.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.08 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.035 21.0 11.0 3.0 0.3 25
typ 0.06 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.03 20 9.5 2.8 0.05 17

Hardness J -- 230 *
* Increases to about 400 – 450HV on work-hardening.
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25 l/min. Proprietary gas mixtures may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below, with Ar-20%CO2 (when using CO2, voltages need to be increased by 2-3V):
1.2 130A-25V to 250A-32V 180A-29V 15-20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: Supercore 20.9.3 - 15.0kg (1.2/1.6mm), Supercore
20.9.3.P - 12.5kg (1.2mm).

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 F OES (mg/m3)
Ar+20%CO2 14 11 1 8 4 5 1.2
CO2 17 10 1 9.5 1 5 5
Rev 03 05/09 DS: E-20 (pg 3 of 3)

302
DATA SHEET E-21
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
307 FOR DISSIMILAR WELDS Email: info@metrode.com

Strong tough austenitic weld metal composition for Consists of austenite with approximately 5FN.
dissimilar joints and buffer layers.
Welding guidelines
Preheat not generally required unless welding thick
Dissimilar combinations of CMn, stainless, hardenable, sections, except that HAZ properties of higher carbon
wear-resistant and armour steels. Also suitable for hardenable steels should be taken into consideration in
13%Mn manganese (Hadfield) steel. relation to service conditions.
Applications When welding 13%Mn (Hadfield) steels in order to

minimise embrittlement and cracking the work piece
Mixed welding applications including the welding of
must be kept cool. This means that the following
mild, stainless, hardenable, and armour steels to
controls should be applied: no preheat, maximum
themselves or each other with or without preheat.
interpass controlled to 150C maximum, low heat input,
Tolerance to dilution (resistance to hot cracking) is
small weld beads and cool with water if necessary.
provided by the high manganese content, unlike armour
welding and 309 types which depend on a high ferrite
level. In some cases, they may offer an alternative to Related alloy groups
high nickel weld metal in joints between cast iron and
For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-
stainless steels. Weldments subject to PWHT retain
51), armour welding consumables (E-20) and 29.9 types
ductility with satisfactory toughness down to -500C.
(E-22) may also be suitable.
Reasonable scaling resistance up to 8500C.
Can be used as buffer layers to weld or reclaim 13% Mn
Products available
(Hadfield) steel used in rock crushing plant and earth
moving equipment. Buffer layer work hardens and can Process Product Specification
be used as a base for Workhard 13Mn or Methard MMA MetMax 307R AWS E307-26
650 or 850. Has also been found satisfactory as buffer
19.9.6Mn BS EN E 18 8 Mn R
layer on cast iron prior to hardsurfacing.
MIG 19.9.6Mn BS EN G 18 8 Mn Si
Use as surfacing consumable which work hardens from
200 to 400 HV, suitable for repair of alloy rails,
crossing parts, frogs etc. without need for preheat,
however, the work-hardening rate is lower than 13%
Mn steel and overlays of more than 1 layer may suffer
unacceptable collapse under heavy rolling loads. In this
case they may be used as a buffer under Workhard
13Mn.
Rev 06 03/07 DS: E-21 (pg 1 of 4)

303

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
Metmax 307R 19 11 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1
19.9.6Mn 18 15 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1
METMAX 307R Rutile high recovery MMA electrode
Product description Rutile high recovery, metal powder, electrode made on high purity steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating
ensures sound porosity free deposits.

BS EN 1600 E 18 9 Mn Mo R 52
DIN 8556 similar to E 18 8 Mn MPR 26
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 3.3 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 0.5 --
max 0.14 4.75 0.9 0.025 0.035 21.5 10.7 1.5 0.75
typ 0.1 4.0 0.6 0.010 0.015 19 9.5 0.8 0.1
All-weld mechanical PWHT

properties As welded min typical 600C/2h
Tensile strength MPa 590 660 --
Impact energy - 50°C J -- 70 47
Hardness HV -- 210 * --
* Increases to about 400-450HV on work hardening.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 90 130 160
max A 115 155 210 260

length mm 350 380 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.2 15.0
Rev 06 03/07 DS: E-21 (pg 2 of 4)

304
19.9.6Mn All-positional rutile coated MMA electrode
Product description Rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound
porosity free deposits.
Specifications AWS A5.4 similar to E307-16

BS EN 1600 E 18 8 Mn R 3 2
DIN 8556 E 18 8 Mn R 26
(weld metal wt %) min -- 4.5 -- -- -- 17.0 7.0 --
max 0.20 7.0 0.80 0.025 0.035 20.0 10.0 0.75
typ 0.12 5.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 18 9 0.4

Hardness HV 210 *
* Increases to about 400-450HV on work hardening.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 15.0
Rev 06 03/07 DS: E-21 (pg 3 of 4)

305
19.9.6Mn Solid wire for MIG
Product description Solid wire for MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.9 Similar to ER307 (AWS ranges: 3.3-4.75%Mn, 19.5-22.0%Cr and 0.5-1.5%Mo)
BS EN ISO 14343-A G 18 8 Mn
BS 2901: Pt2 307S98
DIN 8556 SG-X 15 CrNiMn 18 8 (1.4370)
(wire wt %) min 0.04 5.5 0.65 -- -- 17.0 7.5 -- --
max 0.14 7.5 1.0 0.025 0.03 20.0 9.5 0.3 0.3
typ 0.08 6 0.8 0.01 0.015 19 8.5 0.2 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded MIG: Ar + 5%CO2

Typical operating MIG

parameters Shielding Ar+5%CO2 *
Current DC+
Diameter 1.2mm
* Other proprietary shielding gases also suitable eg. Ar+2%O2, Ar-He mixtures etc
Packaging data ø mm MIG

1.0 15kg spool
1.2 15kg spool
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %):

30 26 3.5 12 < 0.5 <1 3.8
Rev 06 03/07 DS: E-21 (pg 4 of 4)

306
DATA SHEET E-22
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
29.9 DISSIMILAR WELD METALS Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type then fill with a more ductile austenitic type (no preheat
needed) according to required properties.
Austenite-ferrite weld metal composition of nominally
29%Cr-9%Ni for dissimilar joints and difficult to weld
steels. Microstructure
Materials to be welded Duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with about 40%
ferrite.
Medium and high carbon hardenable steels, tool steels
and free-cutting steels. Welding guidelines
Procedure will depend on base material. Preheat not
Eg. BS970 part 21: 080M40 (En8), 070M55 (En9),
normally required for small components and buffer
709M40 (En19) etc.
layers, although desirable for thicker high carbon steels
to avoid possible HAZ quench cracking and to control
Applications
peak hardness, 100-250C.
Use for welding medium and high carbon hardenable
steels, of known or unknown specifications, for example
tool steels, shafts, gear teeth, free-cutting steels, Additional information
dissimilar alloy combinations, buffer layers, Although 29.9 alloys have good resistance to high
overlays etc. temperature oxidation, duplex high ferrite weld metal is
subject to 475C embrittlement above about 300C and
Combination of high alloy and high ferrite content (40- sigma embrittlement at higher temperatures. This alloy
50FN) gives extreme tolerance to dilution on a wide is therefore not used where high temperature structural
range of hardenable and alloy steels with minimum or service or PWHT is involved.
no preheat. It has also been found useful for welding
free-cutting steels or those with a low Mn:S ratio
(especially < 20 or so), where other weld metals may
fail to prevent hot cracking due to liquation at the fusion For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (data sheet B-50),
boundary. 309Mo (data sheet B-51), armour welding consumables
(data sheet E-20) and 307 types (data sheet E-21) may
Weld deposit work-hardens and gives good wear and also be suitable.
friction resistance.
Products available
Useful for resistance to corrosion and to high
temperature scaling up to about 1000°C, but not Process Product Specification
recommended for structural applications above 300°C MMA 29.9 Super R (AWS E312-17)
or for welds to be post-weld heat treated, owing to
embrittlement. TIG/MIG/SAW 312S94 AWS ER312
Flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2 AC
Not recommended for filling up heavy joints nor for SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
sub-zero applications or where high notch toughness is LA491 BS EN SA FB255 AC
required. In these cases, it is generally best to use the
electrode for buttering only (preheat if appropriate),
Rev 05 05/09 DS: E-22 (pg 1 of 3)

307
29.9 SUPER R Acid rutile MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode with acid rutile flux on matching 312 stainless steel core wire.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E312-17)

BS EN 1600 E 29 9 R 32
BS 2926 29.9.AR
DIN 8556 E 29 9 R 21
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 28.0 8.0 -- --
max 0.15 1.5 1.2 0.025 0.035 31.0 10.5 0.5 0.75
typ 0.1 0.8 1 0.01 0.02 29 9.5 0.1 0.1

Elongation on 4d % 22 * 26
Hardness HV -- 280
* Minimum elongation required by AWS not always obtained.
A high tensile strength with moderate ductility is typical for multipass all-weld test specimens but these properties
may be altered under conditions of high dilution from base material for which this electrode is intended. Dilution
typically raises ductility.
ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 25 40 60 75 100 130
max A 45 60 90 120 155 210

length mm 250 250 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 9.0 9.3 12.0 13.8 14.1 13.5
pieces/carton 1389 948 642 435 276 168

8 4 1 8 0.2 17 0.6
Rev 05 05/09 DS: E-22 (pg 2 of 3)

308
312S94 Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW

BS EN ISO 14343-A 29 9
BS 2901: Pt2 312S94
DIN 8556 (SG X10CrNi 30 9 (1.4337))
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 28.0 8.0 -- --
max 0.15 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 32.0 10.5 0.3 0.3
typ 0.1 1.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 30 9.3 0.1 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG MIG

properties Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 2%O2
Reduction of area % 35 31 10
Impact energy + 20°C J 50 -- 27
Hardness HV 275 270 300

parameters Shielding Ar * Ar + 2-5%CO2 ** SS300 ***
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4
Voltage 120A, 14V 220A, 26V 350A, 30V
** Ar – CO2 gases were found to produce better ductility than Ar – 2%O2 (see properties above).
*** SSB and LA491 also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool --
3.2 To order -- --
30 12 22 9 <1 <1 2.3
Rev 05 05/09 DS: E-22 (pg 3 of 3)

309
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical DATA SHEET E-30
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
100Cu
Product description Microstructure

Deoxidised pure copper. Single phase (fcc).
Specifications
Typical parameters
AWS A5.7 ERCu TIG MIG
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 1898 / CuSn1 Shielding He * Ar, He or Ar-He
BS 2901 pt 3 C7 Current DC- DC+
DIN 1733 (SG-CuSn / 2.1006) Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 250A, 15V ** 300A, 28V **
* Ar can also be used but He produces deeper penetration,
QW432 F-No 31 permits higher travel speeds and allows preheat to be
reduced.
Materials to be welded ** Higher currents will be required as material thickness
Oxygen free copper increases, parameters given are suitable for material of
about 6mm thickness.
BS grade C103, UNS C10200, ISO Cu-OF / Cu-OFS
Applications Packaging data
ø mm TIG MIG
100Cu produces a deoxidised pure copper deposit for 1.2 -- 15kg spool
maximum thermal and electrical conductivity. 1.6 2.5kg tube --
Applications include plate for chemical plant and 2.4 2.5kg tube --
moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for
electrical components and tubes for heat exchangers. Storage
Welding guidelines Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,

>18°C.
Apart from very thin material (<3mm thick) a preheat
will be required. The required preheat will range from Related alloy groups
about 100°C at 6mm thick up to about 400/500°C for The copper silicon wire (data sheet E-31) is also used
material 15mm thick. for welding copper when a more highly deoxidised filler
All-weld mechanical properties is required.
Typical as welded TIG Fume data
0.2% Proof stress MPa 70 Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Hardness HV 60
<1 2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 82 0.2
Composition (wire wt %)
Cu Mn Si Sn Pb Al Fe Ni As Sb P Bi
min 98.0 0.10 0.10 0.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
max bal 0.50 0.50 1.0 0.010 0.01 0.03 0.10 0.05 0.005 0.015 0.003
typ 99 0.3 0.3 0.6 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.05 <0.005 <0.01 <0.003
Rev 03 02/07 DS: E-30 (pg 1 of 1)

310
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
97CuSi

Pure copper deoxidised with 3% silicon. Cu Mn Si Sn Pb Al Fe Ni P
min bal 0.75 2.8 -- -- -- -- -- --
max bal 1.25 4.0 0.2 0.020 0.01 0.10 0.10 0.020
Specifications typ 96 0.9 3 0.1 0.002 <0.01 0.04 <0.01 <0.01
AWS A5.7 ERCuSi-A
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6560 / CuSi3Mn1 All-weld mechanical properties
BS 2901 pt 3 C9 Typical as welded TIG
DIN 1733 SG-CuSi3 (2.1461) Tensile strength MPa 320
ASME IX Qualification Hardness HV 85
QW432 F-No 32
Typical parameters
TIG
Materials to be welded Shielding Ar or He
Current DC- *
General purpose including phosphorus deoxidised Diameter 2.4mm
copper, silicon bronze, nickel silver and some brasses. Parameters 200A, 15V
* AC with argon provides optimum arc cleaning action.

Applications
97CuSi silicon bronze has a wider range of general Packaging data
purpose applications than 100Cu, including overlaying ø mm TIG
of steels and cast irons. 2.4 2.5kg tube
Applications include plate for chemical plant and Storage

moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for
electrical components and tubes for heat exchangers. Recommended ambient storage conditions: < 60% RH,
>18°C.
Microstructure
Single phase (fcc).
The pure copper wire (data sheet E-30) is used for
welding copper when optimum thermal or electrical
Welding guidelines conductivity is required.
Preheat is not required when welding silicon bronze and
interpass temperature should be kept below 100°C. Fume data
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume
If welding copper then preheat of about 100°C will be negligible):
required for 6mm material increasing up to about
400/500°C for 15mm thick material. <1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3
Rev 03 02/07 DS: E-31 (pg 1 of 1)

311
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com 92CuSn
Product description Composition (wire wt %)

Tin bronze alloy wire for welding similar tin bronze Cu Sn Pb Al P Zn Fe
(phosphor bronze) alloys. min bal 7.0 -- -- 0.1 -- --
max bal 9.0 0.02 0.01 0.4 0.1 0.1
Specifications typ 92 7.8 0.01 <0.01 0.1 <0.1 <0.1
AWS A5.7 (ERCuSn-C)

BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 5210 / CuSn8P All-weld mechanical properties
BS 2901 Pt 3 (C11) Typical as welded TIG
DIN 1733 (SG-CuSn6 / 2.1022) Tensile strength MPa 344
ASME IX Qualification Hardness HV 86
92CuSn QW432 F-No 33
Typical parameters
Materials to be welded TIG
Shielding Ar
Tin bronze Up to 10%Sn+0.5%P. BS PB101- Current DC-
103, UNS C50100-C52400. Diameter 2.4mm
Gunmetals BS LG3, LG4, LPB1, Parameters 250A, 15V
(but >5%Pb leaded types difficult).
Bell metal Cu + 20-25%Sn. Packaging data
Brass Cu + 40%Zn, manganese bronze. ø mm TIG
Applications 1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube
This wire is used for welding a range of copper base
alloys to themselves and to CMn steels or cast irons,
and also for the repair and joining of castings. Storage
It is also suitable, if low dilution is achieved, for weld Recommended ambient storage conditions: < 60% RH,
surfacing to give a bearing surface and/or corrosion >18°C.
resistant overlay on steel components, shafts etc.
Stainless steels should be avoided because chromium Fume data
pick-up causes embrittlement.
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Microstructure Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
<1 <1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3
A multi phase copper base structure with complex
eutectoids.
Welding guidelines
The tin bronze weld metal tends to be sluggish because
of its wide melting range. Preheating to about 200°C
can help improve fluidity when welding thick sections.
To avoid hot cracking it is desirable to keep the
interpass temperature below 200°C.
Rev 04 06/07 DS: E-33 (pg 1 of 1)

312
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
90CuAl
Product description used on thicker sections, the lower preheat temperatures

being used for the high-zinc brasses.
9% Al bronze for welding similar 5-11% Al alloys.
Although this wire is suitable for many dissimilar
Specifications
combinations of copper and ferrous alloys, care is
AWS A5.7 ERCuAl-A2 necessary to minimise dilution by high chromium alloys
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6180 / CuAl10Fe such as stainless steels. The limited tolerance to
BS 2901 pt 3 C13 chromium pick-up may cause embrittlement and
DIN 1733 (SG-CuAl8, SG-CuAl10Fe) cracking especially if bend tests are applied. In this
situation low heat input buttering is beneficial.
QW432 F-No 36 Composition (wire wt %)
Cu Al Zn Fe Si Pb Ni Mn
Materials to be welded min 86 8.5 -- 0.5 -- -- -- --
Aluminium bronze: UNS C61400, BS CA101-103, max bal 11.0 0.02 1.5 0.10 0.007 1.0 1.0
typ 90 9 <0.01 1.0 0.02 0.004 0.03 0.1
BS 1400 AB1 (cast), Alloy D.
Beryllium copper: Cu + 0.5-2%Be; closest strength. All-weld mechanical properties
Brass: Cu–Zn.
Typical as welded TIG
Aluminium brass: eg. Yorkalbro Cu-22%Zn-2%Al.
Tensile strength MPa 550-615
Manganese bronze: Cu + 20-45%Zn + 1-3%Mn.
0.2% Proof stress MPa 250-350
Silicon bronze: Cu + 1-3.5%Si, Elongation on 4d % 21
(also see data sheet E-31). Reduction of area % 25
Applications Typical parameters

For welding 5-11% Al bronzes plus other copper alloys TIG MIG
Shielding Ar Ar, He or Ar-He
as listed above. For brasses the weld colour is similar Current AC Pulsed
and the presence of aluminium in the filler helps to Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
suppress zinc volatilisation during welding. Parameters 250A, 15V 235A, 25V (mean)
It can also be used to overlay CMn steels and cast irons Packaging data
to give wear and corrosion resistant bearing surfaces, or
ø mm TIG MIG
to join these to most copper base alloys. 1.2 -- 15kg spool
Applications include corrosion resistant and spark 2.4 2.5kg tube --
resistant pumps, castings, machinery parts, heat
Storage
exchangers for offshore, marine and mining
equipment. Recommended ambient storage conditions: < 60% RH,
>18°C.
Microstructure
Fume data
In the as-welded condition consists of a duplex  + 
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
microstructure.
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
Welding guidelines 3 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3
For aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required and Beryllium has a very low OEL (0.002mg/m3) so special
maximum interpass temperature should be 200°C. precautions may be required when welding beryllium
When welding brass a preheat of 100-300°C should be coppers.
Rev 04 05/09 DS: E-36 (pg 1 of 1)

313
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
80CuNiAl
Product description Resistance to hot cracking in thick sections with high

restraint is said to be inferior to plain aluminium bronze.
Cu-9%Al-5%Ni bronze for welding similar nickel
Am alternative is to fill with higher ductility aluminium
aluminium bronze alloys.
bronze (data sheet E-36) and cap with 80CuNiAl.
Specifications
AWS A5.7 ERCuNiAl Composition (wire wt %)
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6328 / CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2 Cu Al Ni Fe Mn * Si Zn Pb
BS 2901 pt 3 C26 (C20 also similar) min bal 8.50 4.00 3.0 0.60 -- -- --
DIN 1733 max bal 9.50 5.50 5.0 3.50 0.10 0.10 0.02
(SG-CuAl8Ni6)
typ 82 9.3 4.2 3.3 0.8 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
* DIN has 1.0-2.0%Mn.

QW432 F-No 37
Materials to be welded Typical as welded TIG
ASTM C63200, C63000 (CA630), C95800 (cast), 0.2% Proof stress MPa 400
C95500 (cast), C95520 (cast). Elongation on 4d % 19
BS CA104, CA105, AB2 (cast), Alloy E. Hardness HV 220
DIN 2.0966 (CuAl10Ni), 2.0978 (CuAl11Ni),
2.0970 (G-CuAl10Ni), 2.0980 (G-CuAl11Ni).
Typical parameters
MoD DGS 1043 Grade 2.
TIG MIG
Shielding Ar Ar, He or Ar-He
Current AC Pulsed
Applications Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
This wire deposits nickel aluminium bronze and is Parameters 250A, 15V 235A, 25V (mean)
suitable for welding wrought and cast parent materials
of similar composition. These alloys have high strength Packaging data
and resistance to stress corrosion, cavitation erosion, ø mm TIG MIG
corrosion fatigue, and attack by acids and chlorides. 1.2 -- 15kg spool
2.4 2.5kg tube --
Applications include corrosion resistant and spark
resistant pumps, ship propellers, heat exchangers for
offshore, marine and mining equipment. Storage
Recommended ambient storage conditions: < 60% RH,
Microstructure >18°C.
In the as-welded condition consists of a duplex α + β
Fume data
microstructure.
Welding guidelines Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
6 4 <0.1 3 <0.1 75 0.3
For aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required and
maximum interpass temperature should be 150°C.
Rev 03 09/06 DS: E-37 (pg 1 of 1)

314
DATA SHEET E-45
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
ALLOY C Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type
Although these consumables are not intended for
Alloy C is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel aggressive chemical plant applications this alloy has
base alloy. intrinsically high resistance to general corrosion, pitting
attack and stress corrosion in high chloride
Materials to be welded environments such as seawater. It is useful for corrosion
cast resistant overlays especially when combined with
erosion or cavitation. These properties are also exploited
ASTM A494 CW-12MW
for site repairs without preheat on high strength
A743/A744 CW-12M
martensitic stainless steels used for hydro turbines.
DIN 2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr)
Microstructure
Also used for surfacing and overlays.
Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite with
Applications some carbides and microsegregation typical of as-
deposited weld metal.
The weld deposit composition matches cast alloy C with
Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Wrought forms of
Welding guidelines
this alloy (C276) have low C and Si, see data sheet D-
30. Cast versions of the alloy typically have higher Preheat is not generally required but may be necessary
carbon and silicon (like the original wrought alloy C for higher carbon hardenable steels. For best corrosion
which is now obsolete) but repair welds are usually resistance interpass temperature should be kept below
solution treated for optimum corrosion resistance. 150C and heat input restricted to 1.5kJ/mm.
A controlled level of carbon raises strength and
response to work-hardening. These properties extend to
elevated temperatures, and with good resistance to Alloy C276 (D-30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-
impact and thermal fatigue the weld metal finds 32) are also NiCrMo.
extensive use for surfacing or build-up of hot-work
forging dies, especially where large volumes of weld Products available
metal must be deposited economically. It is also used as
a buffer layer prior to surfacing with more exotic nickel
or cobalt base alloys. MMA Nimrod C BS EN: E Ni2
Nimax C BS EN: E Ni2
Rev 00 07/06 DS: E-45 (pg 1 of 3)

315
General Data for all Alloy C Electrodes
Redry 200–250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.

1 4 10 5 5 0.2 16 1
NIMROD C Rutile alloy C electrode primarily used for surfacing
Product description MMA electrode manufactured on special nickel-chromium core wire, with an alloyed basic-rutile flux coating.
Primarily used for surfacing and cladding; for joining applications the Nimrod C276KS (data sheet D-30) is
preferred.
Specifications BS EN 14700 E Ni2

DIN 8555 E23-UM-200-CKT
AWS A5.11 (ENiCrMo-5 has similar composition)
(weld metal wt %) typ 0.04 0.4 0.6 0.01 0.01 15 56 15.5 3.5 5.5 0.1 0.05 0.05

Hardness Cap/mid HV -- 230/255 Work hardens to about 450HV.
* Minimum properties are for ASTM A494 CW-12MW castings which are solution treated at 1120°C + WQ.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 260 310 310
kg/carton 12.0 12.9 13.5
Rev 00 07/06 DS: E-45 (pg 2 of 3)

316
NIMAX C High recovery alloy C electrode primarily used for surfacing
Product description MMA electrode with special metal powder rutile- basic flux coating on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.
Specifications BS EN 14700 E Ni2

DIN 8555 E23-UM-200-CKT
AWS A5.11 (ENiCrMo-5 has similar composition)
(weld metal wt %) typ 0.05 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 16 56 16.5 3.6 5.5 0.1 0.05 0.05

Hardness HV -- 240 Work hardens to about 450HV.
* Minimum properties are for ASTM A494 CW-12MW castings which are solution treated at 1120°C + WQ.
ø mm 5.0
min A 160
max A 260
Packaging data ø mm 5.0

length mm 450
kg/carton 18.0
pieces/carton 102
Rev 00 07/06 DS: E-45 (pg 3 of 3)

317
DATA SHEET E-50
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
350 HARDFACING Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type trackwheels, rails, roller guides, couplings, brake

drums and shoes, rope winches, caterpillar tracks,
Martensitic hardfacing alloy producing a deposit of
nominally 350HV hardness. and clutch plates and cones.
Microstructure
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure consists
of martensite with some carbides.
These consumables are used for surfacing not joining.
They can be used for surfacing many materials
including structural steels (BS 4360), general purpose Welding guidelines
cast steels (BS 3100) and rail steels (BS 11). Preheat is not normally required but 100-200°C may be
required with thick and/or complex sections particularly
Applications with low alloy base materials or where there is a risk of
hydrogen-induced cracking.
These consumables deposit weld metal with a hardness
in the range 380-410HV; actual hardness depends on
base metal composition and number of layers deposited. Products available
The deposit gives a wear resistant crack-free deposit Process Product Specification
suitable for conditions of moderate abrasion and friction MMA Methard 350 (BS EN EFe1)
coupled with resistance to heavy impact. FCW Hardcore 350 BS EN TFe1
Items suitable for surfacing include slideways,
METHARD 350 350HV hardness MMA electrode for surfacing
Product description MMA surfacing electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux made on low carbon core wire.
Specifications DIN 8555 E1-UM-400-GP

BS EN 14700 (E Fe1 nearest)
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo
(weld metal wt %) typical 0.3 0.2 0.2 3 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:
properties Vickers HV 380-410
Rockwell HRC 39-42
Brinell HB 360-390
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.
Rev 01 09/06 DS: E-50 (pg 1 of 2)

318
METHARD 350 (continued)
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

length mm 450 450 450
kg/carton 18.6 18.9 18.0

Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)
16 5 1 18 5
HARDCORE 350 Self-shielded flux cored wire for surfacing
Product description A self-shielded flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The lime-fluorspar flux fill
eliminates the need for an external shielding gas.
Specifications DIN 8555 MF1-GF-350-GP

BS EN 14700 T Fe1
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo Al
(weld metal wt %) typ 0.25 2 0.1 1 0.2 1.7
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:
Rockwell HRC 30-36
Brinell HB 280-400
Operating parameters No shielding gas is required.

ø mm amp-volt range stickout
1.2 150-250A, 20-26V 40-50mm
1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm
2.8 300-500A, 27-35V 40-50mm
Packaging data Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg

18 8 <0.5 1 <1 8 5
Rev 01 09/06 DS: E-50 (pg 2 of 2)

319
DATA SHEET E-51
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
650 HARDFACING Email: info@metrode.com

Martensitic alloy for hardfacing producing a deposit of Preheat is not normally required but 100-200°C may be
nominally 650HV hardness. required with thick and/or complex sections particularly
with low alloy base materials or where there is a risk of
hydrogen-induced cracking.
These consumables are not used for joining they are
For substantial build-ups on plain carbon or CMn steels
used for surfacing/hardfacing applications. They can be
350 types (data sheet E-50) should be used as a buffer
used for hardfacing many materials including structural
layer to reduce the risk of cracking or spalling.
steel (BS 4360), wear resisting steel, high strength cast
steel (BS 3100 & BS 1504), and Hadfield 13%Mn steel. Additional information
Applications The combination of a 307 type (data sheet E-21) buffer
with two or more layers of 650 has proved to be
These consumables give a hardfacing deposit with a
particularly successful for excavation and crushing
hardness in the range 53-59 HRC dependent upon
equipment in cement plants in areas where the high
parent material dilution and the number of layers.
stress abrasion resistance of 13%Mn steel is inadequate.
It is particularly suitable for resistance to abrasion but
will withstand a reasonable amount of impact damage
and battering. The 350 surfacing consumables (data sheet E-50) are
used for less abrasion resistant applications where better
Typical applications are bulldozer blades, excavator
impact resistance is required. The chromium carbide
teeth, crusher jaws, buckets, scrapers and swing
types (data sheet E-55) are used for more severe
hammers in conditions of severe abrasion from soil,
abrasion applications.
sand and crushed minerals, coupled with the risk of
impact from large rocks and compacted materials. Products available
Microstructure Process Product Specification
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure consists MMA Methard 650 (BS EN EFe2)
of martensite with some carbides. Methard 650R (BS EN EFe2)
FCW Hardcore 650 BS EN TFe2

satisfactory.

Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 6 2.5 0.1 0.5 18 2
Rev 02 09/06 DS: E-51 (pg 1 of 3)

320
METHARD 650 MMA hardfacing electrode producing a nominal 650HV hardness deposit
Product description Rutile metal powder flux on a low carbon core wire.

Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo V
(weld metal wt %) typical 0.7 0.6 0.4 8 0.6 0.5
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate:

properties 1 layer 3 layers
Vickers HV 600-700 700-760
Rockwell HRC 55-60 60-63
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

length mm 450 450 450
kg/carton 18.6 18.6 19.5
METHARD 650R High recovery MMA hardfacing electrode of nominal 650HV hardness
Product description Rutile high recovery metal powder flux made on pure low carbon core wire.

Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo V
(weld metal wt %) typical 0.4 0.3 0.8 8 1 0.6
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate:

properties 1 layer on high
1 layer 3 layers
carbon steel
Vickers HV 560-600 620-680 580-640
Rockwell HRC 53-55 56-59 54-57
The weld metal will retain its hardness up to about 450°C but then softens markedly at temperatures in the
range 550-700°C.
Rev 02 09/06 DS: E-51 (pg 2 of 3)

321
METHARD 650R (continued)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 320 380 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 13.2 15.0
HARDCORE 650 Self-shielded flux cored wire of nominal 650 hardness
Product description Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-
fluorspar flux fill which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas.
Specifications DIN 8555 MF2-GF-55-GP

BS EN 14700 T Fe2
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo Al
(weld metal wt %) typical 0.8 2 0.8 2.5 0.2 1.7
All-weld mechanical Typical all-weld metal hardness:

Rockwell HRC 55-60
Brinell HB 620-680
Typical single layer hardness on mild steel = 45 HRC.

1.2 150-250A, 20-26V 40-50mm
1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm

18 7 <0.5 1.5 <0.5 12 5
Rev 02 09/06 DS: E-51 (pg 3 of 3)

322
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com METHARD 750TS
Product description furnace cool) otherwise grinding is necessary.

Rehardening is carried out by preheating slowly to
MMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux
800°C then raising to 1200°C for 5 minutes followed by
made on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is
air or oil quenching (brittle condition); final temper can
designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled
then be carried out to achieve required hardness.
with smooth operation. Recovery is about 120% with
respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole As-welded properties can be improved by tempering or
electrode. double tempering. During heat treatment precautions
should be taken against decarburisation.
Specifications
AWS A5.13 EFe5-B
DIN 8555 E4-UM-60-ST C Mn Si S P Cr Mo W V
BS EN 14700 E Fe4 min 0.5 -- -- -- -- 3.0 5.0 1.0 0.8
max 0.9 0.6 0.8 0.03 0.03 5.0 9.5 2.5 1.3
typ 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 4 8 1.7 1.1
QW432 F-No 71 All-weld mechanical properties
Typical hardness:
Materials to be welded HRC HV
As welded 62 750
Various tool steels. Annealed (800°C + FC) <25 <270
Tempered (550°C/2 + AC) 60-65 700-850
Used for surfacing mild or low alloy steel blanks.
Parameters
Applications
DC +ve or AC (OCV: 60V min)
This electrode gives a Mo alloyed high speed tool steel
deposit with hot hardness (up to 600°C), good ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
toughness and crack resistance (similar to AISI M1). min A 70 90 130
max A 115 155 210
Used for the reclamation, repair and modification of
high speed cutting and machining tools in either the as- Packaging data
welded, tempered or rehardened condition. New tools
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
can be manufactured by overlaying mild or alloyed steel length mm 350 380 380
blanks, annealing to facilitate machining, quenching kg/carton 11.7 12.6 13.2
and tempering to required hardness. pieces/carton 420 246 177
Applications include cutting and piercing tools, dies
and drills, punches and knives, ingot tongs etc. Storage
Microstructure unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists Redry 200–300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
of partially tempered martensite with carbides and some Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
retained austenite, which is reduced if double tempered. Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins
(using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
Welding guidelines
Fume data
It is possible to weld without preheat provided the
electrodes are properly dried but preheats on the range Fume composition, wt % typical:
100-200°C will be necessary in thick or complex Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
sections and when welding hardenable steels. 20 6 2 2 0.5 20 2.5
For machining the weld metal can be annealed (800°C +
Rev 00 09/06 DS: E-53 (pg 1 of 1)

323
DATA SHEET E-55
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CHROMIUM CARBIDE HARDFACING Email: info@metrode.com
Alloy type normally cause some cold cracking (stress-relief checking).

Preheating to 200-450°C and slow cooling can minimise
Chromium carbide hardfacing. surface cracking but not eliminate it.
Materials to be welded Build-ups should be restricted to two layers or a maximum of
These consumables are not used for joining they are used for three (8mm maximum build-up). For large build-ups on low
surfacing/hardfacing applications. They can be used for alloy steels, or any hardfacing on 13%Mn Hadfield steel, a
hardfacing many materials including structural steel (BS buffer layer of 307 (data sheet E-21) should be used.
4360), wear resisting steel, high strength cast steel (BS 3100 Additional information
& BS 1504), and Hadfield 13%Mn steel (with appropriate
buffer layer). Deposits are non-machinable or heat-treatable but can be
ground. With the MMA electrodes a weave/wash technique
Applications produces a very smooth glass like surface which is highly
These consumables produce high carbon, high chromium, resistant to fine hard powder abrasion.
chromium carbide deposits with high hardness and resistance Hardness figures are quoted for all the products but these
to extreme abrasion. They also exhibit high temperature only provide a guide to expected performance, because of the
stability with good oxidation resistance up to about 1000°C complex nature of the chromium carbide weld deposit.
(although hot hardness above about 450°C is inferior to Chromium carbide types have greater resistance to high stress
cobalt types); also have moderate corrosion resistance. abrasion than martensitic types of equivalent hardness.
Used for earth moving and dredging equipment, steel Related alloy groups
works equipment, sinter plants, cement works, sizing
screens, augers, rolling mill guides, pump impellers, For lower abrasion resistance but better impact properties the
augers and feed screws; which are handling abrasive sands 650 hardfacing types (data sheet E-51) are used. The cobalt
and sludges under conditions of extreme abrasion but limited hardfacing types (data sheet E-65) have superior hot
impact. hardness.
Products available
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of an
austenitic alloy matrix (bulk hardness 500-600HV) and MMA Methard 850 BS EN EFe14
chromium/complex carbides (approximate hardness Methard 950 BS EN EFe14
1500HV).
FCW Hardcore 850 BS EN TFe15
Welding guidelines BS EN TFe15
Hardcore 950
Use with a stringer bead technique or a wide weave for
maximum coverage. Thermal contraction stresses will


Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4
Rev 03 09/06 DS: E-55 (pg 1 of 3)

324
METHARD 850 MMA electrode producing a chromium carbide deposit
Product description MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant
coating giving freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.
Specifications DIN 8555 E10-UM-60-G

BS EN 14700 E Fe14
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W
(weld metal wt %) typ 3 0.8 1 25 2
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness on mild steel:

Properties 1 layer 2 layers 3 layers
Vickers HV 450-500 600-700 650-750
Rockwell HRC 45-50 55-60 58-62
Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding
conditions.
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 110 150 190
max A 160 220 280

length mm 380 380 450
kg/carton 13.2 13.2 15.0
METHARD 950 MMA electrode producing a chromium carbide deposit

Product description MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant
coating giving freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.
Specifications DIN 8555 E10-UM-65-G

BS EN 14700 E Fe14
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W
(weld metal wt %) typ 4 1.2 1 34 3
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness on mild steel:

properties 1 layer 2 layers 3 layers
Vickers HV 475-575 675-750 700-850
Rockwell HRC 48-54 56-62 60-66
Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding
conditions.
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 110 150 190
max A 160 220 280

length mm 380 380 450
kg/carton 13.5 13.8 15.9
Rev 03 09/06 DS: E-55 (pg 2 of 3)

325
Data For all FCW

1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm


35 7 1 13 5 <1 12 1
HARDCORE 850 Self-shielded hardfacing flux-cored wire
fluorspar flux fill which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced
which is non-machinable.
Specifications DIN 8555 MF10-GW-60-G

BS EN 14700 T Fe15
Composition C Mn Si Cr
(weld metal wt %) Typical 4.8 2.7 1.7 22
All-weld mechanical Typical all-weld metal hardness on mild steel:

properties 55-59 HRC
Actual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.
Maximum deposit thickness 8mm.
HARDCORE 950 Self-shielded hardfacing flux-cored wire
fluorspar flux fill which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced
which is non-machinable.
Specifications DIN 8555 MF10-GW-65-G

BS EN 14700 T Fe15
Composition C Mn Si Cr
(weld metal wt %) typ 5 3 1.5 27
All-weld mechanical Typical all-weld metal hardness on mild steel:

properties 57-60 HRC
Actual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.
Maximum deposit thickness 8mm (2-3 layers).
Rev 03 09/06 DS: E-55 (pg 3 of 3)

326
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com METHARD 1050
Product description Build-up is normally limited to 2 layers (maximum 3).

Surface crazing or cracking (checking) is normal but
MMA electrode with rutile metal powder type flux
can be minimised by preheating and slow cooling. For
made on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is
large build-ups or any surfacing on 13%Mn steels use a
designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled
buffer layer of a 307 type (data sheet E-21).
respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole
electrode.
C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W
Specifications typ 4.5 0.2 1 28 12
DIN 8555 E10-UM-65-G All-weld mechanical properties

BS EN 14700 E Fe16
Typical hardness:
HRC HV
Materials to be welded As welded 62-66 750-850
Surfacing of mild and low alloy steels. These values are for guidance only actual hardness is
dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate
Applications and welding conditions.
This electrode gives a high alloy complex chromium Parameters
carbide deposit to produce very high hardness,
resistance to extreme abrasion and thermal stability up DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
to 600°C, coupled with reasonable corrosion resistance.
The deposit is not machinable but can be ground if ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0
min A 110 150 190
necessary.
max A 160 220 280
Used for equipment in contact with hot metal, slag and
hot gases at temperatures in excess of 600°C. For Packaging data
applications requiring high resistance to thermal shock ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0
one of the cobalt based Cobstel types should be length mm 380 380 450
considered. For ambient temperature applications kg/carton 12.6 12.6 15.3
Methard 850 or 950 (E-55) are more economic pieces/carton 183 114 81
alternatives.
Used for surfacing slag crushers, ore processors, Storage
furnace guides, rollers and moulds, in the steel, 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
ceramic, cement, pottery and glass industries. unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
Redry 150–250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Microstructure Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins
(using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
of an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk hardness 500-
600HV) and a large proportion of chromium and
Fume data
complex alloy carbides (1500-2000HV).
Welding guidelines Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4
Preheat to 200-450°C and slow cool to minimise surface
cracking. Use a stringer bead or wide weave for
maximum coverage.
Rev 00 09/06 DS: E-58 (pg 1 of 1)

327
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com WORKHARD 13Mn
Product description (below 150°C). Use no preheat, low heat inputs, small
weld beads and cool with water, swabs or air blasts if
MMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux
necessary.
made on low carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating
is designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled
A buffer layer, such as MetMax 307R, should be used
prior to surfacing mild or alloy steels with WorkHard
respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole
13Mn. MetMax 307R should also be used as a buffer
electrode.
to avoid the need for large multi-pass deposits of
Specifications WorkHard 13Mn.
AWS A5.13 EFeMn-B Composition (weld metal wt %)

DIN 8555 E7-UM-200-KP C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
BS EN 14700 E Fe9 min 0.5 11.0 0.3 -- -- -- 0.6
max 0.9 16.0 1.3 0.03 0.03 0.5 1.4
ASME IX Qualification typ 0.8 13 0.6 0.01 0.02 0.2 1
QW432 F-No 71
Materials to be welded Typical hardness:
As deposited Work Hardened
13%Mn Hadfield steel.
Brinell, HB 170-220 380-550
Vickers, HV 180-230 400-580
Used for surfacing other steels using a suitable buffer Rockwell 87-96 HRB 41-54 HRC
layer.
Applications Parameters
DC ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
This electrode deposits a fairly soft ductile weld metal
which rapidly work hardens under heavy impact and
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0
battering to become wear and abrasion resistant. The min A 80 100 140
parent steel, developed by Hadfield in 1883, is the max A 140 180 240
oldest alloy steel and its resistance to gouging abrasion
is exceptional and unique. Packaging data
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0
Used for the reclamation, surfacing and joining of length mm 380 450 450
13%Mn steel. Applications include dredger, bucket kg/carton 15.0 16.5 16.8
and grab tips; hammers and rolls in crushing plants; pieces/carton 357 219 147
various equipment in quarries and other mineral
extraction industries. Also used for rail track points, Storage
crossings and frogs; and prison bars.
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
Microstructure For electrodes that have been exposed:
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure consists Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
of a soft manganese alloy austenite which rapidly work Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins
hardens under impact loading. (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
Welding guidelines
Fume data
C and Mo are carefully controlled to minimise the risk
of carbide embrittlement but the weld metal and Fume composition, wt % typical:
particularly base material are susceptible to Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)
embrittlement when exposed to temperatures in the 19 23 0.1 10 2.2
range 370-590°C. To minimise embrittlement and
cracking the weld and work piece must be kept cool
Rev 01 09/06 DS: E-60 (pg 1 of 1)

328
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
COBSTEL 6
Product description cooling may be required to avoid the risk of cracking in
multi-run deposits and/or highly restrained conditions.
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special
cobalt alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may be
give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth finished by grinding where necessary.
operation and low dilution. Recovery is about 110%
with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole Composition (weld metal wt %)
electrode. C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co
min 0.7 -- -- 25.0 -- -- 3.0 -- bal
Specifications max 1.4 2.0 2.0 32.0 3.0 1.0 6.0 5.0 bal
typ 1.2 0.2 0.8 28 2 <0.5 4.5 3 60
AWS A5.13 ECoCr-A
DIN 8555 E20-UM-45-CTZ All-weld mechanical properties
BS EN 14700 (E Co2 nearest)
Typical as-welded hardness:
Temperature Vickers Rockwell
ASME IX Qualification °C HV HRC
QW432 F-No -- +20 350-440 35-45 Dependent on dilution
+400 320 32
+600 280 28
Materials to be welded +800 230 22
+900 200 --
Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels;
Although the hardness reduces steadily with temperature oxidation
and also for nickel base alloys.
resistance is good to in excess of 1000°C.
Can also be used for the repair of UNS R30006, Stellite Parameters
6 (Deloro Stellite).
Applications
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
This is the most widely used cobalt base type and min A 70 90 130
combines good abrasion resistance with resistance to max A 115 155 210
corrosion, erosion and thermal shock. It also has
excellent resistance to galling, sliding friction and Packaging data
compression at all temperatures. ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot shear length mm 300 350 350
blades, punches and dies, ingot tong ends and kg/carton 13.5 13.8 13.5
equipment for handling hot steel. Used for cat pieces/carton 594 333 267
cracker slide valves in petrochemical industry. Also
finds applications in a very wide range of industries Storage
including steel, cement, marine and power 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
generation. unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
Microstructure Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins
of a cobalt based austenite with a number of carbides (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
and other complex phases.
Fume data
Welding guidelines Fume composition, wt % typical:
For smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be used, Fe Mn Ni Cr Co W F OES (mg/m3)
but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable. 1 3 <1 11 18.5 1 9 0.5
Preheat in the range 100-300°C or higher with slow
Rev 01 09/06 DS: E-65 (pg 1 of 1)

329
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
COBSTEL 8
Product description Preheat not required, but advisable for first layer when
deposited on hardenable alloy steels. Interpass control
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special
to ~200°C maximum is advisable to minimise possible
cobalt alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to
hot cracking in heavy multipass deposits.
give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth
operation and low dilution. Recovery is about 110% Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may be
with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole finished by grinding where necessary.
electrode.
Specifications C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co
AWS A5.13 ECoCr-E (anticipated) min 0.2 -- -- 24.0 2.0 4.5 -- -- bal
max 0.4 2.0 1.0 29.0 4.0 6.5 0.50 5.0 bal
UNS W73021 typ 0.3 0.2 0.6 26 3 5.5 <0.1 3 60
DIN 8555 E20-UM-300-CKTZ
BS EN 14700 E Co1 All-weld mechanical properties
Typical as-welded hardness:
Temperature, °C Vickers, HV Rockwell, HRC
Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels; +20 320 30
and also for nickel base alloys. +400 210 --
+600 170 --
Can also be used for the repair of similar base materials +800 110 --
(UNS R30021, Stellite 21 - Deloro Stellite, and BS +900 100 --
3146 ANC 14 castings) although it is optimised for The as-deposited room temperature hardness can be
surfacing not joining. increased to 450HV (44HRC) by work hardening.
Applications Parameters
This low carbon cobalt base type combines good high
temperature strength with high ductility. The improved
ø mm 3.2 4.0
ductility provides better resistance to weld cracking than
min A 90 130
the high carbon types. It has high resistance to max A 155 210
corrosion, oxidation and sulphidation; good resistance
to cavitation-erosion and resists thermal shock better Packaging data
than high carbon types. Galling resistance is inferior to ø mm 3.2 4.0
high carbon types but bed-in properties are better. length mm 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 13.5
It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot shear
blades, hot work dies, ingot tong ends and
equipment for handling hot steel. Used for cat Storage
cracker slide valves in petrochemical industry. Also
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
finds applications in a very wide range of industries
with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
including steel, cement, marine and power
satisfactory.
generation.
Microstructure Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed
condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
of a cobalt based austenite with a number of carbides
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
and other complex phases.
Fume data
Welding guidelines
For smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be used,
but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable. Fe Mn Ni Cr Co W F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 1 10 19 1 9 0.5
Rev 01 09/06 DS: E-66 (pg 1 of 1)

330
DATA SHEET E-70
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
Fax: +44(0)1932 569449 Technical
Fax: +44(0)1932 566199 Export
CMn STEELS Email: info@metrode.com

Consumables for welding mild and CMn steels Predominantly ferrite.
of 340-510MPa tensile strength.
Welding guidelines
Preheat and PWHT would often not be required
API 5L grades A, B, X42, X52, X60. but actual requirements will depend on grade and
ASTM/ASME thickness of base material being welded.
A36; A106 grades A, B &C; A139;
A210 grades A1 & C; A234 grade
WPB; A334 grade 1, A216 grade Related alloy groups
WCA, WCB, WCC The 1%Ni consumables (data sheet A-40) are
BS EN 10025 grades S235 & S275 used for applications requiring better low
BS
temperature impact properties.
1449 pt 1 grades 1-15 & 34/20-
43/25; 3059, 3601 & 3602 grades
320 & 360; 4360 grades 43 & 50; Products available
1501 grades 151 & 161 Process Product Specification
DIN St37; St44; St50; St52. TIG ER70S-2 ER70S-2
ER70S-3 ER70S-3
Applications ER70S-6 ER70S-6
Used for a diverse range of applications in FCW Metcore DWA 50 E71T-1M
general engineering and fabrication,
pipework and pressure vessel fabrication. The
flux cored wire also finds widespread use in ship
and bridge building.
General Data for all Solid Wires

Storage Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18°C.

parameters Shielding Ar
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Voltage 150A, 15V
Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):

53 7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 1.2 5
Rev 04 05/09 DS: E-70 (pg 1 of 4)

331
ER70S-2 Mild steel TIG wire
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG. This wire has extra deoxidation (Al, Ti & Zr) and is often referred to as
‘triple deoxidised’. This is claimed to have advantages for rimming or semi-killed steels and rusty or
contaminated plate. Owing to the high levels of deoxidants some precipitation may occur in multipass welds,
particularly following PWHT. Also suitable for subsequent vitreous enamelling, where the low carbon and the
Ti+Zr suppress blistering of the enamel during stoving.
Specifications AWS A5.18 ER70S-2

BS EN ISO 636-A (W2Ti)
BS 2901: Pt1 A15
DIN 8559 (WSG1)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cu Al Ti Zr Ni Cr Mo V
(wire wt %) min -- 0.90 0.40 -- -- -- 0.05 0.05 0.02 -- -- -- --
max 0.07 1.40 0.70 0.025 0.025 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.12 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03
typ 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.08 0.10 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min typical

Impact energy - 30°C J 27 30*
* Single values may be lower, particularly after PWHT.

1.2 5kg tube
1.6 5kg tube
2.4 5kg tube
3.2 5kg tube

Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG. This is a higher carbon double deoxidised wire with Mn and Si which
produces reliable impact properties.

BS EN ISO 636-A (W2Si)
BS 2901: Pt1 (A17)
DIN 8559 (WSG1)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Cr Mo V
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.90 0.45 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
max 0.15 1.40 0.70 0.025 0.025 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03
typ 0.1 1.1 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min typ


1.6 to order
2.4 to order
Rev 04 05/09 DS: E-70 (pg 2 of 4)

332
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG. This is a good general purpose filler wire, double deoxidised with higher
levels of Mn and Si, providing reliable impact properties.

BS EN ISO 636-A (W3Si1)
BS 2901: Pt1 A18
DIN 8559 (WSG2)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Cr Mo V
(wire wt %) min 0.06 1.40 0.80 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
max 0.12 1.60 1.15 0.025 0.035 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03
typ 0.08 1.5 0.85 0.015 0.01 0.15 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min typ


1.6 5kg tube
2.4 5kg tube
3.2 5kg tube
Rev 04 05/09 DS: E-70 (pg 3 of 4)

333
METCORE DWA 50 All-positional CMn rutile flux cored wire
Product description Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding
positions, including positional pipework. The wire is designed for standard mild and CMn steels. Suitable for
single-sided welds on ceramic backing systems. Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of
typically < 5ml/100g.
Metal recovery 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.20 E71T-1M

BS EN ISO 17632-A T 422 PM1 H5
BS EN ISO 17632-B T492T1-1MA-H5
BS 7084 T521 GPH
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
max 0.08 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.04 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08
typ 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.01 < 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.02

properties As welded (PWHT with caution) min * as-welded 600°C/4h
Tensile strength MPa 510-650 580 575
Impact energy 0°C J -- 150 140
- 20°C J 27 90 45
Hardness HV -- 200 --
* As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-1M as-welded. Since toughness may be reduced by PWHT, batch testing
(to order) is advised to confirm specific requirements.
Operating Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
parameters Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm
Packaging data Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg

36 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 2 5
Rev 04 05/09 DS: E-70 (pg 4 of 4)

334
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
ULTRAMILD
Special low strength MMA electrode made with a basic low C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb V
hydrogen coating on pure iron core wire. Moisture resistant min -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
coating gives weld metal hydrogen content <5ml/100g. max 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.015 0.020 0.10 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05
typ 0.02 0.4 0.3 0.010 0.010 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with
respect to whole electrode. All-weld mechanical properties
As welded min typical
Specifications Tensile strength MPa 430 460
AWS A5.1 E6018 0.2% Proof stress MPa 330 370
ASME IX Qualification Elongation on 5d % -- 29
QW432 F-No 1, QW442 A-No 1. - 20°C J -- 100
- 30°C J 27 45
Materials to be welded Hardness cap/mid HV -- 160/150
Mild and CMn steels. Parameters
Applications DC +ve or
AC (OCV: 70V min)
Ultramild gives a soft, ductile low strength weld metal
ø mm 3.2 4.0
designed to absorb high shrinkage strains and minimise the
min A 80 100
build-up of residual stresses. It is a basic low hydrogen max A 140 180
electrode with the lowest levels of alloying, microalloying
and deoxidation compatible with satisfactory radiographic
Packaging data
quality, resulting in ductile weld metal of about 300MPa
yield strength. ø mm 3.2 4.0
length mm 380 450
Applications include repair of fabrication-induced cracks in kg/carton 15.0 18.0
CMn and low alloy steels, buttering layers to avoid lamellar pieces/carton 408 264
tearing in areas of high restraint, restrained root runs under
adverse conditions of low ambient temperature (-20°C) and Storage
minimal or no preheat, and welding of steel conductor rails
requiring high electrical conductivity. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
Microstructure <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
In the as-welded and PWHT conditions, the microstructure Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
consists of low strength ferrite. 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
cycles, 10h total.
Welding guidelines
Preheating requirements will be dependent on the grade and or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6
thickness of the base material. weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage
conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH,
Additional information >18°C.
Although Ultramild has tensile properties which match those
Fume data
of the commonly used low strength grades of structural and
pressure vessel steels, it would not normally be chosen for Fume composition, wt % typical:
the complete welding of highly stressed or pressure Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
containment welds. It can, however be used to advantage in 15 3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 17 5
the repair of such welds particularly in root areas, buttering
layers, and the filling of deep grooves where the high
restraint can be absorbed in the weld metal and so minimise
the risk of cracking. The bulk of the joint can be completed
using the usual higher strength consumable without any loss
in performance resulting from the use of Ultramild.
Rev 01 08/06 DS: E-71 (pg 1 of 1)

335
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
NILSIL
Product description
MMA electrode with a special rutile alumino-silicate flux C Mn Si * S P
on high purity mild steel core wire. In common with min -- 0.2 -- -- --
E6013 type electrodes, the as-deposited weld metal max 0.10 0.8 0.10 0.03 0.03
hydrogen may exceed a hydrogen potential of 15ml/100g. typ 0.05 0.5 0.06 0.01 0.02
Metal recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire,
* Analysed silicon will include a small proportion present as non-
65% with respect to whole electrode. metallic silicate inclusions. Alloyed silicon is therefore lower than
analysed.
Specifications
No relevant national specifications, nearest AWS A5.1 All-weld mechanical properties
E6013. As welded typical
ASME IX Qualification 0.2% Proof stress MPa 380
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. Elongation on 4d % 30
Parameters
Low silicon steels.
DC ve or
BS 2858. AC (OCV: 70V min)
Armco iron.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0
Applications min A 70 80 100 140 200
max A 110 140 180 240 300
Nilsil deposits mild steel weld metal with a very low
silicon content of 0.10% maximum. It is designed Sizes larger than 3.2mm not recommended for positional welding.
specifically for the fabrication and repair of hot-dip zinc
Packaging data
galvanising baths and lead pots. The steels used for these
applications are usually either Armco iron, aluminium ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0
killed or rimming steel which are almost silicon free. length mm 350 380 450 450 450
kg/carton 15.0 18.0 21.0 21.0 20.4
A low silicon content is necessary to resist pieces/carton 810 543 342 225 153
corrosion/erosion by molten zinc at the operating
temperature of 450-500°C, particularly at the molten Storage
metal/air interface. Residual zinc may also attack pots 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
used for molten lead. Weld metals with more than 0.10% unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin satisfactory for
silicon are particularly subject to attack and at 0.4% longer than 8h working shift.
silicon a four-fold increase would be typical. Manganese For electrodes that are damp:
in the weld metal is also held at the optimum of about Redry 100-120°C/1-2h. Maximum 150°C, 3 cycles, 10h
0.5%. total.
Nilsil is also recommended for welding articles made
from low silicon galvanising steels intended for weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage
subsequent bright zinc coating. Welds of a higher silicon conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): <60% RH,
content can give a dull and uneven surface. >18°C.
Additional information Fume data
In the process of hot-dip galvanising, a thin bonding layer Fume composition, wt % typical:
of Fe-Zn alloy is formed at the steel interface. Silicon Fe Mn Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
content of the steel has a controlling influence on the Fe- 25 5 <0.2 <0.1 <2 5
Zn reaction and coating quality. Modern zinc baths may
have about 0.1%Ni added to improve brightness of
coatings on higher silicon steels.
Microstructure
Ferritic.
Rev 00 06/01 DS: E-72 (pg 1 of 1)

336
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical
SECTION F
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
Email: info@metrode.com FLUXES FOR SAW
Fluxes for submerged arc welding
This section includes submerged arc welding fluxes for CrMo low alloy steels, austenitic stainless steels, duplex and
superduplex stainless steels and nickel base alloys. The data sheets in this section include data specific to the flux,
further information on the wires can be found on the relevant alloy data sheet in Sections A, B, C, D & E.
An indication of the basicity of the fluxes is given using a basicity index (BI) the most common of which is the
Boniszewski index which is calculated from the molecular weight of each component using the following formula:
CaO + MgO + BaO + CaF2 + Na2O + K2O + 0.5(MnO + FeO)

SiO2 + 0.5(Al2O3 + TiO2 + ZrO2)
Flux consumption will vary slightly from one flux to another and also with welding parameters, the consumption
increasing as the voltage increases. As a general approximation about 1kg of flux is consumed for every kg of wire
melted; for estimation purposes a flux:wire ratio between 1 & 2 is normally used. The unfused flux can be recycled
but the recycled flux should be limited to about 10% of the blend to avoid the build-up of fines.
There is a European specification (BS EN 760) for the classification of fluxes and also a DIN specification both of
which allow a flux to be classified according to its characteristics. ASME/AWS does not have any standards for the
classification of a flux they only classify wire-flux combinations. The ASME/AWS standards currently only cover mild
and low alloy steel wire–flux combinations; there are no ASME/AWS standards for stainless steel or nickel base wire-
flux combinations.
Data Specifications
Product Description
F-11 LA436 General purpose flux for low alloy steels -- S A AB 1
F-15 LA491 High basicity flux for P91 -- S A FB 2
F-16 LA492 High basicity flux for P91 and P92 -- S A CS 1
F-20 SSB Flux for duplex and superduplex stainless steel -- S A AF 2
F-22 SS300 Flux for general purpose stainless steel -- S A AF 2
F-30 NiCu Basic flux for alloy 400 -- S A CS 2
F-35 NiCr Basic low silica flux for nickel alloys -- S A FB 2
F-40 L2N Fused general purpose flux -- S F CS 2
Rev 03 06/09 DS: F-01 (pg 1 of 1)

337
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 569449 Technical DATA SHEET F-11
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
LA436 FLUX
Product description appropriate wire. PWHT recommendations, if required,

will also be found on the appropriate wire data sheet.
Neutral, aluminate basic, agglomerated flux.
Typical parameters
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6.
Current: DC or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
Specifications Suitable for single or tandem wire, with a current carrying
capacity of 700A.
BS EN 760 S A AB 1 67 AC H5
Typical parameters for a 2.4mm wire are:
ASME IX Qualification 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel speed.
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
Packaging data
Materials to be welded Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
The base materials to be welded include ASTM A335 resistant 25kg metal drums.
P11, P22 and P36.
Storage
Applications Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
The LA436 flux is designed for welding low alloy and >18°C.
creep resisting CrMo steels (eg. data sheets A-12, A-13 If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
and A-23). LA436 flux is suitable for joining and period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for 1-
surfacing. LA436 shows a silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and 2 hours.
manganese pick-up of ~0.4% with a 1%Mn wire (in
accordance with BS EN 760). Fume data
SAW fume is negligible.
Welding guidelines
The appropriate preheat or interpass temperature controls
will be dependent on the material being welded,
guidelines can be found on the data sheet for the
Typical weld deposit analysis, wt%

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
1NiMo 0.06 1.9 0.5 <0.01 <0.02 -- 0.9 0.5
1CrMo 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 -- 0.5
2CrMo 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 -- 1.0
Typical Mechanical properties (PWHT)

Wire Tensile strength, MPa 0.2% proof stress, MPa Elongation on 4d, % Impact energy, J
1NiMo 680 560 30 140J at +20°C
1CrMo 620 535 25 >100J at +20°C
2CrMo 640 560 24 >100J at +20°C
Rev 01 10/07 DS: F-11 (pg 1 of 1)

338
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
LA491 FLUX
Product description systems. The LA491 flux has been found to be
beneficial for applications with 308S92/ER308L and
Agglomerated fluoride-basic flux for submerged arc
welding. 316S92/ER316L requiring cryogenic impact properties
of 0.38mm lateral expansion at -196°C. Batch selection
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~2.7. of wire is generally required and batch testing is
Particle size is 0.2 – 2.0mm. Nominal composition of the recommended.
flux is:
Welding guidelines
40%(CaO+MgO) + 25%(CaF2) + 20%(Al2O3+MnO) + Guidelines will depend on the material being welded. For
15%(SiO2+TiO2) further details see the appropriate alloy data sheet eg. for
modified 9CrMo (P91) using 9CrMoV-N wire see data
Specifications sheet A-17, 308S92/ER308L see data sheet B-30,
BS EN 760 S A FB 255 AC 316S92/ER316L see data sheet B-32 and for
DIN 32522 B FB 6 55455 AC 8 309S92/ER309L data sheet B-50.
ASME IX Qualification Typical parameters

QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. Current: DC+ or AC, 800A maximum.
Materials to be welded Packaging data

Major application is for welding modified 9CrMo (P91) Metrode LA491 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
creep resisting steel (data sheet A-17) but also suitable resistant 20kg metal drums.
for most 300 series stainless steels eg 308L (data sheet
B-30), 316L (data sheet B-32) and 309L (data sheet B- Storage
50). Also suitable for duplex (B-60) and superduplex Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
(B-61). Not recommended for 321/347 because the >18°C.
Ti/Nb affects slag release.
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
Applications period, it should be redried in the range 300-350°C for 1-2
hours.
The LA491 flux is metallurgically neutral with respect
to Mn and Si. It is a hydrogen controlled flux Fume data
depositing low diffusible hydrogen content weld metal
and hence is suitable for thick section joints. Also SAW fume is negligible.
suitable for use with tandem and multi-wire welding

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Others
9CrMoV-N 0.08 0.6 0.35 0.005 0.007 8.5 0.7 1 0.04 0.16V, 0.04Nb
308S92/ER308LCF 0.02 1.7 0.4 0.010 0.015 20 10 - - -
316S92/ER316LCF 0.02 1.4 0.5 0.010 0.015 18.5 12 2.5 - -
®
Zeron 100X 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.010 0.015 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.21 0.7Cu, 0.7W
Typical Mechanical properties

Wire Tensile strength, MPa 0.2% proof stress, MPa Elongation on 4d, % Impact energy, J *
9CrMoV-N (760°C/2h) 745 630 25 40 at +20°C
308S92/ER308LCF 570 450 40 50 at -196°C
316S92/ER316LCF 570 450 40 30 at -196°C
®
Zeron 100X 890 700 25 40 at -50°C
* For -196°C impact properties with austenitic stainless steels, batch testing of the wire-flux combination is recommended.
Rev 03 09/06 DS: F-15 (pg 1 of 1)

339
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
LA492 FLUX
Product description and hence is suitable for thick section joints. Also
suitable for tandem and multi-wire welding systems.
Agglomerated calcium silicate flux for submerged arc
welding.
Welding guidelines
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~2.2. Guidelines will depend on the material being welded. For
Particle size is 0.2–2.0mm. Nominal composition of the further details see the appropriate alloy data sheet eg. for
flux is: modified 9CrMo (P91) using 9CrMoV-N wire see data
sheet A-17 and for P92 using 9CrWV wire see data sheet
40%(CaO+MgO) + 20%(CaF2) + 20%(Al2O3+MnO) + A-20.
20%(SiO2+TiO2)
Typical parameters
Specifications
Current: DC+ or AC, 800A maximum.
BS EN 760 S A CS 1 55 DC
Packaging data
Metrode LA492 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. resistant 22.5kg metal drums.
Materials to be welded Storage

Major application is for welding modified 9CrMo (P91 Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
and P92) creep resisting steels (data sheet A-17 and A- >18°C.
20).
period, it should be redried in the range 300-350°C for 1-2
Applications
hours.
The LA492 flux is metallurgically neutral with respect
to Mn and Si. It is a hydrogen controlled flux Fume data
depositing low diffusible hydrogen content weld metal SAW fume is negligible.

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Others
9CrMoV-N 0.08 0.5 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.3 0.6 1 0.05 0.16V, 0.05 Nb
9CrWV 0.08 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.4 0.4 0.4 0.04 1.6W, 0.14V, 0.04Nb

9CrMoV-N (760°C/2-4h) 720 610 25 45 at +20°C
9CrWV (760°C/2-4h) 700 580 25 45 at +20°C
Rev 00 06/08 DS: F-16 (pg 1 of 1)

340
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
SSB FLUX
Product description but for most alloys that SSB flux is used with no preheat
will be required. For austenitic stainless steels the
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc
maximum recommended interpass temperature is 250°C
welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity
but for duplex and superduplex this would normally be
Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~2.2. Nominal
restricted to 100-150°C maximum.
composition of the flux is:
Typical parameters
40%(Al2O3+MnO) + 10%(SiO2+TiO2) + 50%(CaF2).
Designed for DC+ only with wires up to 4mm diameter
and ~750A. However wires for the materials listed below
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss
would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a maximum of
of Mn and Cr.
~600A; with ER329N and Zeron® 100X the wire diameter
Specifications is further restricted as are the welding parameters, see
alloy data sheets for further information.
BS EN 760 S A AF2 DC
DIN 32522 B FB6 63353 DC8M
Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:
ASME IX Qualification 270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. Packaging data
Materials to be welded Metrode SSB flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant
20kg metal drums.
Suitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data
sheet B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), 316L (data sheet B- Storage
32), duplex (data sheet B-60) and superduplex (data sheet
Preferred conditions for open drums: <60%RH, >18°C.
B-61); see wire data sheets for further information.
Applications If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for 1-
SSB flux is designed specifically for the butt welding of
3 hours.
stainless steels, where high integrity and good mechanical
properties are required. Fume data
Welding guidelines SAW fume is negligible.
Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being welded
Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N Other
308S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -
347S96 0.03 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.2 10 - 0.1 - 0.5 Nb
316S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -
309S92 0.03 1.5 0.6 0.01 0.02 24 12.5 - 0.1 - -
ER329N 0.02 1.3 0.5 0.01 0.02 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15 -
®
Zeron 100X 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.21 0.7 W
308S92 570 450 41 50 at -130°C *
347S96 630 470 35 30 at -100°C
316S92 570 450 41 45 at -130°C *
309S92 600 475 35 70 at -50°C
ER329N 790 630 30 55 at -50°C
®
Zeron 100X 890 700 25 40 at -50°C
* For -196°C impact properties with austenitic stainless steel wires LA491 flux is preferred (see data sheet F-15) and batch
testing of the selected wire-flux combination is recommended.
Rev 01 09/06 DS: F-20 (pg 1 of 1)

341
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
SS300 FLUX
Product description but for most alloys that SS300 flux is used with no preheat
will be required. For austenitic stainless steels the
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc
maximum recommended interpass temperature is 250°C
welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity
but this may be restricted to 100-150°C maximum for
Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6.
some applications.
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss
Typical parameters
of Mn and Cr.
Designed for DC/AC with wires up to 4mm diameter and
Specifications ~700A. However wires for the materials listed below
would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a maximum of
BS EN 760 S A AF2 64 AC
~600A; see alloy data sheets for further information.
ASME IX Qualification Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. 270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.
Materials to be welded Packaging data

Suitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data Metrode SS300 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
sheet B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), and 316L (data sheet resistant 25kg metal drums.
B-32); see wire data sheets for further information.
Storage
Applications Preferred conditions for open drums: <60%RH, >18°C.
SS300 flux is designed for the butt welding of stainless If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
steels, and also for surfacing/cladding applications period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for 1-
involving stainless steel wires. 3 hours.
Welding guidelines Fume data

Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being welded SAW fume is negligible.

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N Other
308S92 0.02 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -
347S96 0.03 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.2 10 - 0.1 - 0.5 Nb
316S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -
309S92 0.03 1.5 0.6 0.01 0.02 23 12.5 - 0.1 - -
308S92 570 425 40 50 at -100°C
347S96 630 450 35 30 at -75°C
316S92 570 425 40 45 at -100°C
309S92 600 450 35 60 at -50°C
Rev 01 02/09 DS: F-22 (pg 1 of 1)

342
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
NiCu FLUX
Product description
Basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding and
Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength, thermal
strip cladding using 65NiCu wire (AWS ERNiCu-7).
conductivity and resistance to corrosion by seawater,
inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids,
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is 0.6. Particle
hydrogen fluoride and alkalis. Applications include heat
size is 0.4 – 1.4mm. Nominal composition of the flux is:
exchangers, piping, vessels and evaporators in the
offshore, marine, chemical, petrochemical and power
50%(SiO2) + 30%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 12%(CaF2)
engineering industries.
+ 8%(Al2O3).
Microstructure
Specifications
Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly ferromagnetic
BS EN 760 S A CS 2
near room temperature.
Welding guidelines
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
No preheat required, maximum interpass temperature
150C and no PWHT required.
ASTM-ASME BS DIN Typical composition (weld metal wt %)
UNS N04400 NA13 2.4360
C Mn Si Cu Fe Ti Ni
UNS N04405 NA1 (cast) 2.4361 Wire 0.07 3.8 0.4 29 0.15 2.0 bal
UNS N05500 2.4365 (cast) deposit 0.02 3.6 1.3 29 2.5 0.6 bal
A494 M-35-1 (cast)
A494 M-35-2 (cast) All-weld mechanical properties
Proprietary
As welded typical
Monel alloy 400, R405, K500 (Special Metals)
Nicorros (VDM) 0.2% Proof stress MPa 260
Applications Impact energy + 20°C J 100
For welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to itself
and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as pure Typical parameters
nickel and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 are Current: DC+, DC- or AC. 800A maximum.
satisfactory, but cannot match the strength of this
precipitation-hardened alloy. Castings of alloy 400 with Packaging data
up to about 1.5%Si are welded with Nimrod 190, but
higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2 and ASTM Metrode NiCu flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant
A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable because of HAZ 20kg metal drums.
cracking.
Storage
For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other alloys Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) or Cr (3- >18°C.
6%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test fissuring) in
weld metal close to the fusion boundary. Direct welds to If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
mild or low alloy steels are satisfactory with dilution period, it should be redried in the range 300-400°C for 1-
control, although ERNiCr-3 wire is preferable and 2 hours.
necessary for stainless and higher chromium alloys (see
data sheets D-10 and D-11). Alternatively, the steel or Fume data
alloy can be buttered with pure nickel (see data sheet D-
50) and this procedure is also useful when surfacing with SAW fume is negligible.
alloy 400 consumables.
Rev 01 08/02 DS: F-30 (pg 1 of 1)

343
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
NiCr FLUX
Product description preheat, have a maximum interpass temperature of 150°C
and do not require PWHT. Further information can be
Highly basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc
found on the data sheet for the respective alloy.
welding with a wide range of nickel base alloys (e.g.
20.70.Nb, 62-50 and HAS C276).
Typical parameters
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~4.5. Current: DC+, Dc- or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
Nominal composition of the flux is: Normally used for single wires up to 3.2mm diameter and
up to 450A. Smaller wires and lower currents are
5%(SiO2) + 50%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 10%(CaF2) + normally used to minimise the risk of hot cracking,
35%(Al2O3) particularly for joining applications.
Specifications Typical parameters for joining with 1.6mm wire are:

260A, 26V, 350mm/min travel speed.
BS EN 760 S A FB 2
DIN 32522 B FB 7 6534 AC 5
Packaging data
ASME IX Qualification Metrode NiCr flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant
20kg metal drums.
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
Storage
Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
With appropriate wires nickel base alloy 625 (data sheet
>18°C.
D-20), alloy 600 (data sheet D-10) and alloy C-276 (data
sheet D-30) can be welded; see wire data sheets for
further details.
period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for 1-
3 hours.
Applications
NiCr flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. The high Fume data
basicity ensures minimal loss of alloying elements, and
SAW fume is negligible.
the very low silica content produces low silicon weld
metal and minimises the risk of hot cracking.
Welding guidelines
NiCr flux is generally used on alloys that require no

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe Ti
62-50 0.02 0.2 0.2 0.01 0.01 21.5 bal 8.5 3.3 1 0.1
20.70.Nb 0.01 3 0.2 0.01 0.01 20.5 bal - 2.3 1 0.1
62-50 715 430 50 80 at -196°C
20.70.Nb 640 360 40 100 at -196°C
Rev 00 11/02 DS: F-35 (pg 1 of 1)

344
SURREY, KT16 9LL
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168 Sales
+44(0)1932 566199 Export
L2N FLUX
Product description guidelines can be found on the data sheet for the
appropriate wire. PWHT recommendations, if required,
Neutral, calcium silicate, fused flux.
will also be found on the appropriate wire data sheet.
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.3.
Typical parameters
Nominal composition of the flux is:
Current: DC or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
30%(SiO2) + 35%(CaO+MgO) + 20%(CaF2) + 5%(Al2O3) Suitable for single or multi-wire, with a current carrying
capacity of 900A.
Specifications
Typical parameters for a 2.4mm wire are:
BS EN 760 SF CS 2 DC
270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.
DIN 32522 F CS 6 63346 DC9
For some alloys and applications smaller wires and lower
currents may be preferable to minimise the risk of hot
ASME IX Qualification cracking.
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
Packaging data
Materials to be welded Metrode L2N flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant
The L2N flux is specifically designed for welding 20kg metal drums.
austenitic stainless steels (eg. data sheets B-30, B-32, B-
50) but is also suitable for CrMo creep resisting steels (eg. Storage
data sheets A-12, A-13, A-17). In some instances the
Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
L2N flux is also suitable for surfacing with nickel base
>18°C. Because L2N is a fused flux it is resistant to
alloys (eg. data sheet D-20).
moisture absorption and has inherently low hydrogen
potential.
Applications
L2N flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. L2N shows If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
a silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese loss of ~0.35% period, it should be redried in the range 150-250°C for 1-
with a 1%Mn wire (in accordance with BS EN 760). 2 hours.
Welding guidelines Fume data

The appropriate preheat or interpass temperature controls SAW fume is negligible.
will be dependent on the material being welded,

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Fe
9CrMoV-N 0.09 0.5 0.6 0.01 0.01 8.3 0.6 1 0.04 0.16 0.05 Bal
316S92 0.03 1.1 0.8 0.01 0.01 18 12 2.5 -- -- -- Bal
ER329N 0.02 1.3 0.8 0.01 0.01 23 8 3.1 -- -- 0.17 Bal
62-50 * 0.02 0.1 0.8 0.01 0.01 21 64 8.8 2.5 -- -- 2
* Based on analysis of two layer overlay.

9CrMoV-N (760°C/2h) 750 630 25 35J at +20°C
316S92 570 420 40 80J at +20°C
ER329N 840 640 30 50J at -50°C
Rev 01 09/06 DS: F-40 (pg 1 of 1)

345
Other Useful Information
FAMILY NAMES
“Families” of related consumables are identified with brand names which are briefly described below.
Armet Armour welding electrode
Chromet Chromium-molybdenum low alloy electrodes
Cobstel Cobalt-base stellite type electrodes
Cormet Chromium-molybdenum flux and metal cored wires
Cupromet Copper and cupronickel electrodes
Hardcore Hardfacing cored wires
KS Suffix for all-positional (generally basic) electrodes with emphasis on pipework
Methard Hardfacing electrodes
Metmax Stainless high recovery electrodes made on mild steel core wire
Nimax Nickel-base high recovery electrodes made on nickel core wire
Nimrod Nickel-base electrodes
Super R Stainless rutile electrodes (25.20 and 29.9 only)
Supercore Stainless gas-shielded flux cored wires
Supercore P All-positional stainless gas-shielded flux cored wires
Supermet Stainless (acid) rutile electrodes
Supermig Stainless (high silicon) solid MIG wires
Thermet High temperature austenitic electrodes
Tufmet Low alloy electrodes for sub-zero toughness
Ultramet Stainless rutile all-positional electrodes
Ultramet B Stainless basic all-positional electrodes
Ultramet P Fully positional (including vertical down) pipe welding electrodes, suitable for root welding
Vertamet Stainless (acid) rutile vertical down electrodes
Workhard Hardfacing electrodes with ability to work-harden
SYMBOLS OF THE ELEMENTS

Al aluminium Cu copper N nitrogen Si silicon
Ar argon F fluorine Nb niobium Sn tin
As arsenic Fe iron Ni nickel Ta tantalum
B boron H2 hydrogen O2 oxygen Ti titanium
Bi bismuth He helium P phosphorus V vanadium
C carbon Mg magnesium Pb lead W tungsten
Cb columbium (niobium) Mn manganese S sulphur Zn zinc
Cr chromium Mo molybdenum Sb antimony Zr zirconium
Rev 04 06/09 G-01 Additional Information (pg 1 of 4)
346
ABBREVIATIONS
A amps
AC alternating current
AFNOR l'Association Française de Normalisation (French Standards Association)
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM specifications form ASME Code II parts A and B)
AW as-welded
AWS American Welding Society (AWS specifications form ASME Code II part C)
BS British Standard
BS EN British Standard Euronorm (progressively superseding BS)
CTOD crack tip opening displacement (measurement of fracture toughness)
DC+/-ve direct current, electrode positive/negative
DIN Deutsche Institut für Normung (German Standards Institute)
FCAW Flux Cored Arc Welding
FCW Flux Cored Wire
FN Ferrite Number (FN = % ferrite up to 8FN, 18FN = 15% ferrite)
GMAW Gas Metal Arc Welding (= MIG/MAG)
GTAW Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (= TIG)
HAZ heat affected zone
HB hardness, Brinell scale
HRC hardness, Rockwell C scale
HV hardness, Vickers scale (= VPN, Vickers Pyramid number); also horizontal-vertical welding position
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
J Joule (unit of energy in Charpy test or heat input, 1 watt-second)
kJ/mm kilojoules per mm: heat input = V x A x time (sec) divided by 1000 x ROL (mm)
ksi (=1000psi) kilopounds per square inch (1ksi = 6.895N/mm2)
LNG liquefied natural gas
LPG liquefied petroleum gas
MAG Metal Active Gas welding (= GMAW)
MCW Metal Cored Wire
MIG Metal Inert Gas welding (= GMAW)
MMA Manual Metal Arc welding (stick electrodes = SMAW)
MPa (=N/mm2) megapascals (=Newtons per square mm ), (1N/mm2 = 0.145 ksi)
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers (USA)
OCV open circuit voltage for AC operation
PREN Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent Number (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N)
PREW Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 1.75%W + 16%N)
PWHT post weld heat treatment (usually equivalent to stress-relief)
RH relative humidity, %
ROL run-out length, mm
SAW Submerged Arc Welding
SMAW Shielded Metal Arc Welding (stick electrodes = MMA)
TIG Tungsten Inert Gas (= GTAW)
TÜV
V volts
WH work hardened
WRC Welding Research Council
> greater than (prefix)
< less than (prefix)
~ approximately (prefix)
347
WELDING POSITIONS
Some welding engineers prefer to use the standard AWS/ASME terminology for welding positions – some use a
general description – some use a mixture of both!
It is useful in describing welding procedures if we all understand each other. This chart shows the basic
AWS/ASME (and BS EN) welding positions, together with the outline descriptions. The AWS/ASME positions are
described in ASME IX and the European terminology is used in BS EN 287-1 and defined in ISO 6947.
ASME (BS EN) Positions
1G (PA) – downhand / gravity butt 2G (PC) – horizontal-vertical butt
3G (PF) – vertical butt * 4G (PE) – overhead butt 5G (PF) – horizontal pipe butt
6G (H-LO45) – inclined pipe butt 1F (PA) – downhand or gravity fillet
45°
45°
2F (PB) – standing fillet 3F (PF) – vertical fillet * 4F (PD) – overhead fillet
* In BS EN terminology, vertical down fillet and butt joints are designated PG.
Symbols used on data sheets for welding positions – ASME (BS EN)
Vertical up Horizontal vertical

Vertical down
ASME 3G, 3F ASME 2G
(PG)
(PF) (PC)
Overhead Downhand / gravity Standing Fillet

ASME 4G ASME 1G, 1F ASME 2F
(PE, PD) (PA) (PB)
348
SCHAEFFLER DIAGRAM
WRC - 1992 DIAGRAM
The WRC-1992 diagram predicts ferrite content for a wide range of stainless weld metal compositions, including duplex and superduplex
types. Weld metals solidifying in the FA and F regions have best resistance to hot cracking; those in the fully austenitic region (A) are most
sensitive.
When nitrogen content is unknown (and not intentionally added) assume 0.08%N for gas-shielded MIG/FCW, 0.12%N for self-shielded FCW, and
0.06%N for all other purposes.
349
Conversions
Approximate electrode size equivalents
Diameter
mm inch inch SWG
0.8 1/32 0.031 21
0.9 - 0.035 -
1.0 - 0.039 19
1.2 3/64 0.047 18
1.6 1/16 0.063 16
2.0 5/64 0.078 14
2.4 3/32 0.094 12
2.5 - 0.098 -
3.0 - 0.118 11
3.2 1/8 0.125 10
4.0 5/32 0.156 8
5.0 3/16 0.188 6
6.0 1/4 0.250 4
Length
(not exact conversions but accepted correlations between metric and imperial units for electrode lengths)
mm inch
200 8
230 9
250 10
300 12
350 14
380 15
450 18
Lengths of TIG wire per kilogram *

Diameter
m/kg
mm
0.8 260
1.0 158
1.2 114
1.6 65
2.0 40
2.4 29
3.2 16
4.0 10
* Based on ferrous alloys with a density of ~8g/cm3

Note: 2.2mm diameter Superoot 316L has ~30 lengths per kg
Rev 02 06/09 Conversions (pg 1 of 3)
350
Conversions (continued)
Approximate conversion factors

To convert into multiply by
General
inch (in) millimetre (mm) 25.4
millimetre (mm) inch (in) 0.0394
foot (ft) metre (m) 0.3048
metre (m) foot (ft) 3.281
pound (lb) kilogram (kg) 0.4536
kilogram (kg) pound (lb) 2.205
ton tonne 1.0161
imp gallon litre (l) 4.546
cubic foot (cu ft) litre (l) 28.32
cubic foot/hour (cfh) litre/min (l/min) 0.472
litre/min (l/min) cubic foot/hour (cfh) 2.12
Stress
tonf/in2 N/mm2 (= MPa) 15.44
kgf/mm2 (kp/mm2) N/mm2 (= MPa) 9.807
2 2
ksi (=1000 lbf/in ) N/mm (= MPa) 6.895
2 2
N/mm (= MPa) tonf/in 0.0647
2 2 2
N/mm (= MPa) kgf/mm (kp/mm ) 0.102
2 2
N/mm (= MPa) ksi (=1000 lbf/in ) 0.145
2
N/mm (= MPa) hbar 0.1
Impact energy
ft lbf J 1.356
kgf m J 9.807
kgf m ft lbf 7.233
J ft lbf 0.7376
J kgf m 0.102
ft lbf kgf m 0.1383
351
Approximate Hardness Conversion (based on ASTM E140)
Rockwell B Rockwell C Vickers Brinell Products of approximately equivalent hardness

55 - 100 100
60 - 107 107
65 - 116 116
70 - 125 125
75 - 137 137
80 - 150 150 CI Soft Flow Ni
85 - 165 165 Ultramild
90 - 185 185 CI Special Cast NiFe
95 - 210 210 308L, 316L, 307 (AW)
100 ~20 240 240 Nimrod/Nimax C (AW), P91/P92 (PWHT)
- 22 248 237 625 (AW)
- 25 266 253
- 28 286 271 Railrod, 29.9 Super R, duplex
- 30 302 286 Chromet 2 (AW), superduplex
- 35 345 327 410NiMo (AW)
- 40 392 371 Methard 350
- 45 446 421 Cobstel 6, 625 (WH), 307 (WH), P91/P92 (AW)
- 50 513 481
- 55 595 560 Methard 650
- 60 697 654 Methard 850
- 62 746 688 Methard 750TS
- 65 832 - Methard 950, Methard 1050
- 68 940 -
TWI Hardness Conversion for Duplex and Superduplex
60
TWI
50
E140
40
Rockwell C
30
20
10
HRC = 0.091 HV - 2.4
0
200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Vickers Hardness
352
Packaging and Storage
The following shows the typical packaging used for the various processes with nominal dimensions taken
from national standards (eg. BS EN ISO 544 and AWS). If packaging is critical then this should be
confirmed at the time of order with our Customer Care Department.
MMA / SMAW
Standard MMA packaging is hermetically sealed metal tins with a ring-pull top; tin weights vary depending
on product and diameter. There are three tins to a cardboard carton.
The tins are hermetically sealed and meet the definition for hermetically sealed containers given in AWS
A5.5. If unopened, and appropriately stored, this packaging will maintain the electrodes in the as-packed
condition for an indefinite period of time.
Electrodes can be used directly from the tin without the need for rebaking. Once opened the tins can be
closed using the plastic lid supplied and should be stored at >18˚C and <60% relative humidity. Redrying
requirements are given on the data sheets for individual electrodes.
TIG / GTAW
Standard packaging for cut TIG lengths is 2.5kg or 5kg plastic tubes. Superoot flux cored TIG wire is
packed in a 1kg plastic tube.
TIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. Under
normal storage conditions TIG wires do not present any handling difficulties.
MIG / GMAW
Standard packaging for MIG wire is 12.5kg or 15kg 300mm diameter spools, in a cardboard carton. Some
wires are also available on 0.7kg 100mm diameter mini-spools or 5kg 200mm diameter midi-spools.
Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.
MIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. MIG
spools should be properly handled and stored because any damage to spools can lead to feeding problems.
Flux Cored Wire
Standard packaging for flux cored wire is 15kg 300mm diameter spools, vacuum sealed in barrier foil and
in cardboard carton. Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.
As supplied wires are adequately protected from moisture pick-up but once opened part-used spools need
to be correctly stored. It is recommended that spools are removed from machines overnight and put in a
controlled store. If an opened spool is to be stored for any period of time it should be adequately
protected (in a plastic bag with desiccant) and held in a controlled store.
Submerged Arc Wire
Standard packaging for submerged arc wire is 25kg coils in a cardboard carton. Different spool types and
dimensions are shown on the next page.
Submerged Arc Flux
Standard packaging for flux is 20kg, 22.5kg or 25kg plastic bags in a sealed metal drum.
For most applications it is recommended that the flux be dried prior to use.
Rev 01 06/09 Packaging (pg 1 of 2)
353
Standard Spool Sizes
(1) Plastic spool (2) Wire basket
(3) Wire spool - requiring adaptor (4) Submerged arc coil
Type Code Nominal Outer Inner Outer Bore Pin hole

weight diameter diameter width diameter
kg d1 d2 b d3 d4 e1
Plastic - mini S100 0.7 100 - 45 16.5 - -
Plastic – midi S200 5 200 - 55 50.5 10 44.5
Plastic S300 12.5/15 300 - 103 50.5 10 44.5
Wire basket BS300 12.5/15 300 189 103 50.5 - -
Wire spool (adaptor) B300 12.5/15 300 180 100 - - -
Submerged arc R435 20/25 435 300 90 - -
All measurements are in mm and are the nominal dimensions, for tolerances refer to international
standards eg. BS EN ISO 544.
Rev 01 06/09 Packaging (pg 2 of 2)
354
INDEX 1: PRODUCT DESIGNATIONS
This index of Metrode designations gives the relevant data sheet for each product. Data sheets are
easily located by number. Principal specifications for each product are summarised in tables which
introduce each section of this handbook.
DATA DATA
PRODUCT NAME PAGE PRODUCT NAME PAGE
SHEET SHEET
100Cu E-30 310 70CuNi D-70 284
11CM A* 6 80CuNiAl E-37 314
12Cr B-10 94 82-50 B-42 149
12CrMoV A-19 48 90CuAl E-36 313
13.1.BMP B-10 93 90CuNi D-70 285
13.4.Mo.L.R B-11 96 92CuSn E-33 312
13CMV A-14 26 97CuSi E-31 311
13.RMP B-10 92 9CrMo A-16 34
17.4.Cu.R B-12 101 9CrMoV-N A-17 39
17.8.2.RCF C-13 216 9CrWV A-20 51
17-4PH B-12 102 ARMET 1 E-20 302
19.9.6Mn E-21 305 CHROMET 1 A-12 12
1CrMo A-12 14 CHROMET 1L A-12 13
1Ni A-40 65 CHROMET 1V A-14 26
1NiCu.B A-70 82 CHROMET 1X A-12 13
1NiMo.B A-23, A-61 59,80 CHROMET 2 A-13 19
20.18.6.Cu.R B-47 154 CHROMET 2L A-13 20
20.25.4.Cu B-40 144 CHROMET 2X A-13 20
20.70.Nb D-10, D-11 250, 257 CHROMET 23L A-21 54
21.33.Mn.Nb C-40 232 CHROMET 5 A-15 29
2205XKS B-60 173 CHROMET 9 A-16 33
24CrMoV A-22 57 CHROMET 91VNB A-17 39
2507XKS B-62 183 CHROMET 92 A-20 50
25.20.LR B-45 151 CHROMET WB2 A-25 62
25.20 SUPER R C-30 225 CHROMET 9-B9 A-17 38
25.35.4CNb C-50 239 CHROMET 9MV-N A-17 37
29.9.SUPER R E-22 308 CHROMET 9MVN+ A-17 38
2CrMo A-13 21 CHROMET 10MW A-18 44
2CrWV A-21 54 CHROMET 12MV A-19 47
2Ni A-41 69 CI-MET NiFe E-11 298
308S92 B-30 107 CI SOFT FLOW Ni E-10 295
308S92(N) B-80 191 CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe E-11 298
308S96 C-10 203 CMo A-10 10
309S92 B-50 159 COBSTEL 6 E-65 329
309S94 C-21 223 COBSTEL 8 E-66 330
310S94 C-30 227 CORMET 1 A-12 17
312S94 E-22 309 CORMET 1V A-14 27
316S92 B-32 117 CORMET 2 A-13 24
316S92(N) B-81 194 CORMET 2L A-13 24
316S96 C-13 217 CORMET 5 A-15 31
318S96 B-34 127 CORMET 9 A-16 35
347S96 B-31 111 CORMET 10MW A-18 45
35.45.Nb C-60 241 CORMET M91 A-17 40
55NiFe E-11 299 CUPROMET N30 D-70 284
5CrMo A-15 30 E10018-D2 A-50 73
61-70 D-40 276 E11018-M A-60 77
62-50 D-20 263 E16.8.2-15 C-12 212
65NiCu D-60 282 E320LR-15 B-41 146
* Products for which brief details are given only in the section table. Contact Metrode for further information.
Rev 04 06/09 Product Designations Index (pg 1 of 3)

355
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
E825L-15 B-42 148 NIMAX B2L D-80 287
E9018-D1 A-50 72 NIMAX C E-45 317
EPRI P87 D-87 289 NIMROD 132KS D-12 259
ER110S-G A-60 79 NIMROD 182 D-10 251
ER16.8.2 C-12 213 NIMROD 182KS D-10 251
ER308LCF B-37 135 NIMROD 190 D-60 281
ER309Mo B-51 164 NIMROD 200Ti D-50 278
ER316LCF B-38 140 NIMROD 59KS D-31 269
ER316MnNF B-33 123 NIMROD 617KS D-40 275
ER317L B-35 130 NIMROD 625 D-20 261
ER320LR B-41 145 NIMROD 625KS D-20 262
ER329N B-60 174 NIMROD 657 C-90 247
ER347H C-11 208 NIMROD 690KS D-41 277
ER410NiMo B-11 97 NIMROD AB D-11 256
ER70S-2 E-70 332 NIMROD AKS D-11 256
ER70S-3 E-70 332 NIMROD C E-45 316
ER70S-6 E-70 333 NIMROD C22KS D-32 272
ER80S-B2 A-12 15 NIMROD C276 D-30 265
ER80S-W A-70 83 NIMROD C276KS D-30 266
ER90S-B3 A-13 22 RAILROD A-80 84
FV520-1 B-12 100 SA1CrMo A-12 16
FV520-B B-12 101 SA1NiMo A-23 61
HARDCORE 350 E-50 319 SA2CrMo A-13 23
HARDCORE 650 E-51 322 SS300 FLUX F-22 342
HARDCORE 850 E-55 326 SSB FLUX F-20 341
HARDCORE 950 E-55 326 SUPERCORE 16.8.2 C-12 214
HAS 59 D-31 270 SUPERCORE 16.8.2P C-12 214
HAS B2 D-80 288 SUPERCORE 20.9.3 E-20 302
HAS C22 D-32 273 SUPERCORE 20.9.3P E-20 302
HAS C276 D-30 267 SUPERCORE 2205 B-60 175
L2N FLUX F-40 345 SUPERCORE 2205P B-60 175
LA436 FLUX F-11 338 SUPERCORE 2304P B-59 169
LA491 FLUX F-15 339 SUPERCORE 2507 B-62 185
LA492 FLUX F-16 340 SUPERCORE 2507Cu B-63 188
METCORE DWA 50 E-70 334 SUPERCORE 2507P B-62 185
METCORE DWA 55E A-40 66 SUPERCORE 308H C-10 204
METCORE FV520 B-12 99 SUPERCORE 308HP C-10 204
METHARD 350 E-50 318 SUPERCORE 308L B-30 108
METHARD 650 E-51 321 SUPERCORE 308LCF B-37 136
METHARD 650R E-51 321 SUPERCORE 308LP B-30 108
METHARD 750TS E-53 323 SUPERCORE 309L B-50 160
METHARD 850 E-55 325 SUPERCORE 309LP B-50 160
METHARD 950 E-55 325 SUPERCORE 309Mo B-51 165
METHARD 1050 E-58 327 SUPERCORE 309MoP B-51 165
METMAX 307R E-21 304 SUPERCORE 316L B-32 118
MnMo A-23, A-50 60, 74 SUPERCORE 316LCF B-38 141
Mo.B A-10 9 SUPERCORE 316LP B-32 118
NAG 19.9.L B-88 197 SUPERCORE 316NF B-33 124
NAG 19.9.L.R B-88 196 SUPERCORE 317LP B-35 131
NICKEL 2Ti D-50, E-10 279, 296 SUPERCORE 347 B-31 112
NiCr FLUX F-35 344 SUPERCORE 347HP C-11 209
NiCu FLUX F-30 343 SUPERCORE 410NiMo B-11 98
NILSIL E-72 336 SUPERCORE F91 A-17 41
NIMAX 182 D-10 252 SUPERCORE F92 A-20 52

356
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
SUPERCORE Z100XP B-61 181 ULTRAMET 308LP B-30 106
SUPERMET 16.8.2 C-12 211 ULTRAMET 308L(N) B-80 190
SUPERMET 2205 B-60 171 ULTRAMET 309L B-50 157
SUPERMET 2205AR B-60 172 ULTRAMET 309LP B-50 158
SUPERMET 2506 B* 90 ULTRAMET 309Nb B-53 166
SUPERMET 2506Cu B-63 187 ULTRAMET 316H C-13 217
SUPERMET 2507Cu B* 90 ULTRAMET 316L B-32 115
SUPERMET 253MA C-20 220 ULTRAMET 316LCF B-38 138
SUPERMET 308L B-30 104 ULTRAMET 316LP B-32 116
SUPERMET 309L B-50 156 ULTRAMET 316L(N) B-81 193
SUPERMET 309Mo B-51 162 ULTRAMET 316NF B-33 121
SUPERMET 316L B-32 114 ULTRAMET 317L B-35 129
SUPERMET 318 B-34 126 ULTRAMET 347 B-31 206
SUPERMIG 308LSi B-30 107 ULTRAMET 347H C-11 206
SUPERMIG 309LSi B-50 159 ULTRAMET 904L B-40 143
SUPERMIG 316LSi B-32 117 ULTRAMET B308H C-10 202
SUPEROOT 316L B-32 119 ULTRAMET B308L B-30 105
THERMET 22H C-80 245 ULTRAMET B308LCF B-37 134
THERMET 25.35.Nb C-45 136 ULTRAMET B309L B-50 157
THERMET 35.45.Nb C-60 240 ULTRAMET B309Mo B-51 162
THERMET 309CF C-21 222 ULTRAMET B310Mn C-30 226
THERMET 310H C-31 229 ULTRAMET B310MoLN B-46 153
THERMET 800Nb C-40 231 ULTRAMET B316L B-32 115
THERMET HP40Nb C-50 238 ULTRAMET B316LCF B-38 139
THERMET HP50WCo C-70 243 ULTRAMET B316NF B-33 122
THERMET R17.38H C-41 234 ULTRAMET B347 B-31 111
TUFMET 1NiMo A-60 76 ULTRAMET B347H C-11 207
TUFMET 3NiMo A-60 78 ULTRAMET B904L B-40 143
TUFMET 1Ni.B A-40 64 ULTRAMILD E-71 335
TUFMET 2Ni.B A-41 68 VERTAMET 309Mo B-51 163
TUFMET 3Ni.B A-42 70 WORKHARD 13Mn E-60 328
ULTRAMET 2205 B-60 172 ZERON® 100X B-61 179
ULTRAMET 2304 B-59 168 ZERON® 100XKS B-61 178
ULTRAMET 2507 B-62 184
ULTRAMET 308H C-10 201
ULTRAMET 308L B-30 105 Zeron® is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd
ULTRAMET 308LCF B-37 133

357
INDEX 2: CONSUMABLE SPECIFICATIONS
CONSUMABLE DATA CONSUMABLE DATA

PAGE PAGE
SPECIFICATION SHEET SPECIFICATION SHEET
1.4009 B-10 94 1NiBH A-40 64
1.4302 C-10 203 2.0837 D-70 284
1.4316 B-30 107 2.0873 D-70 285
1.4332 B-50 159 2.1006 E-30 310
1.4337 E-22 309 2.1461 E-31 311
1.4351 B-11 97 2.4155 D-50, E-10 279, 296
1.4370 E-21 306 2.4156 D-50 278
1.4403 C-13 217 2.4366 D-60 281
1.4430 B-32 117 2.4377 D-60 282
1.4455 B-33 123 2.4607 D-31 270
1.4459 B-51 164 2.4609 D-31 269
1.4519 B-40 144 2.4615 D-80 288
1.4551 B-31 111 2.4621 D-20 262
1.4576 B-34 127 2.4625 D-11 256
13 B-10 94 2.4627 D-40 276
13 4 B-11 97 2.4628 D-40 275
13.4.MoRMP B-11 96 2.4653 B-42 148
13.BMP B-10 93 2.4655 B-42 149
13.RMP B-10 92 2.4805 D-12 259
15.35.H.R C-41 234 2.4806 D-10, D-11 253, 257
16.8.2 C-12 213 2.4807 D-10 252
17.8.2.AR C-12 211 2.4831 D-20 263
17.8.2.B C-12 212 2.4886 D-30 267
17.8.2.R C-13 216 2.4887 D-30 266
18.15.3.LMnB B-33 122 20 16 3 Mn L B-33 123
18.15.3.LMnR B-33 121 20 25 5 Cu L B-40 144
18 8 Mn Si E-21 306 20.25.5.LCuNb.B B-40 143
19 12 3 H C-13 217 20.25.5.LCuNb.R B-40 143
19 12 3 L B-32 117 20.34.2.CuNb.B B-41 146
19.12.3.L.AR B-32 114 22.8.3S92 B-60 174
19.12.3.L.B B-32 115 22 9 3 N L B-60 174
19.12.3.L.R B-32 115 22 12 H C-21 223
19 12 3 L Si B-32 117 23.12.2.AR B-51 162
19 12 3 Nb B-34 127 23 12 2 L B-51 164
19.12.3.Nb.AR B-34 126 23 12 L B-50 159
19.12.3.R C-13 217 23.12.L.AR B-50 156
19 13 4 L B-35 130 23.12.L.B B-50 157
19.13.4.L.R B-35 129 23.12.L.R B-50 157
19.9.3.R E-20 301 23 12 L Si B-50 159
19.9.B C-10 202 23.12.Nb.R B-53 166
19.9.H C-10 203 23.12.R C-21 222
19.9.L B-30 107 25 20 C-30 227
19.9.L.AR B-30 104 25.20.B C-30 226
19.9.L.B B-30 105 25.20.H.B C-31 229
19.9.L.R B-30 105 25.20.R C-30 225
19 9 L Si B-30 107 25.21.2.LMn.B B-46 153
19 9 Nb B-31, C-11 111, 208 25.35.H.Nb.B C-50 238
19.9.Nb.B B-31, C-11 111, 207 25.6.2.Cu.R B-63 187
19.9.Nb.R B-31, C-11 110, 206 25.6.2.R B* 90
19.9.R C-10 201 25 9 4 N L B-61 179
1CrMoBH A-12 12 29 9 E-22 309
1CrMoLBH A-12 13 29.9.AR E-22 308
Rev 04 06/09 Consumable Specifications Index (pg 1 of 6)

358
PAGE PAGE
2CrMoBH A-13 19, 20 E10018-D2 A-50 73
2CrMoLBH A-13 20 E11018-M A-60 77
2MnMoBH A-50 73 E12016-G A-60 78
2NiBH A-41 68 E13 1 MPB 26 B-10 93
2NiMoBH A-60 77 E13 4 MPR 26 130 B-11 96
307S94 E-21 305 E13 4 R 52 B-11 96
307S98 E-21 306 E 13 B 52 B-10 93
308S92 B-30 107 E13 MPR 26 130 B-10 92
308S93 B-30 107 E13 R 52 B-10 92
308S96 C-10 203 E16-8-2-15 C-12 212
309S92 B-50 159 E16-8-2-16 C-13 216
309S93 B-50 159 E16-8-2-17 C-12 211
309S94 C-21 223 E 16 8 2 B C-12 212
309S95 B-51 164 E 16 8 2 R C-12 211
310S94 C-30 227 E18 15 3 LB 20+ B-33 122
312S94 E-22 309 E18 15 3 LB 42 B-33 122
316S92 B-32 117 E18 15 3 LR 23 B-33 121
316S93 B-32 117 E18 15 3 LR 32 B-33 121
316S96 C-13 217 E18 8 Mn MPR 26 E-21 304
317S92 B-35 130 E18 8 Mn R 26 E-21 305
318S96 B-34 127 E18 8 Mn R 32 E-21 305
347S96 B-31, C-11 111, 208 E18 9 MnMo R 52 E-21 304
3NiBH A-42 70 E 19 12 2 R 32 C-13 217
410S94 B-10 94 E19 12 3 LB 20+ B-32 115
5CrMoBH A-15 29 E19 12 3 LB 42 B-32 115
904S92 B-40 144 E19 12 3 LR 11 B-32 116
9CrMoBH A-16 33 E19 12 3 LR 23 B-32 115
A15 E-70 332 E19 12 3 LR 32 B-32, B-81 115, 193
A17 E-70 332 E19 12 3 Nb R 23 B-34 126
A18 E-70 333 E19 12 3 Nb R 32 B-34 126
A30 A-10 10 E19 13 4 NL R 32 B-35 129
A31 A-50 60 E19 9 B 20+ C-10 202
A32 A-12 15 E19 9 HB 42 C-10 202
A33 A-13 21 E19 9 HR 32 C-10 201
A34 A-15 30 E19 9 LB 20+ B-30 105
A35 A-16 34 E19 9 LB 42 B-30 105
B50A273 A-14 26 E19 9 LR 23 B-30 105
BFB6 55455 AC8 F-15 339 E19 9 LR 32 B-30, B-80 105, 190
BFB6 63353 DC8M F-20 341 E19 9 Nb R 23 B-31, C-11 110, 206
BFB7 6534 AC5 F-35 344 E19 9 Nb R 32 B-31, C-11 110, 206
C11 E-33 312 E19 9 Nb B 20+ B-31, C-11 111, 207
C13 E-36 313 E19 9 Nb B 42 B-31, C-11 111, 207
C16 D-70 285 E19 9 R 23 C-10 201
C18 D-70 284 E20 10 3 R 26 E-20 301
C20 E-37 314 E20 10 3 R 32 E-20 301
C26 E-37 314 E20 25 5 Cu N L B 62 B-40 143
C7 E-30 310 E20 25 5 Cu N L R 52 B-40 143
C71581 D-70 E20 25 5 L Cu B 20+ B-40 143
C9 E-31 311 E20 25 5 L Cu R 26 B-40 143
CrMo1Si A-12 14 E20-UM-300-CKTZ E-66 330
CrMo2Si A-13 21 E20-UM-45-CTZ E-65 329
CrMo5Si A-15 30 E22 12 R 26 C-21 222
CrMo9Si A-16 34 E22 12 R 32 C-21 222
E1-UM-400-GP E-50 318 E2209-15 B-60 173
E10-UM-60-G E-55 325 E2209-16 B-60 172
E10-UM-65-G E-55 325 E2209-17 B-60 172
359
PAGE PAGE
E2209T0-1/4 B-60 175 E310-15 C-30 226
E2209T1-1/4 B-60 175 E310-16 C-30 225
E22 9 3 N L B 42 B-60 173 E310H-15 C-31 229
E22 9 3 N L R 32 B-60 172 E312-17 E-22 308
E 23 12 2 B 20+ B-51 162 E316H-16 C-13 217
E 23 12 2 LB 42 B-51 162 E316L-15 B-32 115
E23 12 2 LR 11 B-51 163 E316L-16 B-32, B-81 115, 193
E23 12 2 LR 32 B-51 162 E316L-17 B-32 114
E23 12 2 R 13 B-51 163 E316LT0-1/4 B-32 118
E23 12 2 R 23 B-51 162 E316LT1-1/4 B-32 118
E23 12 LB 20+ B-50 157 E317L-16 B-35 129
E23 12 LB 42 B-50 157 E316LMn-15 B-33 122
E23 12 LR 23 B-50 157 E316LMn-16 B-33 121
E23 12 LR 32 B-50 157 E317LT1-1/4 B-35 131
E23 12 Nb R 32 B-53 166 E318-17 B-34 126
E23-UM-200CKT E-45 316 E320LR-15 B-41 146
E25 20 B 20+ C-30 226 E316L-15 B-32
E25 20 B 42 C-30 226 E330H-16 C-41 234
E25 20 H B 42 C* 229 E347-15 B-31,C-11 111, 207
E25 20 R 26 C-30 225 E347-16 B-31,C-11 110, 206
E25 20 R 32 C-30 225 E347T0-1/4 B-31 112
E 25 22 2 N L B B-46 153 E347T1-1/4 C-11 209
E2553-16 B-63 187 E383-15 B-42 148
E25 9 3 Cu N L R 52 B-63 187 E385-15 B-40 143
E2594-15 B-62 183 E385-16 B-40 143
E2594-16 B-62 184 E4-UM-60-ST E-53 323
E25 9 4 N L B 42 B-61, B-62 178, 183 E410-15 B-10 93
E25 9 4 N L R 32 B-62 184 E410-26 B-10 92
E2595-15 B-61 178 E410NiMo-26 B-11 96
E29 9 R 21 E-22 308 E410NiMoT1-1/4 B-11 98
E29 9 R 32 E-22 308 E 46 4 1Ni B 42 A-40 64
E307-16 E-21 305 E 46 6 2Ni B 42 A-41 68
E307-26 E-21 304 E 46 6 3Ni B 32 A-42 70
E308H-15 C-10 202 E502-15 A-15 29
E308H-16 C-10 201 E502T1-4 A-15 31
E308HT0-1/4 C-10 204 E505-15 A-16 33
E308HT1-1/4 C-10 204 E505T1-4 A-16 35
E308L-15 B-30 105 E5518-N2 A U A-40 64
E308L-16 B-30, B-80 106, 190 E5518-N5 P U A-41 68
E308L-17 B-30 104 E5518-N7 P A-42 70
E308LT0-1/4 B-30 108 E5518-NCC1 A A-70 82
E308LT1-1/4 B-30 108 E6-UM-60-GP E-51 321
E308Mo-16 E-20 301 E6018 E-71 335
E308MoT0-1/4 E-20 302 E62 4 MnMoB A-50 73
E308MoT1-1/4 E-20 302 E7-UM-200-KP E-60 328
E309H-16 C-21 222 E7015-B2L A-12 13
E309L-15 B-50 157 E7018-A1 A-10 9
E309L-16 B-50 158 E71T-1M H8 E-70 334
E309L-17 B-50 156 E71T-5 A-40 66
E309LMoT0-1/4 B-51 165 E71T-9 A-40 66
E309LMoT1-1/4 B-51 165 E8015-B3L A-13 20
E309LT0-1/4 B-50 160 E8015-B6 A-15 29
E309LT1-1/4 B-50 160 E8015-B8 A-16 33
E309LMo-15 B-51 162 E8018-B2 A-12 13
E309LMo-17 B-51 162, 163 E8018-C1 A-41 68
E309Nb-16 B-53 166 E8018-C2 A-42 70
360
PAGE PAGE
E8018-C3 A-40 64 EL-NiMo15Cr15W D-30 265, 266
E8018-W2 A-70 82 EL-NiTi3 D-50 278
E81T1-B2C/M A-12 17 EMo B 26 A-10 9
E81T1-B6C/M A-15 31 EMo B 32 A-10 9
E81T1-B8C/M A-16 35 ENi BG 1 E-10 295
E9015-B9 A-17 37,38,39 ENi-1 D-50 278
E9016-G A-60 76 ENi1066 D-80 287
E9018-B3 A-13 19, 20 ENi2 E-45 316, 317
E9018-D1 A-50 72 ENi2061 D-50 278
E9018-G A-23, A-61 59, 80 ENi4060 D-60 281
E90C-B9 A-17 40 ENi6022 D-32 272
E91T1-B3C/M A-13 24 ENi6059 D-31 269
E91T1-B3LC/M A-13 24 ENi6062 D-12 259
E91T1-B9C/M A-17 41 ENi6117 D-40 275
E-B9 A-17 39 ENi6133 D-11 256
E C Ni-CI 1 E-10 295 ENi6152 D-41 277
E C NiFe-CI 1 E-11 298 ENi6182 D-10 251, 252
ECo1 E-66 330 ENi6276 D-30 265, 266
ECo2 E-65 329 ENi6625 D-20 261, 262
ECoCr-A E-65 329 ENi-CI E-10 295
ECoCr-E (anticipated) E-66 330 ENiCr-4 C-90 247
ECrMo1 B 26 A-12 12, 13 ENiCrCoMo-1 D-40 275
ECrMo1 B 32 A-12 12 ENiCrFe-1 D-12 259
ECrMo1L B 32 A-12 13 ENiCrFe-2 D-11 256
ECrMo2 B 26 A-13 19, 20 ENiCrFe-3 D-10 251, 252
ECrMo2 B 32 A-13 19 ENiCrFe-4 D-11 256
ECrMo2L B 32 A-13 20 ENiCrFe-7 D-41 277
ECrMo5 B 26 A-15 29 ENiCrMo-3 D-20 261, 262
ECrMo5 B 32 A-15 29 ENiCrMo-4 D-30 265, 266
ECrMo9 B 26 A-16 33 ENiCrMo-5 E-45 316, 317
ECrMo9 B 32 A-16 33 ENiCrMo-10 D-32 272
37, 38, ENiCrMo-13 D-31 269
ECrMo91 B 32 A-17
39 ENiCu-7 D-60 281
ECrMoV1 B 20 A-14 26 ENiFe 1 BG E-11 298
ECrMoV1 B 32 A-14 26 ENiFe-CI E-11 298
ECrMoWV12 B 26 A-19 47 ENiMo-7 D-80 287
ECrMoWV12 B 32 A-19 47 ER100S-G A-60 79
ECuNi D-70 284 ER110S-G A-60 79
EFe1 E-50 318 ER16.8.2 C-12 213
EFe14 E-55 325 ER2209 B-60 174
EFe16 E-58 327 ER2594 B-61 179
EFe2 E-51 321 ER307 E-21 306
EFe4 E-53 323 ER308H C-10 203
EFe5-B E-53 323 ER308L B-30, B-80 107, 191
EFe9 E-60 328 ER308LSi B-30 107
EFeMn-B E-60 328 ER309 C-21 223
EL-CuNi30Mn D-70 284 ER309L B-50 159
EL-NiCr15FeMn D-10 251, 252 ER309LMo B-51 164
EL-NiCr15FeNb D-12 259 ER309LSi B-50 159
EL-NiCr15MoNb D-11 256 ER310 C-30 227
EL-NiCr20Mo9Nb D-20 261, 262 ER312 E-22 309
EL-NiCr21Co12Mo D-40 275 ER316H C-13 217
EL-NiCr22Mo16 D-31 269 ER316L B-32, B-81 117, 194
EL-NiCr28Mo B-42 148 ER316LMn B-33 123
EL-NiCu30Mn D-60 281 ER316LSi B-32 117
EL-NiMo 29 D-80 287 ER317 B-35 130
361
PAGE PAGE
ER317L B-35 130 MF2-GF-55-GP E-51 322
ER318 B-34 127 MF10-GW-60-G E-55 326
ER320LR B-41 145 MF10-GW-65-G E-55 326
ER347 B-31, C-11 111, 208 Mn3Ni1CrMo A-60 79
ER385 B-40 144 Mn3Ni1Cu A-70 83
ER410 B-10 94 MnMoBH A-50 72
ER410NiMo B-11 97 MoBH A-10 9
ER502 A-15 30 MoSi A-10 10
ER505 A-16 34 MSG NiFe-1 E-11 299
ER630 B-12 102 N02061 D-50, E-10 279, 296
ER70S-2 E-70 332 N06082 D-10, D-11 253, 257
ER70S-3 E-70 332 N10276 D-30 267
ER70S-6 E-70 333 NA32 D-50, E-10 279, 296
ER70S-A1 A-10 10 NA33 D-60 282
ER80S-B2 A-12 15 NA35 D-10, D-11 253, 257
ER80S-B6 A-15 30 NA41 B-42 149
ER80S-B8 A-16 34 NA43 D-20 263
ER80S-D2 A-50 60, 74 NA44 D-80 288
ER80S-G A-12, A-70 14, 83 NA47 E-11 299
ER80S-Ni1 A-40 65 NA48 D-30 267
ER80S-Ni2 A-41 69 NA50 D-40 276
ER90S-B3 A-13 22 R316LT1-5 B-32 119
ER90S-B9 A-17 39 RCC-M B-80, B-81 189, 192
ER90S-D2 A-50 60, 74 S2910 B-80 191
ER90S-G A-13 21 S2915 B-81 194
ERCu E-30 310 S2920 B-80 190
ERCuAl-A2 E-36 313 S2925 B-81 193
ERCuNi D-70 284 S30980 C-21 223
ERCuNiAl E-37 314 S31080 C-30 227
ERCuSi-A E-31 311 S A AB 1 67 AC H5 F-11 338
ERNi-1 D-50, E-10 279, 296 SA AF 2 F-20 341
ERNiCr-3 D-10, D-11 253, 257 S A AF2 64 AC F-22 342
ERNiCrCoMo-1 D-40 276 SA CS 155 DC F-16 340
ERNiCrMo-3 D-20 263 SA CS 2 F-30 343
ERNiCrMo-4 D-30 267 S A FB 2 F-35 344
ERNiCrMo-10 D-32 273 SA FB 255 AC F-15 339
ERNiCrMo-13 D-31 270 S C NiFe-1 E-11 299
ERNiCu-7 D-60 282 SCrMo91 A-17 39
ERNiFeCr-1 B-42 149 SF CS 2 DC F-40 345
ERNiMo-7 D-80 288 SG CrMo1 A-12 14
ESY 4687 3NiB A-42 70 SG CrMo2 A-13 21
ESY 5554 1NiMoB A-23, A-61 59, 80 SG CrMo5 A-15 30
ESY 5564 MnMoB A-50 72 SG CrMo9 A-16 34
ESY 6264 MnMoB A-50 73 SG CrMoWV12 A-19 48
EY 4675 1NiB A-40 64 SG CuAl10Fe E-36 313
EY 4675 2NiB A-41 68 SG CuAl8 E-36 313
EY 5043 NiCuB A-70 82 SG CuAl8Ni6 E-37 314
EY 5576 Mn1NiMoB A-60 76 SG CuNi10Fe D-70 285
EY 6965 Mn2NiCrMoB A-60 77 SG CuNi30Fe D-70 284
F8 P0-EB2-B2 A-12 16 SG CuSi3 E-31 311
G2Ni2 A-41 69 SG CuSn E-30 310
G3Ni1 A-40 65 SG CuSn6 E-33 312
G4Mo A-50 60, 74 SG Mo A-10 10
MDS 12809/07 B-61 179 SG NiCr20Nb D-10, D-11 253, 257
MDS 12809/08 B-61 178 SG NiCr21Mo9Nb D-20 263
MF1-GF-350-GP E-50 319 SG NiCr22Co12Mo D-40 276
362
PAGE PAGE
SG NiCr23Mo16 D-31 270 T422PM1 E-70 334
SG NiCr27Mo B-42 149 T424PM1 A-40 66
SG NiCu30MnTi D-60 282 T521GPH E-70 334
SG NiMo16Cr16W D-30 267 T541GPH A-40 66
SG NiMo27 D-80 288 T55T1-1C/M-1CM A-12 17
SG NiTi4 D-50, E-10 279, 296 T55T1-1C/M-5CM A-15 31
SG X 10CrNi30 9 E-22 309 T55T1-1C/M-9C1M A-16 35
SG X 12CrNi25 20 C-30 227 T62T1-1C/M-2C1M A-13 24
SG X 15CrNiMn18 8 E-21 306 T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML A-13 24
SG X 2CrNi19 9 B-30 107 T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV A-17 41
SG X 2CrNi24 12 B-50 159 T69T15-0M-9C1MV A-17 40
SG X 2CrNiMnMoN20 16 B-33 123 TFe1 E-50 319
SG X 2CrNiMo19 12 B-32 117 TFe15 E-55 326
SG X 2NiCrMoCu20 25 5 B-40 144 TFe2 E-51 322
SG X 3CrNi13 4 B-11 97 TS16-8-2-FM1 C-12 214
SG X 5CrNi19 9 C-10 203 TS2209-FB0 B-60 175
SG X 5CrNiMo19 11 C-13 217 TS2209-FB1 B-60 175
SG X 5CrNiMoNb19 12 B-34 127 TS308H-FB0 C-10 204
SG X 5CrNiNb19 9 B-31 111 TS308H-FB1 C-10 204
SG X 8Cr14 B-10 94 TS308L-FB0 B-30 108
SG X 8CrNiMo23 13 B-51 164 TS308L-FB1 B-30, B-37 108, 136
SNi1066 D-80 288 TS308Mo-FM0 E-20 302
SNi2061 D-50, E-10 279, 296 TS308Mo-FM1 E-20 302
SNi4060 D-60 282 TS309L-FB0 B-50 160
SNi6022 D-32 273 TS309L-FB1 B-50 160
SNi6059 D-31 270 TS309LMo-FB0 B-51 165
SNi6082 D-10, D-11 253, 257 TS309LMo-FB1 B-51 165
SNi6276 D-30 267 TS316L-FB0 B-32 118
SNi6617 D-40 276 TS316L-FB1 B-32, B-38 118, 141
SNi6625 D-20 263 TS316L-RI1 B-32 119
SNi8065 B-42 149 TS317L-FB1 B-35 131
SS2209 B-60 174 TS347-FB0 B-31 112
SS308L B-30, B-80 107, 191 TS347-FB1 C-11 209
SS309L B-50 159 TS410NiMo-FB1 B-11 98
SS316L B-32, B-81 117, 194 W 19 12 3 L B-81 194
SS317/SS317L B-35 130 W 19 9 L B-80 191
SS318 B-34 127 W2Ni2 A-41 69
SS347 B-31 111 W2Si E-70 332
SS410 B-10 94 W2Ti E-70 332
T 13 4 P C/M 2 B-11 98 W3Ni1 A-40 65
T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3 B-33 124 W3Si1 E-70 333
T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2 B-32, B-38 118, 141 W73021 E-66 330
T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3 B-32 118 WCrMo91 A-17 39
T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2 B-35 131 WCrMoWV12Si A-19 48
T 19 9 L P C/M 2 B-30, B-37 108, 136 WSG1 E-70 332
T 19 9 L R C/M 3 B-30 108 WSG2 E-70 333
T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2 C-11 209
T 19 9 Nb R C/M 3 B-31 112
T 20 10 3 P C/M 2 E-20 302
T 20 10 3 R C/M 3 E-20 302
T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2 B-60 175
T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 B-60 175
T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 B-51 165
T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2 B-51 165
T 23 12 L P C/M 2 B-50 160
T 23 12 L R C/M 3 B-50 160
363
INDEX 3: MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
DATA DATA
BASE MATERIAL PAGE BASE MATERIAL PAGE
SHEET SHEET
070M55 (En9) E-22 307 1.4842 C-30 224
080M40 (En8) E-22 307 1.4845 C-30 224
1.4003 B-50 155 1.4846 C-31 228
1.4006 B-10 91 1.4848 C-31 228
1.4008 B-10 91 1.4850 C-40 230
1.4301 B-30, B-80 103, 189 1.4852 C-50 237
1.4306 B-30, B-80 103, 189 1.4853 C-50 237
1.4308 B-30, B-80 103, 189 1.4857 C-50 237
1.4311 B-30, B-80 103, 189 1.4858 B-42 147
1.4313 B-11 95 1.4859 C-40 230
1.4335 B-45 150 1.4865 C-41 233
1.4362 B-59, B-60 167, 170 1.4876 C-40 230
1.4401 B-32, B-81 113, 192 1.4903 A-17 36
1.4403 B-32 113 1.4905 A-18 43
1.4404 B-32, B-81 113, 192 1.4906 A-18 43
1.4406 B-32, B-81 113, 192 1.4935 A-19 46
1.4408 B-32, B-81 113, 192 1.4941 C-11, C-12 205, 210
1.4429 B-32, B-81 113, 192 1.4948 C-10, C-12 200, 210
1.4436 B-32, B-81 113, 192 1.4961 C-11, C-12 205, 210
1.4437 B-32, B-81 113, 192 1.5415 A-10 8
1.4438 B-35 128 1.5419 A-10 8
1.4439 B-40 142 1.5662 D-80 286
1.4440 B-40 142 1.6368 A-61 80
1.4462 B-60 170 1.7220 A-50 71
1.4465 B-46 152 1.7225 A-50 71
1.4466 B-46 152 1.7706 A-14 25
1.4500 B-40 142 1.8070 A-14 25
1.4505 B-40 142 1.8960 A-70 81
1.4506 B-40 142 1.8961 A-70 81
1.4515 B-63 186 1.8963 A-70 81
1.4517 B-63 186 10CrMo 9-10 A-13 18
1.4529 D-32 271 13% manganese steel E-21, E-60 303, 328
1.4536 B-40 142 153MA (Avesta Polarit) C-20 219
1.4539 B-40 142 15CrMoV 5 11 A-14 25
B-47, D-20, 154, 260, 15Mo3 A-10 8
1.4547
D-31, D-32 268, 271 15NiCuMoNb5 A-23 58
1.4563 B-42 147 15RE10 (Sandvik) C-30 224
1.4565 D-32 271 16Mo3 A-10 8
1.4571 B-34 125 17-4PH (Armco) B-12 99
1.4573 B-34 125 2.0872 D-70 283
1.4575 D-32 271 2.0882 D-70 283
1.4579 B-34 125 2.0883 D-70 283
1.4580 B-34 125 2.4061 D-50 278
1.4581 B-34 125 2.4066 D-50 278
1.4583 B-34 125 2.4068 D-50 278
1.4585 B-40 142 2.4360 D-60 280
1.4652 D-32 271 2.4361 D-60 280
1.4818 C-20 219 2.4365 D-60 280
1.4828 C-20 219 2.4602 D-32 271
1.4829 C-21 221 2.4605 D-31 268
1.4832 C-21 221 2.4617 D-80 286
1.4835 C-20 219 2.4642 D-41 277
1.4840 C-30 224 2.4663 D-40 274
1.4841 C-30 224 2.4678 C-90 246
Rev 05 06/09 Materials to be Welded Index (pg 1 of 7)
364
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
2.4680 C-90 246 316LN B-32, B-81 113, 192
2.4685 D-80 286 316S11/13/16/31/33 B-32 113
2.4697 D-31, D-32 268, 271 316S51 C-12, C-13 210, 215
2.4811 D-31, D-32 268, 271 316S53 C-12, C-13 210, 215
2.4813 C-90 246 316S61 B-32 113
2.4819 D-30 264 316Ti B-34 125
2.4856 D-20 260 317/317L B-35 125
2.4858 B-42 147 317C12/16 B-35 128
2.4879 C-80 244 317S12/16 B-35 128
2.4882 D-80 286 318C17 B-34 125
2.4883 D-30 264 318S13 B-60 170
20Cb B-41 145 320S31/33 B-34 125
20Cb-3 (Carpenter) B-41 145 321 B-31 109
21CrMoV5 11 A-14 25 321H C-12 210
2205 (Avesta Polarit) B-60 170 321S31 B-31 109
22H (Duraloy) C-80 244 321S51 C-11, C-12 205, 210
2304 (Sandvik) B-60 170 330C11 (BS3100) C-41 233
2507 (Avesta/Sandvik) B-61, B-62 177, 182 331C40 (BS3100) C-41 233
253MA (Avesta Polarit) C-20 219 332C13 (BS3100) B-63 186
254SLX (Avesta Polarit) B-40 142 347 B-31 109
B-47, D-20, 154, 260, 347C17 B-31 109
254SMO (Avesta Polarit)
D-32 271 347H C-11, C-12 205, 210
2RE10 (Sandvik) B-45 150 347S31 B-31 109
2RE69 B-46 152 347S51 C-11, C-12 205, 210
2RK65 (Sandvik) B-40 142 34CrMo4 A-50 71
2S143 (BS) B-12 99 364C11 (BS1504) B-40 142
3-5% Ni steels D-10, D-11 250, 255 3CR12 (Cromweld) B-50, C-21 155, 221
302C25 C-10 200 3S144 (BS) B-12 99
B-30, B-80, 103, 189, 3S145 (BS) B-12 99
304 C-10 200 403/405/409 B-50 155
304C12 B-30 103 410 B-10 91
304C15 B-30, C-10 103, 200 410C21 B-10 91
304L B-30, B-80 103, 189 410S21 B-10 91
304LN B-30, B-80 103, 189 4130 A-50 71
304H C-10, C-12 200, 210 4140 A-50 71
304S11/15/16/31 B-30 103 422 A-19 46
304S51 C-10, C-12 200, 210 425C11 (BS3100) B-11 95
304S61 B-30 103 42CrMo4 A-50 71
309 C-21 221 55EE (BS4360) A-40 63
309C30 C-21 221 55F (BS4360) A-60 75
309H C-21 221 630 (ASTM) B-12 99
309S C-21 221 654SMO (Avesta Polarit) D-31, D-32 268, 271
309S24 C-21 221 E-20, E-22, 300, 307,
709M40 (En19)
310 C-30 224 A-50 71
310C40 (BS1504/3100) C-31 228 762 (BS3604) A-19 46
310C45 C-30 224 817M40 (En24) E-20 300
310MoLN B-46 152 826M40 (En26) E-20 300
310S C-30 224 8630 A-50 71
310S24 C-30 224 897M39 (En40C) E-20 300
310S31 C-30 224 9% Ni steels D-20 260
B-32, B-81, 113, 192, 904L (Uddelholm) B-40 142
316
C-13 215 904S13 B-40 142
316C12 B-32 113 91 (ASTM A387) A-17 36
B-32, C-12, 113, 210, 911 (ASTM A387) A-18 43
316C16/71
C-13 215 A126 E-10 294
316Cb B-34 125 A159 E-10 294
316H C-12, C-13 210, 215 A204 A, B, C A-10 8
316L B-32, B-81 113, 192 A216 (WCA, WCB, WCC) E-70 331
365
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
A220 E-11 297 BS1501 grade 622 A-13 18
A297 HP40Cb C-50 237 BS1501 grade 625 A-15 28
A302 C, D A-61 80 BS1503 grade 91 A-17 36
A319 E-10 294 BS1503 503 A-42 70
A333 grade 3 A-42 70 BS1503 grade 620/621 A-12 11
A333 grade 6 A-40, A-41 63, 67 BS1503 grade 622 A-13 18
A338 E-11 297 BS1503 grade 625 A-15 28
A351 grade CT15C C-40 230 BS1503 grade 660 A-13 18
A351 grade CN-7M B-41 145 BS1504 503LT60 A-42 70
A356 Gr 9 A-14 25 BS1504 grade 245 A-10 8
A387 Gr 11 & 12 A-12 11 BS1504 grade 332C11 B-41 145
A387 Gr 21 & 22 A-13 18 BS1504 grade 620 A-12 11
A387 Gr 5 A-15 28 BS1504 grade 622 A-13 18
A387 Gr 9 A-16 32 BS1504 grade 625 A-15 28
A387 Gr 911 A-18 43 BS1504 grade 629 A-16 32
A389 C24 A-14 25 BS1504 grade 660 A-13 18
A47 E-11 297 BS2789 E-11 297
A48 E-10 294 BS2858 E-72 336
A487 2A, B, C A-50 71 BS3059 grade 243 A-10 8
A508 1, 1A, 2, 3 A-61 80 BS3059 grade 620 A-12 11
A533 A-D A-61 80 BS3059 grade 622 A-13 18
A588 A, B, C, K A-70 81 BS3146 ANC15 D-80 286
A602 E-11 297 BS3146 ANC20 B-12 99
A744 grade CN-7M B-41 145 BS3604 grade 620/621 A-12 11
A890 grade 1A, 2A B-63 186 BS3604 grade 622 A-13 18
A890 grade 4A B-60 170 BS3604 grade 625 A-15 28
A890 grade 5A B-61, B-62 177, 182 BS3604 grade 629 A-16 32
A890 grade 6A B-61, B-62 177, 182 BS3604 grade 660 A-13 18
AB1 (BS1400) E-36 313 BS3604 grade 762 A-19 46
AB2 (BS1400) E-37 314 BS3606 grade 243, 245,
A-10 8
See each 261
AISI *
grade BS4534 grade 8, 9 C-41 233
D-20, D-31, 260, 268, BS6681 E-11 297
AL-6X/N
D-32 271 See each
BS970 *
Alloy 20 B-41, B-42 145, 147 grade
Alloy 59 D-31 268 Build-up E-21 303
Aluminium bronze E-36 313 C10200 E-30 310
API 5A L80 A-60 75 C103 E-30 310
Armco iron E-72 336 C12A (ASTM A217) A-17 36
Armour steel E-20, E-21 300, 303 Hastelloy™ C-22
D-31 268
Armox 816 E-20 300 (Haynes)
See each Hastelloy™ C-276
ASTM * D-30 264
grade (Haynes)
B1 (BS3100) A-10 8 C5 (ASTM A217) A-15 28
B2 (BS3100) A-12 11 C50100-C52400 E-33 312
B3 (BS3100) A-13 18 C61400 E-36 313
B5 (BS3100) A-15 28 C70600 D-70 283
B6 (BS3100) A-16 32 C71500 D-70 283
B7 (BS3100) A-13 18 C96200 D-70 283
B50A224 A-14 25 C96400 D-70 283
Brass E-33, E-36 312, 313 CA101-103 E-36 313
Brightray (Inco) D-11 255 CA104-105 E-37 314
Bronze E-33 312 CA15 (ASTM A487) B-10 91
BS1452 E-10 294 CA15M (ASTM A487) B-10 91
BS1501 224 grade 490B A-41 67 CA6NM B-11 95
BS1501 503 A-42 70 Cast iron E-10, E-11 294, 297
BS1501 grade 271, 281 A-61 80 CB-7Cu-1 (ASTM A747) B-12 99
BS1501 grade 620/621 A-12 11 CB-7Cu-2 (ASTM A747) B-12 99
366
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
CB2 A-25 62 F12 (ASTM A182) A-12 11
CD4MCu (A351, A744) B-63 186 F22 (ASTM A182) A-13 18
Centralloy 4852/4852 F5 (ASTM A336) A-15 28
C-50 237
Micro F51 (ASTM A182) B-60 170
Centralloy 4859 C-40 230 F53 (ASTM A182) B-62 182
Centralloy 4879 C-80 244 F6NM B-11 95
Centralloy ET35Co C-70 242 F9 (ASTM A336) A-16 32
Centralloy ET45 Micro C-60 240 F91 (ASTM A182) A-17 36
Centralloy H101 C-45 235 F911 (ASTM A182,
A-18 43
CF10 C-10 200 A336)
CF10M C-12, C-13 210, 215 F92 (ASTM A182) A-20 49
CF10MC B-34 125 FB2 A-25 62
CF3 B-30, B-80 103, 189 Ferralium 255/SD40
B-63 186
CF3M B-32, B-81 113, 192 (Meighs)
B-30, B-80, 103, 189, Ferrinox 255 B-63 186
CF8
C-10 200 FP911 (ASTM A369) A-18 43
CF8C B-31 109 FV520B (Firth Vickers) B-12 99
CF8M B-32, B-81 113, 192 G-NiCr28W C-80 244
CG8M B-35 128 G-X10Cr13 B-10 91
CH8, 10, 20 (ASTM G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 A-18 43
C-21 221
A351) G-X22CrMoV 12 1 A-19 46
CK20 C-30 224 G-X25CrNiSi20 14 C-21 221
CN102/106/107/108 D-70 283 G-X45NiCrWSi 48 28 C-80 244
Compass B555 E-20 300 G-X5CrNi13 4 B-11 95
Copper E-30, E-31 310, 311 G-X8CrNi13 B-10 91
Corten A/B (Corus, Grey cast iron E-10, E-11 294, 297
A-70 81
USS) GS-17CrMoV5 11 A-14 25
Cronifer 1925LC (VDM) B-40 142 GS-18CrMo 9 10 A-13 18
Cronifer 2521LC (VDM) B-45 150 GS-22Mo4 A-10 8
Cronifer 2205LCN GS-25CrMo4 A-12 11
B-60 170
(VDM) Gunmetal E-33 312
Cronifer 2525LCN GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9-
B-46 152 A-25 62
(VDM) 2-1
Cronite HR33 C-50 237 Hadfield steel E-21, E-60 303, 328
Cronite HR5, HR17, E-50, E-51, 318, 320,
C-41 233 Hardfacing
HR31 E-55 324
Cronite HR6 C-31 228 Hastelloy™ B-2
CT15C (ASTM A351) C-40 230 D-80 286
(Haynes)
Cunifer 10/30 (VDM) D-70 283 Hastelloy™ C-2000™
D-31 268
Custom 450 B-12 99 (Haynes)
Custom 630 B-12 99 Hastelloy™ C-22
D-31 268
CW-12M (ASTM (Haynes)
D-30 264
A743/A744) Hastelloy™ C-276
D-30 264
CW-12MW (ASTM A494) D-30 264 (Haynes)
CW-6MC (ASTM A494) D-20 260 High speed steel E-53 323
B-50, B-51, 155, 161, HK (ASTM A297) C*
Dissimilar
E-21, E-22 303, 307 HK40 (ASTM
C-31 228
DP3W (Sumitomo) B-61 177 A351/A608)
Ductile irons E-11 297 HP10Cb (ASTM A297) C-45 235
A-50, E-20, 71, 300, HP, HP40, HP40Cb
En19 (709M40) C-50 237
E-22 307 (A297)
En24 (817M40) E-20 300 HR17 (Cronite) C-41 233
En26 (826M40) E-20 300 HR31 (Cronite) C-41 233
En40C (897M39) E-20 300 HR33 (Cronite) C-50 237
En56A (410S21) B-10 91 HR5 (Cronite) C-41 233
En8 (080M40) E-22 307 HR6 (Cronite) C-31 228
En9 (080M50) E-22 307 HT (ASTM A297) C-41 233
F1 (ASTM A336) A-10 8 HT 30 (ASTM A351) C-41 233
F11 (ASTM A182) A-12 11 HU (ASTM A297) C-41 233
367
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
HY100 A-60 75 (Manoir)
HY80 A-60 75 Manaurite 50W (Manoir) C-80 244
Hystal 77 (Corus) A-60 75 Manaurite 900 (Manoir) C-40 230
Immaculate 5 (Firth Manaurite XT/XTM C-60 240
C-30 224
Vickers) Mild steel E-70 331
IN-657 (Special Metals) C-90 246 Monel™ 400 (Inco) D-60 280
IN-671 (Special Metals) C-90 246 Monel™ K500 (Inco) D-60 280
Incoloy™ 800 (Special C-40, D-11, 230, 255, MORE 10/10A (Duraloy) C-50 237
Metals) D-40 274 MORE 21 (Duraloy) C-40 230
Incoloy™ 800H (Special MORE 6 (Duraloy) C-70 242
C-40, D-20 230, 260
Metals) MVEE 816 (MoD) E-20 300
Incoloy™ 800HT N-12M (A743/A744) D-80 286
C-40, D-40 230, 274
(Special Metals) N-7M (A494) D-80 286
Incoloy™ 825 (Special N02200 D-50 278
B-42, D-20 147, 260
Metals) N02201 D-50 278
Incoloy™ DS (Special N04400 D-60 280
C-41, D-11 233, 255
Metals) N04405 D-60 280
Inconel™ 600 (Special D-10, D-11, 250, 255, N05500 D-60 280
Metals) D-12 259 N06022 D-32 271
Inconel™ 601 (Special N06059 D-31 268
D-20, D-40 260, 274
Metals) NO6600 D-10, D-12 250, 259
Inconel™ 617 (Special N06601 D-20, D-40 260, 274
D-40 274
Metals) N06617 D-40 274
Inconel™ 622 (Special N06625 D-20 260
D-32 271
Metals) N06690 D-41 277
Inconel™ 625 (Special N08028 B-42 147
D-20 260
Metals)
N08367 D-32 271
Inconel™ 686 (Special
D-31 268 N08800 C-40 230
Metals)
N08810 C-40 230
Inconel™ 690 (Special
D-41 277 N08811 C-40 230
Metals)
N08825 B-42 147
J92205 B-60 170
N08904 B-40 142
J93370 B-63 186
N08925 D-32 271
J93380 B-61 177
N08926 D-32 271
J93404 B-61, B-62 177, 182
N10001 D-80 286
K71340 D-80 286
N10276 D-30 264
K81340 D-80 286
N10665 D-80 286
Langalloy 20V (Meighs) B-41 145
NA1 D-60 280
LC1 (ASTM A352) A-10 8
NA11 D-50 278
LC2 (ASTM A352) A-41 67
NA12 D-50 278
LC3 (ASTM A352) A-42 70
NA13 D-60 280
LDX 2101 (Avesta) B-59 167
NA14 D-12 259
LF1/LF2 (ASTM A350) A-41 67
NA15 C-40 230
LF3 (ASTM A350) A-42 70
NA15H D-40 274
LG3 E-33 312
NA16 (BS1501/3072) B-42 147
LG4 E-33 312
NA21 D-20 260
Lloyds T47 (LBA) C-31 228
Naxtra 70 A-60 75
Nickel 200/201 (Inco) D-50 278
Nicrofer™ 3127LC
Lloyds T63 (LBA) C-50 237 B-42 147
(VDM)
Nicrofer™ 3220 (VDM) C-40 230
Nicrofer™ 4221 (VDM) B-42 147
Lloyds T75(LBA) C-80 244
Nicrofer™ 5520Co
Lloyds T75MA(LBA) C-60 240 D-40 274
(VDM)
Nicrofer™ 5716hMoW
LPB1 E-33 312 D-30 264
(VDM)
LT50 A-41 67
Nicrofer™ 5923hMo
Manaurite 35K (Manoir) C-70 242 D-31 268
(VDM)
Manaurite 36X/36XM C-50 237
368
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
Nicrofer™ 6020hMo B-47, D-20, 154, 260,
D-20 260 S31254
(VDM) D-31, D-32 268, 271
Nicrofer™ 6022hMo S31266 D-32 271
D-20 260
(VDM) S31600 B-32, B-81 113, 192
Nil ferrite 316 B-33 120 S31603 B-32, B-81 113, 192
Nilo™ (Inco) D-11 255 S31609 C-12, C-13 210, 215
Nimofer 6928 (VDM) D-80 286 S31635 B-34 125
Nimonic™ 75 (Inco) D-10 250 S31640 B-34 125
Nirosta 4003 (Krupp) B-50 155 S31653 B-32, B-81 113, 192
Nitronic 19D B-59 167 S31700 B-35 128
Nitronic 50 B-33 120 S31703 B-35 128
Non-magnetic 316 B-33 120 S31803 B-60 170
P1 (ASTM A335) A-10 8 S32001 B-59 167
P11 (ASTM A335) A-12 11 S32101 B-59 167
P12 (ASTM A335) A-12 11 S32109 C-11, C-12 205, 210
P22 (ASTM A335) A-13 18 S32205 B-60 170
P23 (ASTM A335) A-21 53 S32304 B-59, B-60 167, 170
P5 (ASTM A335) A-15 28 S32550 B-61, B-63 177, 186
P9 (ASTM A335) A-16 32 S32654 D-32 271
P91 (ASTM A335) A-17 36 S32750 B-61, B-62 177, 182
P911 (ASTM A335) A-18 43 S32760 B-61, B-62 177, 182
P92 (ASTM A335) A-20 49 S32950 B-61 177
Paralloy CR32W C-40 230 S34565 D-31, D-32 268, 271
Paralloy CR39W C-45 235 S34709 C-11, C-12 205, 210
Paralloy H20 C-31 228 S39274 B-61 177
Paralloy H33/35/38/40 C-41 233 S41000 B-10 91
Paralloy H39/H39W C-50 237 S41500 B-11 95
Paralloy H46M C-60 240 S45000 B-12 99
Paralloy H48T C-80 244 See each
SAE *
Paralloy N50W C-90 246 grade
Paramount P20 (Lake & SAF 2205 (Sandvik) B-60 170
B-41 145
Elliot) SAF 2304 (Sandvik) B-59, B-60 167, 170
Phosphor bronze E-33 312 SAF 2507 (Sandvik) B-61, B-62 177, 182
Pyrotherm G25/35Nb C-50 237 Sanicro 28 (Sandvik) B-42 147
Pyrotherm G28/48/5W C-80 244 Sanicro 31 (Sandvik) C-40 230
Pyrotherm NbTZ C-50 237 SG irons E-10, E-11 294, 297
Q1(N) A-60 75 Sirius 3 (Industeel) C-30 224
Q2(N) A-60 75 Stellite 21 (Deloro) E-66 330
R30006 E-65 329 Stellite 6 (Deloro) E-65 329
R30021 E-66 330 Supertherm (Duraloy) C-70 242
RA330-HC (Rolled T1 (A209, A250) A-10 8
C-41 233
Alloys) T11 (A199, A200, A213) A-12 11
Rail steel A-80 84 T12 (A199, A200, A213) A-12 11
RQT601 (Corus) A-60 75 T22 (A199, A200, A213) A-13 18
RQT701 (Corus) A-60 75 T23 (A213) A-21 53
S20910 B-33 120 T24 (A213) A-22 56
S30400 B-30, B-80 103, 189 T5 (A199, A213) A-15 28
S30403 B-30, B-80 103, 189 T9 (A199, A200, A213) A-16 32
S30409 C-10, C-12 200, 210 T91 (ASTM A213) A-17 36
S30415 C-20 219 T911 (ASTM A213) A-18 43
S30453 B-30, B-80 103, 189 T92 (ASTM A213) A-20 49
S30815 C-20 219 Thermalloy T47
C-31 228
S30900 C-21 221 (Lloyds)
C-41 233
S30909 C-21 221 (Lloyds)
C-40 230
S31008 C-30 224 (Lloyds)
S31050 B-46 152 Thermalloy T57 (Lloyds) C-45 235
369
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
Thermalloy T58 (Lloyds) C-41 233 See each
Werkstoff No. *
Thermalloy T63/T64 grade
C-50 237
(Lloyds) WP911 (ASTM A234) A-18 43
Thermalloy T75 WR50A/C (BS4360) A-70 81
C-80 244
(Lloyds) X2CrNiN23L B-59 167
Tin bronze E-33 312 X7CrMoVTiB10-10 A-22 56
Toolsteel E-53 323 X10Cr13 B-10 91
See each X10CrMoVNb9 1 A-17 36
UNS *
grade X10CrWMoVNb9-2 A-20 49
Uranus 25 22 2 X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1 A-18 43
B-46 152
(Industeel) X12CrMo 9 1 A-16 32
Uranus 35N (Industeel) B-59, B-60 167, 170 X12CrNi22 12 C-21 221
Uranus 45N (Industeel) B-60 170 X1CrNi25 21 B-45 150
Uranus 47N (Industeel) B-62 182 X20CrMoV12 1 A-19 46
Uranus 52N+ (Industeel) B-61 177 XM-19 B-33 120
Uranus 55/50M XM-25 B-12 99
B-63 186
(Industeel) Z1 CN 25 20 B-45 150
Uranus 65 (Industeel) B-45 150 Z2 CN 25 20 M B-45 150
Uranus B6, B6M Z6 CND 1304-M B-11 95
B-40 142
(Industeel) Zeron® 100 (Weir
Uranu™ B66 (Industeel) D-31, D-32 268, 271 B-61 177
Materials)
WB36 A-23 58
Hastelloy and C-2000 are trademarks of Haynes International,
WC1 (ASTM A217) A-10 8 Inc.
WC11(ASTM A217) A-12 11 Inconel, Incoloy, Monel, Nimonic and Nilo are trademarks of
WC6 (ASTM A217) A-12 11 Special Metals.
Nicrofer is a trademark of VDM.
WC9 (ASTM A217) A-13 18 Zeron is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd.
Weathering steel A-70 81
370

Handbook Metrode

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Handbook Metrode

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Metrode Products Limited

Metrode Products Limited

Rev 04 06/09 Introduction (pg 1 of 4)

Rev 04 06/09 Introduction (pg 2 of 4)

GENERAL EXPLANATORY NOTES

Rev 04 06/09 Introduction (pg 3 of 4)

Rev 04 06/09 Introduction (pg 4 of 4)

Low alloy steels including the CrMo creep resisting consumables

Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-01 (pg 1 of 2)

Consumables for copper containing weathering steels eg. Corten

Electrode for the joining of rail steels using a slag-over-slag technique

Rev 05 05/09 DS: A-01 (pg 2 of 2)

Alloy type Favourable mechanical properties of both as-welded

Rev 02 08/08 DS: A-10 (pg 1 of 3)

Specifications AWS A5.5 E7018-A1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 2

All-weld mechanical PWHT 600-650ºC/h * min typical As-welded typical

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

Rev 02 08/08 DS: A-10 (pg 2 of 3)

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER70S-A1 (Previous classification was ER70S-G)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 2

Typical operating TIG MIG

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

Rev 02 08/08 DS: A-10 (pg 3 of 3)

hardsurfacing to resist metal-to-metal wear and heavy

Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 1 of 7)

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

CHROMET 1 1¼Cr-½Mo MMA electrode

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-B2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 3

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 2 of 7)

Specifications AWS A5.5 E7015-B2L

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 3

All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

CHROMET 1X 1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed MMA electrode for temper embrittlement resistance

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-B2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 3

Composition C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb

Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 3 of 7)

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

1CrMo Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-G

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 3

All-weld mechanical typical

Typical operating TIG MIG

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 4 of 7)

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-B2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 3

All-weld mechanical typical

Typical operating TIG MIG

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Rev 10 05/09 DS: A-12 (pg 5 of 7)